Oracle® E-Business Suite
Patching Procedures
Release 12.1
Part No. E12148-03




November 2009
Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures, Release 12.1

Part No. E12148-03

Copyright © 2000, 2009, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

Primary Author:     Robert Farrington

Contributing Author:     Richard Chang, Adam Cockburn, Carole Eubanks, Henriette Fux, William Greene,
My-Xuan Ho, Clara Jaeckel, Murali Kumanduri, Vickie Laughlin, Danny Lo, Ruth Mamo, Charlotte
Richardson-Miller, Abijit Neogi, Maniesh Sailoz, Yun Shaw, Kiran Srirama, Sean Tuck, Jay Vijayan

Oracle is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation and/or its affiliates. Other names may be trademarks
of their respective owners.

This software and related documentation are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on
use and disclosure and are protected by intellectual property laws. Except as expressly permitted in your
license agreement or allowed by law, you may not use, copy, reproduce, translate, broadcast, modify, license,
transmit, distribute, exhibit, perform, publish or display any part, in any form, or by any means. Reverse
engineering, disassembly, or decompilation of this software, unless required by law for interoperability, is
prohibited.

The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is not warranted to be error-free. If
you find any errors, please report them to us in writing.

If this software or related documentation is delivered to the U.S. Government or anyone licensing it on behalf
of the U.S. Government, the following notice is applicable:

U.S. GOVERNMENT RIGHTS
Programs, software, databases, and related documentation and technical data delivered to U.S. Government
customers are "commercial computer software" or "commercial technical data" pursuant to the applicable
Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency-specific supplemental regulations. As such, the use, duplication,
disclosure, modification, and adaptation shall be subject to the restrictions and license terms set forth in the
applicable Government contract, and, to the extent applicable by the terms of the Government contract, the
additional rights set forth in FAR 52.227-19, Commercial Computer Software License (December 2007). Oracle
USA, Inc., 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood City, CA 94065.

This software is developed for general use in a variety of information management applications. It is not
developed or intended for use in any inherently dangerous applications, including applications which may
create a risk of personal injury. If you use this software in dangerous applications, then you shall be
responsible to take all appropriate fail-safe, backup, redundancy and other measures to ensure the safe use of
this software. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates disclaim any liability for any damages caused by use of this
software in dangerous applications.

This software and documentation may provide access to or information on content, products and services
from third parties. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates are not responsible for and expressly disclaim all
warranties of any kind with respect to third party content, products and services. Oracle Corporation and its
affiliates will not be responsible for any loss, costs, or damages incurred due to your access to or use of third
party content, products or services.
 
                                                                                                                         Contents


Send Us Your Comments

Preface

1   Patching Overview
    Release Maintenance: Patching Concepts.................................................................................1-1
    Introduction to Patching Utilities............................................................................................. 1-6


2   Patch Application Utilities
    Oracle Patch Application Assistant.......................................................................................... 2-1
    AutoPatch.................................................................................................................................. 2-2
    AD Merge Patch...................................................................................................................... 2-20


3   Patch Tracking Utilities
    Patch Wizard.............................................................................................................................. 3-1
    Register Flagged Files............................................................................................................. 3-23


4   Patch Reporting Utilities
    Applied Patches......................................................................................................................... 4-1
    Timing Reports........................................................................................................................ 4-15
    Software Updates.................................................................................................................... 4-29


5   Patching Procedures
    Preparing for Patching.............................................................................................................. 5-1
    Performing Interactive Patching............................................................................................... 5-6




                                                                                                                                                          iii
Performing Non-Interactive Patching..................................................................................... 5-13
     Patching NLS Systems............................................................................................................ 5-17
     Applying Patches to a Multi-Node System............................................................................ 5-19
     Reducing Downtime............................................................................................................... 5-21
     Keeping Patches Current......................................................................................................... 5-30
     Analyzing Applied Patches..................................................................................................... 5-40
     Backing Out Patches................................................................................................................ 5-51


Index




iv
 
                                               Send Us Your Comments

Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures, Release 12.1
Part No. E12148-03


Oracle welcomes customers' comments and suggestions on the quality and usefulness of this document.
Your feedback is important, and helps us to best meet your needs as a user of our products. For example:
•   Are the implementation steps correct and complete?
•   Did you understand the context of the procedures?
•   Did you find any errors in the information?
•   Does the structure of the information help you with your tasks?
•   Do you need different information or graphics? If so, where, and in what format?
•   Are the examples correct? Do you need more examples?

If you find any errors or have any other suggestions for improvement, then please tell us your name, the
name of the company who has licensed our products, the title and part number of the documentation and
the chapter, section, and page number (if available).
Note: Before sending us your comments, you might like to check that you have the latest version of the
document and if any concerns are already addressed. To do this, access the new Oracle E-Business Suite
Release Online Documentation CD available on My Oracle Support and www.oracle.com. It contains the
most current Documentation Library plus all documents revised or released recently.
Send your comments to us using the electronic mail address: appsdoc_us@oracle.com
Please give your name, address, electronic mail address, and telephone number (optional).
If you need assistance with Oracle software, then please contact your support representative or Oracle
Support Services.
If you require training or instruction in using Oracle software, then please contact your Oracle local office
and inquire about our Oracle University offerings. A list of Oracle offices is available on our Web site at
www.oracle.com.




                                                                                                              v
121adpp patching procedures
 
                                                                                  Preface


Intended Audience
           Welcome to Release 12.1 of the Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures.
           This guide assumes you have a working knowledge of the following:
           •   The principles and customary practices of your business area.

           •   Computer desktop application usage and terminology.

           If you have never used Oracle E-Business Suite, we suggest you attend one or more of
           the Oracle E-Business Suite training classes available through Oracle University.
           See Related Information Sources on page ix for more Oracle E-Business Suite product
           information.



Deaf/Hard of Hearing Access to Oracle Support Services
           To reach Oracle Support Services, use a telecommunications relay service (TRS) to call
           Oracle Support at 1.800.223.1711. An Oracle Support Services engineer will handle
           technical issues and provide customer support according to the Oracle service request
           process. Information about TRS is available at
           http://www.fcc.gov/cgb/consumerfacts/trs.html, and a list of phone numbers is
           available at http://www.fcc.gov/cgb/dro/trsphonebk.html.



Documentation Accessibility
           Our goal is to make Oracle products, services, and supporting documentation accessible
           to all users, including users that are disabled. To that end, our documentation includes
           features that make information available to users of assistive technology. This
           documentation is available in HTML format, and contains markup to facilitate access by
           the disabled community. Accessibility standards will continue to evolve over time, and




                                                                                                  vii
Oracle is actively engaged with other market-leading technology vendors to address
              technical obstacles so that our documentation can be accessible to all of our customers.
              For more information, visit the Oracle Accessibility Program Web site at
              http://www.oracle.com/accessibility/.


Accessibility of Code Examples in Documentation
              Screen readers may not always correctly read the code examples in this document. The
              conventions for writing code require that closing braces should appear on an otherwise
              empty line; however, some screen readers may not always read a line of text that
              consists solely of a bracket or brace.


Accessibility of Links to External Web Sites in Documentation
              This documentation may contain links to Web sites of other companies or organizations
              that Oracle does not own or control. Oracle neither evaluates nor makes any
              representations regarding the accessibility of these Web sites.



Structure
              1  Patching Overview
              Applying a patch can update your existing system in various ways, from adding a new
              feature or product to improving system performance. This chapter introduces the
              various types of patches, the utilities you use to apply them, and the ways to monitor
              their effect on your system.
              2  Patch Application Utilities
              Various utilities are available for applying patches to your Oracle E-Business Suite
              system. Their features and usage are described here.
              3  Patch Tracking Utilities
              It is important to keep track of the patching status of your system. This chapter
              describes how to identify patches that have not been applied to your system, and how
              to maintain any customized files.
              4  Patch Reporting Utilities
              As you apply patches and perform other maintenance tasks that modify your system,
              you may need to refer to the numerous reports that are automatically created as a
              record of these activities. This chapter explains how to do this, and lists the options
              available. For example, you can query the patch information files to see lists of patches
              applied and files affected, or you can generate a report about the version and
              translation level of your files. You can also generate reports that contain statistics about
              maintenance sessions, including the number of jobs in each session, the time taken to
              complete each job, and the time taken to complete the whole session.
              5  Patching Procedures
              How patches are applied to an Oracle E-Business Suite system depends in part on the
              various strategies or options that may be chosen. In some cases, existing features of the




viii
system may determine how patches are applied.



Related Information Sources
           This book is included on the Oracle E-Business Suite Documentation Library, which is
           supplied in the Release 12.1 Media Pack. You can download soft-copy documentation
           as PDF files from the Oracle Technology Network at
           http://www.oracle.com/technology/documentation/. The Oracle E-Business Suite
           Release 12.1 Documentation Library contains the latest information, including any
           documents that have changed significantly between releases. If substantial changes to
           this book are necessary, a revised version will be made available on the "virtual"
           documentation library on My Oracle Support (formerly OracleMetaLink).
           If this guide refers you to other Oracle E-Business Suite documentation, use only the
           latest Release 12.1 versions of those guides.
           Online Documentation
           All Oracle E-Business Suite documentation is available online (HTML or PDF).
           •   Online Help - Online help patches (HTML) are available on My Oracle Support.

           •   PDF Documentation - See the Oracle E-Business Suite Documentation Library for
               current PDF documentation for your product with each release. The Oracle
               E-Business Suite Documentation Library is also available on My Oracle Support and
               is updated frequently.

           •   Release Notes - For information about changes in this release, including new
               features, known issues, and other details, see the release notes for the relevant
               product, available on My Oracle Support.

           •   Oracle Electronic Technical Reference Manual - The Oracle Electronic Technical
               Reference Manual (eTRM) contains database diagrams and a detailed description of
               database tables, forms, reports, and programs for each Oracle E-Business Suite
               product. This information helps you convert data from your existing applications
               and integrate Oracle E-Business Suite data with non-Oracle applications, and write
               custom reports for Oracle E-Business Suite products. The Oracle eTRM is available
               on My Oracle Support.

           Related Guides
           You should have the following related books on hand. Depending on the requirements
           of your particular installation, you may also need additional manuals or guides.
           Oracle E-Business Suite Concepts
           This book is intended for all those planning to deploy Oracle E-Business Suite Release
           12, or contemplating significant changes to a configuration. After describing the Oracle
           E-Business Suite architecture and technology stack, it focuses on strategic topics, giving
           a broad outline of the actions needed to achieve a particular goal, plus the installation




                                                                                                       ix
and configuration choices that may be available.
              Oracle E-Business Suite Installation Guide: Using Rapid Install
              This book is intended for use by anyone who is responsible for installing or upgrading
              Oracle E-Business Suite. It provides instructions for running Rapid Install either to carry
              out a fresh installation of Oracle E-Business Suite Release 12, or as part of an upgrade
              from Release 11i to Release 12. The book also describes the steps needed to install the
              technology stack components only, for the special situations where this is applicable.
              Oracle E-Business Suite System Administrator's Guide Documentation Set
              This documentation set provides planning and reference information for the Oracle
              E-Business Suite System Administrator. Oracle E-Business Suite System Administrator's
              Guide - Configuration contains information on system configuration steps, including
              defining concurrent programs and managers, enabling Oracle Applications Manager
              features, and setting up printers and online help. Oracle E-Business Suite System
              Administrator's Guide - Maintenance provides information for frequent tasks such as
              monitoring your system with Oracle Applications Manager, administering Oracle
              E-Business Suite Secure Enterprise Search, managing concurrent managers and reports,
              using diagnostic utilities including logging, managing profile options, and using alerts.
              Oracle E-Business Suite System Administrator's Guide - Security describes User
              Management, data security, function security, auditing, and security configurations.
              Maintaining Oracle E-Business Suite Documentation Set
              This documentation set provides maintenance and patching information for the Oracle
              E-Business Suite DBA. Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Procedures provides a
              description of the strategies, related tasks, and troubleshooting activities that will help
              ensure the continued smooth running of an Oracle E-Business Suite system. Oracle
              E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities describes the Oracle E-Business Suite utilities that
              are supplied with Oracle E-Business Suite and used to maintain the application file
              system and database. It also provides a detailed description of the numerous options
              available to meet specific operational requirements. Oracle E-Business Suite Patching
              Procedures explains how to patch an Oracle E-Business Suite system, covering the key
              concepts and strategies. Also included are recommendations for optimizing typical
              patching operations and reducing downtime.


Integration Repository
              The Oracle Integration Repository is a compilation of information about the service
              endpoints exposed by the Oracle E-Business Suite of applications. It provides a
              complete catalog of Oracle E-Business Suite's business service interfaces. The tool lets
              users easily discover and deploy the appropriate business service interface for
              integration with any system, application, or business partner.
              The Oracle Integration Repository is shipped as part of the E-Business Suite. As your
              instance is patched, the repository is automatically updated with content appropriate
              for the precise revisions of interfaces in your environment.




x
Do Not Use Database Tools to Modify Oracle E-Business Suite Data
           Oracle STRONGLY RECOMMENDS that you never use SQL*Plus, Oracle Data
           Browser, database triggers, or any other tool to modify Oracle E-Business Suite data
           unless otherwise instructed.
           Oracle provides powerful tools you can use to create, store, change, retrieve, and
           maintain information in an Oracle database. But if you use Oracle tools such as
           SQL*Plus to modify Oracle E-Business Suite data, you risk destroying the integrity of
           your data and you lose the ability to audit changes to your data.
           Because Oracle E-Business Suite tables are interrelated, any change you make using an
           Oracle E-Business Suite form can update many tables at once. But when you modify
           Oracle E-Business Suite data using anything other than Oracle E-Business Suite, you
           may change a row in one table without making corresponding changes in related tables.
           If your tables get out of synchronization with each other, you risk retrieving erroneous
           information and you risk unpredictable results throughout Oracle E-Business Suite.
           When you use Oracle E-Business Suite to modify your data, Oracle E-Business Suite
           automatically checks that your changes are valid. Oracle E-Business Suite also keeps
           track of who changes information. If you enter information into database tables using
           database tools, you may store invalid information. You also lose the ability to track who
           has changed your information because SQL*Plus and other database tools do not keep a
           record of changes.




                                                                                                      xi
121adpp patching procedures
1
                                                        Patching Overview

           Applying a patch can update your existing system in various ways, from adding a new
           feature or product to improving system performance. This chapter introduces the
           various types of patches, the utilities you use to apply them, and the ways to monitor
           their effect on your system.
           This chapter covers the following topics:
           •   Release Maintenance: Patching Concepts
           •   Introduction to Patching Utilities



Release Maintenance: Patching Concepts
           Throughout the course of an Oracle E-Business Suite life cycle, patches are applied to
           maintain your system. This maintenance process may be necessary for a number of
           reasons, including, but not limited to:
           •   Fixing an existing issue

           •   Adding a new feature or functionality

           •   Updating to a higher maintenance level

           •   Applying the latest product enhancements

           •   Providing interoperability to new technology stacks

           •   Determining the source of an issue

           •   Applying online help

           Depending on its type, a patch may update the system files, the database, or both. In
           addition, you can apply patches to other tiers according to your system architecture.




                                                                             Patching Overview    1-1
Note: All Oracle E-Business Suite patches are available from My Oracle
                              Support at http://www.metalink.oracle.com.




Patch File Structure
                  Patches generally consist of a top-level directory that may contain several files, and one
                  or more subdirectories. The top-level directory is named <patchnum>, where <patchnum>
                  is the number of the patch. The most important files in the top-level directory are:
                  README.txt, README.html and the unified driver file (named u<patchnum>.drv).


Readme File
                  The README.txt or README.html file describes what the patch does. If the patch
                  contains manual steps, then the readme file provides information on using Oracle Patch
                  Application Assistant (PAA) to generate customized installation instructions. If the
                  patch does not contain manual steps, the readme file provides instructions for running
                  AutoPatch to apply the patch.


Unified Driver File
                  The unified driver, named u<patchnum>.drv, contains the commands necessary to
                  change files and database objects, and to generate new objects. It contains a sequential
                  list of copy, database, and generate instructions, which are arranged in sections. You
                  typically run the unified driver on all APPL_TOPs. AutoPatch runs only the actions that
                  are required for the current APPL_TOP. However, there may be scenarios where you
                  run only the applicable portion of the driver. In these cases, the readme file directs you
                  to run PAA to generate the specific instructions.


Patch Formats
                  Patch format describes the way the patch is packaged and applied. If a patch format is
                  described as cumulative, that patch contains a consolidation of updates for a given
                  codeline from the inception of a release, up to, and including, the latest release level.
                  Oracle E-Business Suite patches are released in the following formats:


                  Oracle E-Business Suite Patch Formats

                      Patches                                     Description


                      Individual bug fix                          A patch that fixes an existing issue.




1-2    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Patches                                       Description


            Product family release update pack (product   An aggregation of patches on a given codeline
            family RUP)                                   created for all products in specific product
                                                          family for a specific point release. For
                                                          example, R12.FIN_PF.A.1.


            Release update pack (RUP)                     A cumulative aggregation of product family
                                                          release update packs on a given codeline
                                                          created across Oracle E-Business Suite after
                                                          the initial release. For example, 12.1.1.


            Pre-upgrade patch                             All upgrade-related, high-priority patches
                                                          consolidated from all the products within a
                                                          product family. Pre-upgrade patches are
                                                          released as needed.


            Consolidated upgrade patch                    All upgrade-related patches consolidated
                                                          from all the products in a product family.
                                                          These patches are released as needed and are
                                                          only available for upgrading a Release 12
                                                          system from one point release to another.



            Patch formats can additionally be identified as high-priority. This means that the patch
            has an impact that is broad enough to merit application by all customers who have
            installed the affected product

                    Note: You can find the latest available patches by logging on to My
                    Oracle Support. Click the Patches and Updates tab and choose the
                    Quick Links to the Latest Patchsets, Mini Packs, and Maintenance Packs
                    link.




Codelines
            In Release 12, Oracle E-Business Suite patches are grouped into codelines. A codeline
            begins with a point release (for example, Release 12.0) consisting of a unique set of
            product features, and progresses to include all the patches created to maintain that
            point release. The initial Release 12.0 point release introduced codeline A. Additional
            point releases introduce new codelines, each identified by a unique letter. For example,
            Release 12.1 introduced codeline B, and Release 12.2 is expected to introduce codeline
            C.




                                                                                 Patching Overview    1-3
Codelines




                  Codelines and their associated codelevels ease the tracking of patch prerequisites,
                  dependencies, and compatibilities.

                           Important: This discussion of releases, codelines, and codelevels
                           (including the diagrams used as examples), is intended solely to
                           illustrate the concepts of codelines and codelevels. It does not represent
                           any release commitment on the part of Oracle.




Codelevels
                  Patches associated with codelines not only implement a set of product features for that
                  point release, but also provide fixes to that set of features. We describe this unique set of
                  product features for a point release as a codelevel and assign it a unique number. The
                  following diagram illustrates how codelines and codelevels might be associated with
                  Oracle E-Business Suite Release 12.




1-4    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Codelevels




Further, codelevels identify patches for individual products. For example, if Oracle
General Ledger (GL) is associated with your system, codelevel R12.GL.A.1 is the first set
of fixes to codelevel R12.GL.A, R12.GL.A.2 is the second, and so on. Codelevels are
cumulative - each one contains the initial set of features plus all the fixes created to date
for that product or product family.
If individual bug fixes are created along the codeline, then subsequent codelevels will
contain the bug fixes. For example, in the preceding diagram, the two bug fixes along
codeline A will be included in codelevel A.2.
All codelevels created after the initial point release for a product or product family are
aggregated into release update packs (RUPs). RUP1 is equivalent to R12.0.1, RUP2 is
equivalent to R12.0.2, and so on. RUPs provide bug fixes. In addition, they may also
provide feature enhancements, which provide new functionality that has a limited
impact on your system.




                                                                     Patching Overview    1-5
Codelevels in RUPs




                  A new point release contains new features that will substantially impact your system
                  and may change its operation. It starts a new codeline (for example, codeline B). At that
                  point, you can choose to upgrade to the new codeline and adopt the new features, or
                  stay on your existing codeline, where bug fixes and enhancements will continue to be
                  provided for your existing features.

                           Note: For more information on determining the codeline and codelevel
                           for each product installed in your system, see the Codelevels Summary
                           page discussed in Codelevels Introduced by the Patch, page 3-18.


                  When applying individual bug fixes, make sure that you apply only the bug fixes for
                  your existing codeline.



Introduction to Patching Utilities
                  Patches are applied and tracked as needed by using one of the utilities designed
                  specifically for that purpose. Some of these utilities are run from the command line, and
                  others are Web-based. This section describes these utilities briefly. You can find a
                  complete description of the utilities in later chapters of this book.


Command Line Patching Utilities
                  The utilities in this section are all run from the command line.




1-6    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
AutoPatch (adpatch)
                  AutoPatch is the utility you use to apply patches to the Oracle E-Business Suite file
                  system or database.


AD Merge Patch (admrgpch)
                  When you apply patches individually, you must perform associated patching tasks
                  multiple times. For example, for every individual patch there may be duplicate link and
                  generate processes. AD Merge Patch merges multiple patches into a single patch so that
                  the required tasks and processes are performed only once.
                  Critical issues found during an upgrade from Release 11i to 12.1.1 could require the use
                  of files that were not previously released or included in the upgrade itself. AD Merge
                  Patch now provides a mechanism for updating the existing upgrade driver such that
                  new files and existing files are both executed with the new driver syntax (dbdrv). This
                  allows two drivers to be combined into a single highwatermark driver, with calls for the
                  same file in drivers with different syntax resulting in a single call for the file that has the
                  highest version.
                  Several new options have been introduced as part of this enhancement. These are
                  described further in AD Merge Patch Enhancements, page 2-22.


Patch Application Assistant (admsi.pl)
                  Oracle Patch Application Assistant (PAA) helps you track and perform manual steps
                  during patching, and provides consistency in the format of manual steps. For patches
                  that have manual steps, the patch readme file contains generic instructions for all
                  systems. The readme file instructs you to use PAA to generate instructions specific to
                  your system. For merged patches, PAA automatically combines the contents of the
                  individual patch readme files into a single readme file.
                  PAA generates a custom set of instructions, specific to your installation, that
                  consolidates and displays the relevant manual steps for all the patches you want to
                  apply. After successfully performing each manual step, you can record that step as
                  'completed' in the PAA interface. Then, when applying patches in the future, you can
                  refer to this record to see which steps you have already completed. Unless specified
                  otherwise, you do not have to repeat the manual steps you have previously completed.


Web-Based Patching Utilities
                  The Web-based utilities described in this section are all accessed via Oracle Applications
                  Manager. (OAM)


Applied Patches
                  Applied Patches enables you to query the patch history database for a list of patches
                  that have been applied to your system. From the Applied Patches interface, you can
                  view patch information such as patch number and type, driver file name, platform and




                                                                                         Patching Overview    1-7
version, location of applied patch, patch content and language, files changed or copied,
                  bug fixes in each driver file, whether patch application was successful, and timing
                  information.


File History
                  With File History, you can view a history of the files that have been updated by a patch
                  such as: APPL_TOP where the file resides, directory in which the file resides, product
                  family that owns the file, name of the file, version of the file, date on which the file was
                  changed, patch details report, and action summary report for the updates to the file.


Patch Wizard
                  An important part of the patching process is to keep abreast of new patches that are
                  recommended, and analyze their effects before you actually apply them. With Patch
                  Wizard, you can determine patches that have not been applied to your system, but are
                  recommended to keep the system current. Patch Wizard also gives you a preview about
                  the effects on your system of applying an individual patch.


Timing Reports
                  Timing Reports help you monitor a job that is running or provide you with a view of
                  the statistics from completed AutoPatch and AD Administration maintenance sessions.
                  You can view information such as task name, time taken to complete the task, start time
                  and end time.


Register Flagged Files
                  Register Flagged Files provides a central register for your customizations. Use it to
                  import, export, add, delete and view records of customized files. This utility replaces
                  the applcust.txt file used in previous releases of Oracle E-Business Suite.


Software Updates
                  Software Updates is a portal from which you can view all the patching-related activities
                  of your system.


Manage Downtime Schedules
                  Refer to the Oracle E-Business Suite System Administrator's Guide - Maintenance for
                  information and advice regarding managing downtime in restricted mode and
                  downtime schedules.




1-8    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
2
                                           Patch Application Utilities

                Various utilities are available for applying patches to your Oracle E-Business Suite
                system. Their features and usage are described here.
                This chapter covers the following topics:
                •   Oracle Patch Application Assistant
                •   AutoPatch
                •   AD Merge Patch



Oracle Patch Application Assistant
                For patches that have manual steps, the patch readme file instructs you to use Oracle
                Patch Application Assistant (PAA) by running the admsi.pl script. For merged patches,
                PAA automatically merges the contents of the individual patch readme files.


The Oracle Patch Application Assistant Interface
                The Patch Application Assistant is started from the command line, and collects your
                input in a graphical user interface.


Running Oracle Patch Application Assistant
                The following is a summary of the steps you use to run Patch Application Assistant. For
                a complete description of all the steps, see Creating Customized Instructions for
                Patching Using PAA, page 5-1.


Step 1: Set the environment
                You must set the environment to apply the configuration parameters that define your
                system. This task is common to many AD utilities.




                                                                             Patch Application Utilities    2-1
Step 2: Unzip the patch
                  Create a patch top directory, if it does not already exist. Download the patch into the
                  patch top directory and unzip it.


Step 3: Review the information in the readme file
                  In the directory where you unzipped the patch, you will find a README.txt file and a
                  README.html file. Review either of these files for information about the patch and for
                  instructions on using Oracle Patch Application Assistant to generate customized
                  instructions for your system.


Step 4: Run Oracle Patch Application Assistant
                  Run PAA (admsi.pl) to generate customized instructions for your system. Follow the
                  steps in the customized instructions to complete the patching process.



AutoPatch
                  You use AutoPatch to apply patches to the Oracle E-Business Suite file system or
                  database. The utility gathers the required information about your system via a series of
                  prompts. When you have responded to the prompts, AutoPatch performs the tasks
                  required to apply the patch:
                  •    Reads patch metadata to determine patch dependencies and requirements

                  •    Uploads patch information from a prior patch session to the database (if applicable)

                  •    Reads and validate the patch driver file and reads the product driver files

                  •    Compares version numbers of object modules from the product libraries and
                       version numbers of the existing files against the patch files

                  •    Backs up all existing files that will be changed by the patch

                  •    Copies files

                  •    Archive files in libraries

                  •    Relinks executables

                  •    Generates forms, reports, messages, graphics, and Java archive (JAR) files.

                  •    Compiles JSP files and invalid database objects

                  •    Updates database objects




2-2    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
•     Runs AutoConfig to update configuration files if any template files are introduced
                     or updated by the patch

               •     Saves patch information to the database

               AutoPatch takes no action if a patch contains no new updates to files or database objects
               in your system.
               If AutoPatch detects a previously failed AutoPatch session, it will attempt to recover
               that session.


Preparing your System for Patching
               Before you begin a patching session, there are some important tasks you need to
               complete.


Enable Maintenance Mode
               Before you initiate an AutoPatch session, you must shut down the Workflow Business
               Events System and set up function security so that no Oracle E-Business Suite functions
               are available to users. This ensures optimal performance and reduces downtime when
               applying a patch. Maintenance mode provides a clear separation between normal
               runtime operation of Oracle E-Business Suite and system downtime for maintenance.
               During a Maintenance mode downtime, user login is restricted. Users are redirected to
               a system downtime URL, which informs them that the maintenance session is in
               progress. The Oracle Applications Manager (OAM) Maintenance Mode page allows you
               to schedule system downtime and send alert messages to notify users of the downtime
               schedule.
               To enable or disable Maintenance mode, use the Change Maintenance Mode menu in
               AD Administration. See: Changing Maintenance Mode, Oracle E-Business Suite
               Maintenance Utilities.

                         Caution: You can run AutoPatch by using options=hotpatch on the
                         command line when Maintenance mode is disabled. However,
                         applying a 'hot patch' may result in significant degradation of system
                         performance. For more information, see AutoPatch Options, page 2-14.




Shut Down Services
               If you are applying a patch that updates or relinks files, shut down the corresponding
               concurrent managers, Web services, or Forms services. See: Applying a Patch
               Interactively, page 5-7.


Log Files
               In addition to the main log file (adpatch.log), AutoPatch also creates several other log




                                                                             Patch Application Utilities    2-3
files for specific purposes, for example, to record all the actions associated with parallel
                  workers. The log files are written to $APPL_TOP/admin/<SID>/log (UNIX), where
                  <SID> is the value of your ORACLE_SID or TWO_TASK variable, or
                  in %APPL_TOP%admin<SID>log (Windows), where <SID> is the value of
                  ORACLE_SID or LOCAL. Review these files when the AutoPatch session is complete.
                  The log directory contains adpatch.log and adpatch.lgi, and may contain one or more
                  additional files as described in the following table.


                  Log Files

                   Log File                                      Used For


                   adpatch.log                                   Main AutoPatch log file (default name)


                   adpatch.lgi                                   AutoPatch informational messages (default
                                                                 name)


                   adrelink.log                                  Relinking


                   adlibin.log                                   Moving C object files into the C library of a
                                                                 product


                   adlibout.log                                  Moving C object files out of the C library of a
                                                                 product


                   adworkxxx.log                                 Database operations run in parallel


                   <language>_<filename>_ldt.log                 Seed data loader files



                           Note: You can also review log files using the View Log Files feature of
                           OAM Timing Reports. See: View Log Files, page 4-27.


                  If AutoPatch does not perform an action, it does not generate the log file associated with
                  that type of action.


Prompts
                  In addition to the standard prompts common to most AD utilities, AutoPatch also asks
                  for information specific to the patching process. You must respond to all the prompts
                  for each driver you run.

                           Important: Do not run multiple sessions of AutoPatch on the same




2-4    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Oracle E-Business Suite system at the same time.




Main Log File Name
                    The main AutoPatch log file is named adpatch.log by default. We recommend you
                    change the name to indicate the associated driver file, using a .log extension. For
                    example, for the u1234567.drv driver, the log file should be u1234567.log.


SYSTEM and AOL User Passwords
                    AutoPatch prompts for the SYSTEM and AOL user passwords.

                             Note: You can change this behavior by using options=validate on the
                             command line. See Command Line Arguments, page 2-12.




Patch Directory
                    AutoPatch asks you to specify the directory where the patch files have been unzipped.
                    The default is the directory from which you started AutoPatch. If necessary, specify the
                    full path name to the directory where you unzipped the patch files. The operating
                    system user running AutoPatch must have write permissions to that directory.


Patch Driver File
                    AutoPatch prompts for the name of the patch driver file. By default, it does not check
                    the integrity of the patch - that is, whether the version of each file referenced in a driver
                    file copy action matches the version in the patch - because Oracle E-Business Suite
                    patches are always tested before release to ensure they contain the correct files.
                    The unified driver, named u<patchnum>.drv, contains the commands necessary to
                    change files and database objects, and to generate new objects. It contains copy,
                    database, and generate portions and performs the copy, database, and generate actions
                    in the stated order. You typically run the unified driver on all APPL_TOPs and
                    AutoPatch runs only the actions that are required for the current APPL_TOP. However,
                    there may be cases where you run only the applicable portion of the driver.

Copy Portion of a Unified Driver
                    When the copy portion of a unified driver runs, AutoPatch performs the following
                    actions:
                    •   Extracts the appropriate files from the C library of each product.

                    •   Compares the extracted object modules with their corresponding files in the patch
                        directory. It also makes this type of comparison with files such as forms, reports,
                        and SQL scripts.




                                                                                    Patch Application Utilities    2-5
•   Backs up any product file with a more recent version in the patch directory to a
                        subdirectory in the patch directory. For example, if <patch_dir> is the patch
                        directory, <system_name> is the Applications System name, <appl_top_name> is the
                        APPL_TOP name, and <prod> is the name of the product being patched, it backs up:
                        <PROD>_TOP/<subdir(s)>/<old_file_name>

                        to
                        <patch_dir>/backup/<system_name>/<appl_top_name>/<prod>/<subdir(s)>/
                        <old_file_name>

                                 Note: The Applications system name and the APPL_TOP name are
                                 determined during the Rapid Install process.



                    •   Replaces the outdated files of each product with newer files from the patch
                        directory.

                    •   Loads the new object modules into the C libraries.

                    •   Relinks the Oracle E-Business Suite products with the operating system, Oracle
                        server, and other Oracle products libraries.

                    •   Applies changed Java class files and regenerates JAR files as needed.

                    •   Copies any specified HTML or media files to their respective destinations.

                    •   Compiles out-of-date Java Server Page (JSP) files (if any JSP files are included in the
                        patch).


Database Portion of a Unified Driver
                    When the database portion of a driver runs, AutoPatch performs these actions:
                    •   Gets a list of current invalid objects in the APPS schema.

                    •   Determines whether the action was performed in a previous patch.

                    •   Runs SQL scripts and EXEC commands, which change Oracle E-Business Suite
                        database objects. By default, AutoPatch runs scripts and commands in parallel.

                    •   Compiles invalid objects in the database.

                    •   Assembles a list of current invalid objects in the APPS schema.

                             Note: As of Release 12, a separate MRC schema is not required, so
                             Invoker's Rights processing (included in previous releases) has been
                             removed.




2-6    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Generate Portion of a Unified Driver
                    Apply the generate portion of a unified driver on all APPL_TOP directories containing
                    one or more files being generated by the patch. If in doubt, apply it to all APPL_TOP
                    directories on all nodes. When the generate portion of a driver runs, AutoPatch
                    performs these actions:
                    •   Generates Oracle Forms PL/SQL library files

                    •   Generates Oracle Forms menu files

                    •   Generates Oracle Forms executable files

                    •   Generates Oracle Reports PL/SQL library files

                    •   Generates Oracle Reports files

                    •   Generates message files

                    •   Generates Oracle Workflow resource files

                             Note: You can change this behavior by using options=integrity on the
                             command line. See Command Line Arguments, page 2-12.




Number of Parallel Workers
                    By default, AutoPatch runs database updates and file generation commands in parallel
                    and prompts you for the number of workers. Tasks are assigned to workers, the
                    workers run the tasks to completion, and AutoPatch assigns new tasks.
                    The default value for the number of workers is two times the number of CPUs on the
                    node from which you run AutoPatch. Oracle recommends specifying the number of
                    workers as between two and four times the number of CPUs.
                    After you specify the number of workers, AutoPatch displays messages similar to the
                    following as it begins to update the Oracle E-Business Suite products:
                    Performing version checking for driver files...
                    Copying driver files into installation area...
                    Determining valid on-site files...
                    Screening out files not valid for this installation...
                    Extracting object modules from product libraries...
                    Performing version checking...
                    Determining what executables to link...
                    Determining what Oracle Forms files to generate...
                    Determining what Oracle Reports libraries to generate...
                    Determining what Oracle Reports files to generate...

                    AutoPatch runs all database actions based on phase order, a grouping of actions in the
                    database portion of the patch that minimizes dependencies. This order is not necessarily
                    the order in which the commands are listed in the database portion of the patch driver.




                                                                                 Patch Application Utilities    2-7
Note: For more information, see Monitoring and Controlling Parallel
                           Processing, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities.




Customized Files
                   AutoPatch reviews the AD_FILES table to determine if any customized files (Register
                   Flagged Files) will be replaced by the patch. If so, it displays a message listing the
                   customized files it will replace.

                           Note: For more information, see Customization Standards, Oracle
                           E-Business Suite Developer's Guide, and Register Flagged Files, page 1-8.




NLS
                   If the patch you are applying has an NLS-related version, and if you are an NLS
                   customer, AutoPatch prompts you about the NLS-related version of the patch before
                   allowing you to continue.


Preparing for Non-Interactive Patching
                   Non-interactive patching is a way to save time by avoiding some of the prompts and
                   automating the patching process. To use non-interactive patching, create a defaults file
                   by running AutoPatch interactively using a specific command line option. Then tell
                   AutoPatch to run non-interactively by providing the name of the defaults file plus other
                   associated command line options. After the AutoPatch actions are complete, you
                   perform any post-AutoPatch steps listed in the patch readme file. See Performing
                   Non-Interactive Patching, page 5-13.


Messages
                   AutoPatch generates several types of messages. Each message is recorded in a log file.
                   See Log Files, page 2-3 for a list and descriptions.


Informational Messages
                   Informational messages are written to the informational message file (adpatch.lgi). This
                   log file uses the same base file name as the main AutoPatch log file, but substitutes a .lgi
                   extension for the .log extension. For example, if the AutoPatch log file is named
                   u1234567.log, the AutoPatch informational log file is named u1234567.lgi.
                   For example, AutoPatch writes information pertaining to the files not updated because
                   they are up-to-date in the informational log file.




2-8    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
File will not be copied to destination.

                 Version check:
                 /slot03/appmgr/prodappl/ad/12.0.2/xml/oam/patch/history/SearchFiles.uix
                 version is equal to or lower than
                 /slot03/appmgr/prodcomn/html/oam/patch/history/SearchFiles.uix.
                 File will not be copied to destination.

                 Version check:
                 /slot03/appmgr/prodappl/ad/12.0.2/xml/oam/patch/history/SearchFilesCrite
                 riaAdvanced.uix
                 version is equal to or lower than

                 /slot03/appmgr/prodcomn/html/oam/patch/history/SearchFilesCriteriaAdvanc
                 ed.uix


Error Messages
                 When AutoPatch is using parallel processing and an error occurs, the job fails. Review
                 the main log file (adpatch.log) and the adworkxxx.log file to determine the source of the
                 error, resolve the issues and continue. Restart AutoPatch using the adctrl command.

                         Note: See Monitoring and Controlling Parallel Processing, Oracle
                         E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities, for details on using the adctrl
                         command.


                 If you cannot resolve the issue, you must:
                 •   Verify that all steps in the readme file were completed.

                 •   Check My Oracle Support for additional information regarding the patch you are
                     applying.

                 If the message indicates that a worker has failed its job, you can fix the problem and
                 restart the worker while the manager is running. Some failed jobs are deferred (not
                 immediately reassigned) by the manager. These jobs do not cause the manager or other
                 workers to stop.
                 See: Managing Worker Processes, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Procedures.


Successful Completion Message
                 AutoPatch displays messages such as the following when processing is complete. If you
                 do not see a completion message, you should investigate and identify the reason.




                                                                                Patch Application Utilities    2-9
A job timing report has been generated for the current session.
                   You should check the file
                       /slot03/appmgr/prodappl/admin/PROD/out/adt323790.lst
                   for details.


                   Purging timing information for prior sessions.

                   sqlplus -s APPS/*****
                   @/slot03/appmgr/prodappl/ad/12.0.0/sql/adtpurge.sql 10 1000

                   Done purging timing information for prior sessions.

                   AutoPatch is complete.

                   AutoPatch may have written informational messages to the file
                   /slot03/appmgr/prodappl/admin/PROD/log/adpatch.lgi

                   Errors and warnings are listed in the log file
                   /slot03/appmgr/prodappl/admin/PROD/log/adpatch.log

                   and in other log files in the same directory.



Backup Directory
                   When AutoPatch runs, a backup directory is created in the directory where you unzip
                   the patch. The old version of each file updated by the patch is copied into the backup
                   directory. When applying large patches (such as release update packs, product family
                   RUPs, and pre-upgrade patches), ensure there is enough disk space on the system
                   where you unzip the patch, or the patching process may fail. We recommend having at
                   least twice the amount of disk space as the unzipped patch file uses.

                           Tip: Periodically, you can delete the files in the backup directory to free
                           the space.




AutoPatch Modes
                   AutoPatch can apply patches in two specialized modes: pre-install and test. The patch
                   readme file instructs you when to use each of these modes.


Pre-Install Mode
                   Pre-install mode is generally used during the upgrade process to update AD utilities,
                   apply pre-upgrade patches, or work around other patching issues. AutoPatch asks all
                   startup questions except those relating to the database.

                           Note: Run AutoPatch in pre-install mode only if the patch readme
                           instructs you to do so.


                   To run AutoPatch in pre-install mode, include preinstall=y on the AutoPatch command




2-10    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
line. It performs the following actions:
            •   Compares version numbers

            •   Copies files

            •   Relinks FND and AD executables

            •   Saves patch information to the file system

            Because AutoPatch does not read driver files in pre-install mode, it copies all product
            files in the patch to the APPL_TOP directory. Additionally, even if a file in the patch
            should be both in the APPL_TOP and in another directory (such as in $OA_HTML),
            AutoPatch copies the file only to the APPL_TOP.
            Each patch run in pre-install mode will have its driver staged to a predetermined
            directory under the APPL_TOP. This allows AD Merge Patch to be run once for all
            pre-install updates, and merging with the upgrade driver only. See AD Merge Patch
            Enhancements, page 2-22 for further details.
            In preinstall mode, AutoPatch validates codelevels against the files
            Preinstall_Codelevel_AD.txt and Preinstall_Codelevel_MP.txt. These files are located in
            the $APPL_TOP/admin directory, and contain codelevel information about AD and
            other products registered in the database tables.
            Since no database connection is available in pre-install mode, AutoPatch tries to
            validate whether the current patch should be applied based on the codelevel
            information in these two files, as follows:
            •   If Preinstall_Codelevel_AD.txt is missing from the APPL_TOP, AutoPatch will
                apply the patch in pre-install mode without validating the patch for codelevel
                compatibility.

            •   If Preinstall_Codelevel_MP.txt is missing from the APPL_TOP, AutoPatch will
                proceed with patch application without validating the patch for codelevel
                compatibility of the entities.

            •   If both files are missing, AutoPatch will not validate codelevels in pre-install mode.

            Note the following restrictions when applying a patch in pre-install mode:
            •   NLS patches cannot be applied on the instance.

            •   Baseline or codelevel-introducing patches cannot be applied on the instance.

            •   AutoPatch will not check to see if the patch is already applied on the system.


Test Mode
            In test mode, AutoPatch does not apply the patch. Instead, it lists each file it would




                                                                         Patch Application Utilities    2-11
have copied, relinked, executed, or generated and shows exactly what actions it would
                  have performed had it applied the patch. It also runs AutoConfig in test mode to
                  determine any impending changes to the configuration files. This allows you to see the
                  effects of the patch on your production system before you apply it.
                  To run AutoPatch in test mode, include apply=no on the AutoPatch command line. This
                  runs as if AutoPatch is applying the patch, except it does not. It performs the following
                  actions:
                  •    Copies any files from the patch directory to the Oracle E-Business Suite file system

                  •    Archives any object modules into the product libraries

                  •    Relinks any executables

                  •    Generates any forms, reports, PL/SQL libraries, or menu files

                  •    Runs any SQL or EXEC commands (commands that change the database)

                  •    Instantiates new configuration files

                  •    Updates the patch information files

                  •    Updates patch information and release version in the database

                  See: Testing a Patch Before Applying It, page 5-11.


Command Line Arguments
                  You can direct the way the AutoPatch operates by adding modifiers to the AutoPatch
                  start command. These modifiers may be in the form of arguments or options. They
                  refine the actions performed by AutoPatch.
                  Command line arguments and options are in the "token=value" format, where token is
                  the name of the modifier. We recommend you enter both the argument and the value in
                  lower case: AutoPatch automatically converts the "token" portion to lowercase, but it
                  cannot convert the "value".
                  In this example:
                  $ adpatch LOGFILE=TEST.LOG

                  The token ("LOGFILE") will be converted to lowercase, but the value (TEST.LOG) will
                  not be recognized by the utility. The correct way to enter this command is:
                  $ adpatch logfile=test.log

                  You can enter more than one token=value argument on a single command line by
                  separating them with a single space, as in the following example.
                  $ adpatch printdebug=y flags=hidepw

                  In some cases, you can include more than one value for a token. When doing so, you




2-12    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
separate the values with commas and no spaces. For example:
$ adpatch flags=nohidepw,trace

is a valid command, but
$ adpatch flags=nohidepw, trace

is not valid.
The following arguments are specific to AutoPatch, and can be used to modify and
refine its behavior. The default value is used if you do not specify a value.


AutoPatch Arguments

Argument                                   Description


apply                                      Purpose: Tells AutoPatch whether to run in
                                           test mode.

                                           Values: y, meaning that AutoPatch does not
                                           run in test mode; n, meaning that AutoPatch
                                           does run in test mode.

                                           Default: y

                                           Example: adpatch apply=n


driver                                     Purpose: Tells AutoPatch the name of the
                                           patch driver file. This is usually used during
                                           non-interactive processing. It is only valid
                                           when the patchtop option is also used.

                                           Values: A driver file name, or
                                           comma-separated list of patch driver file
                                           names.

                                           Default: None, meaning that AutoPatch
                                           prompts for the patch driver file name.

                                           Example: adpatch
                                           patchtop=/d01/prodappl/patches/1234567
                                           driver=u1234567.drv




                                                           Patch Application Utilities    2-13
Argument                                    Description


                   patchtop                                    Purpose: Tells AutoPatch the top-level
                                                               directory for the current patch. This is
                                                               normally used during non-interactive
                                                               processing.

                                                               Values: A fully qualified directory name.

                                                               Default: None, meaning that AutoPatch
                                                               prompts for the patch directory.

                                                               Example: adpatch
                                                               patchtop=/d01/prodappl/patches/1234567


                   preinstall                                  Purpose: Tells AutoPatch whether to run in
                                                               pre-install mode. Pre-install mode is used to
                                                               update AD utilities before an upgrade and to
                                                               apply pre-upgrade patches.

                                                               Values: y, meaning that AutoPatch does run in
                                                               pre-install mode; n, meaning that AutoPatch
                                                               does not run in pre-install mode.

                                                               Default: n

                                                               Example: adpatch preinstall=y


                   uploadph                                    Purpose: Tells AutoPatch to upload patch
                                                               history information from the patch
                                                               information files to the database. AutoPatch
                                                               exits after uploading the patch history
                                                               information.

                                                               Values: y, meaning that AutoPatch uploads
                                                               patch history information; n, meaning that
                                                               AutoPatch does not upload patch history
                                                               information.

                                                               Default: none

                                                               Example: adpatch uploadph=y




AutoPatch Options
                  The options= argument is used to pass generic options to AutoPatch. It takes the form of a
                  comma-separated list. Enter one option or a comma-separated list of options. For
                  example, options=nocopyportion,nogenerateportion. As with AutoPatch arguments, there
                  must be no space after the comma.




2-14    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
AutoPatch Options

Option              Description


autoconfig          Purpose: Tells AutoPatch to run AutoConfig
                    automatically.

                    Default: autoconfig

                    Use options=noautoconfig if you are applying a
                    number of patches in sequence and want to
                    run AutoConfig once, after applying the last
                    patch of the sequence.

                    Comments: The more common method is to
                    merge the patches first with AD Merge Patch.


checkfile           Purpose: Tells AutoPatch to either skip
                    running EXEC, SQL, and EXECTIER
                    commands if they are recorded as already run,
                    or to record them as having run after running
                    them.

                    Default: checkfile

                    Use options=nocheckfile to turn off the checkfile
                    feature.

                    Comments: checkfile provides significant
                    performance benefits.


compiledb           Purpose: Tells AutoPatch to automatically
                    compile invalid objects in the database after
                    running actions normally found in the
                    database portion of the driver.

                    Default: compiledb for standard patches.
                    nocompiledb for standard patch translations,
                    documentation patches, and documentation
                    patch translations.

                    Use options=nocompiledb to save time when
                    multiple non-merged patches are applied in a
                    maintenance window.

                    Comments: Merging multiple patches and
                    applying a single merged patch is usually a
                    better strategy.




                                    Patch Application Utilities    2-15
Option                             Description


                   compilejsp                         Purpose: Tells AutoPatch whether to
                                                      automatically compile out-of-date JSP files.
                                                      JSP files are only compiled if the patch
                                                      contains copy actions for at least one JSP file.

                                                      Default: compilejsp for standard patches.
                                                      nocompilejsp for standard patch translations,
                                                      documentation patches, and documentation
                                                      patch translations.

                                                      Use options=nocompilejsp to save time when
                                                      multiple non-merged patches are applied in a
                                                      maintenance window.

                                                      Comments: Merging multiple patches and
                                                      applying a single merged patch is usually a
                                                      better strategy.


                   copyportion                        Purpose: Tells AutoPatch whether to run
                                                      commands normally found in the copy
                                                      portion of the driver.

                                                      Default: copyportion

                                                      Use options=nocopyportion to tell AutoPatch not
                                                      to perform copy actions of the driver.


                   databaseportion                    Purpose: Tells AutoPatch whether to run
                                                      commands normally found in the database
                                                      portion of the driver.

                                                      Default: databaseportion

                                                      Use options=nodatabaseportion to tell AutoPatch
                                                      not to perform database actions. of the driver


                   generateportion                    Purpose: Tells AutoPatch whether to run
                                                      commands normally found in the generate
                                                      portion of the driver.

                                                      Default: generateportion

                                                      Use options=nogenerateportion to tell AutoPatch
                                                      not to perform generate actions of the driver.




2-16    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Option            Description


hotpatch          Purpose: Tells AutoPatch to apply a patch
                  regardless of whether the Oracle E-Business
                  Suite system is in Maintenance mode.
                  AutoPatch aborts the patching session if
                  Maintenance mode is disabled and the
                  options=hotpatch command is not used.

                  Default: nohotpatch


integrity         Purpose: Tells AutoPatch whether to verify
                  that the version of each file referenced in a
                  copy action matches the version present in the
                  patch.

                  Default: nointegrity

                  Comments: Using options=nointegrity is safe
                  and avoids some AutoPatch overhead.


maintenancemode   Purpose: Tells AutoPatch to enable
                  Maintenance mode at the beginning of a patch
                  session and disable it at the end (if patch
                  application was successful).

                  Default: nomaintenancemode

                  The maintenancemode and hotpatch options
                  cannot be used together. If they are,
                  AutoPatch will raise the error 'You cannot
                  specify both "hotpatch" and
                  "maintenancemode" in the same adpatch run'.


parallel          Purpose: Tells AutoPatch whether to run
                  actions that update the database in parallel
                  (such as SQL) and actions that generate files in
                  parallel (such as genform).

                  Default: parallel

                  Comments: Oracle does not recommend
                  changing the default, as Oracle E-Business
                  Suite patches are tested on systems using
                  parallel processing.




                                  Patch Application Utilities    2-17
Option                                     Description


                   phtofile                                   Purpose: Tells AutoPatch whether to upload
                                                              patch history information to the database after
                                                              applying the patch or to write it to the patch
                                                              information files in the file system.

                                                              Default: nophtofile

                                                              Use options=phtofile to tell AutoPatch not to
                                                              upload patch history information to the
                                                              database.

                                                              Comments: Using phtofile allows you to defer
                                                              the uploading of patch history information to
                                                              the database until after the system downtime.
                                                              Use the adpatch uploadph=y command to
                                                              upload patch history information from the
                                                              patch information files to the database during
                                                              uptime.


                   validate                                   Purpose: Tells AutoPatch whether to connect
                                                              to all registered Oracle E-Business Suite
                                                              schemas at the start of the patch.

                                                              Default: novalidate

                                                              Use options=validate to validate password
                                                              information for all Oracle E-Business Suite
                                                              schemas.

                                                              Comments: Useful for finding problems with
                                                              incorrectly registered Oracle E-Business Suite
                                                              schemas or schemas with invalid passwords.




The AutoPatch Interface
                  AutoPatch is run from the command line. It prompts for any information required.


Running AutoPatch
                  The following is a summary of the steps you use to run AutoPatch. For a complete
                  procedural description of all the steps, see Creating Customized Instructions for
                  Patching Using PAA, page 5-1.


Step 1: Set the environment
                  You must set the environment to apply the configuration parameters that define your




2-18    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
system. This task is common to many AD utilities.


Step 2: Unzip the patch
                 Create a patch top directory, if it does not already exist. Download the patch into the
                 patch top directory and unzip it.


Step 3: Review the information in the readme file
                 In the directory where you unzipped the patch, you will find a README.txt file and a
                 README.html file. Review either readme file for information about the patch and for
                 instructions on using Oracle Patch Application Assistant (PAA) to generate customized
                 instructions for your system.


Step 4: Run Oracle Patch Application Assistant
                 Run PAA (admsi.pl) to generate customized instructions for your system. Follow the
                 steps in the customized instructions to start the patching process.


Step 5: Run AutoPatch
                 The customized instructions generated by PAA describe how to run AutoPatch using
                 the adpatch command.

                          Note: You can add arguments on the command line to refine the way
                          AutoPatch runs. See AutoPatch Modes, page 2-10 and Command Line
                          Arguments, page 2-12.




Stopping AutoPatch
                 You can stop AutoPatch by entering the abort command at any prompt. However, after
                 the workers have started running, you can only stop AutoPatch by shutting down the
                 workers in AD Controller.

                          Note: For detailed instructions on shutting down workers, see: Exiting
                          or Stopping a Utility, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities.




Restarting AutoPatch
                 If you have shut down the workers, or if AutoPatch quits while performing processing
                 actions, it saves all the actions completed up to that point in restart files. Investigate and
                 resolve the problem that caused the failure, then restart AutoPatch. After you restart
                 AutoPatch, it will ask if you want to continue with the previous session (at the point
                 where the processing stopped), or start a new session.
                 See: Restarting a Utility, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities.




                                                                                Patch Application Utilities    2-19
AD Merge Patch
                  When patches are applied individually, AutoPatch tasks such as responding to prompts
                  and linking executables must be performed separately for every patch. This can be
                  time-consuming and prone to error.
                  An alternative is to use AD Merge Patch. This utility merges multiple patches into a
                  single patch, allowing you to reduce patch application time by eliminating the tasks you
                  would otherwise have to have performed for each individual patch.
                  When merging compatible patches, AD Merge Patch bases its actions on metadata. It
                  removes duplicate driver lines from the database portions of the driver. When merging
                  two or more patches that have manual steps, the steps and readme files of both patches
                  are also merged.


Source and Destination Directories
                  You extract the patches to be merged from the source directory. The destination directory
                  is where the merged patch is created. AD Merge Patch reads the patch driver files for
                  each patch in the source directory and merges them to create patch driver files in the
                  destination directory. If a file exists in more than one source patch, only the highest
                  revision of the file is copied to the destination directory.
                  The source and destination directories should be created under the same parent
                  directory. For example, if the parent directory is named <top>, both the source and
                  destination directories should be subdirectories of <top>. The source and the destination
                  directories cannot be child or parent directories of each other.


                  Directory Structure for Source and Destination Directories - Basic Example




                  The source directory must have all patches to be merged as immediate child directories.
                  The patch directories cannot be in a lower directory. For example, a directory structure
                  for merging four patches would look like this:




2-20    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Directory Structure for Source and Destination Directories - Merging Four Patches




Naming the Merged Patch
               You should ndicate the name of the merged patch on the command line, using the
               -merge_name option to provide a meaningful name. If you do not use this option, the
               patch will be given the default name of merged.


Merging Zipped Patches
               The manifest file is a text file in which you document the location and names of the
               patch zip files. The contents of a manifest file resembles the following:
               /d01/prodappl/patches/p3903945_12_GENERIC.zip
               /d01/prodappl/patches/p3892799_12_GENERIC.zip
               /d01/prodappl/patches/p3874740_12_LINUX.zip

               You can use the -manifest option to create a manifest file. AD Merge Patch references
               this file, and unzips the patches listed. It copies the unzipped files into the source
               directory and includes them, along with any other files in the source directory, in the
               merged patch.


The AD Merge Patch Interface
               You run AD Merge Patch and supply the information it needs from the command line.
               There are no menus or input screens.


Running AD Merge Patch
               AD Merge Patch is located in the AD_TOP/bin directory. However, you run it from the
               parent directory (<top>) of the source directory. The following is a summary of the steps




                                                                           Patch Application Utilities    2-21
you use to run AD Merge Patch. For a complete description of all the steps, see Creating
                  a Merged Patch, page 5-21.


Step 1: Set the environment
                  You must set the environment to indicate the location of the configuration parameters
                  that define your system. This task is common to many AD utilities.


Step 2: Run AD Merge Patch
                  From the parent directory (<top>), run AD Merge patch using the admrgpch command.


AD Merge Patch Enhancements
                  Critical issues found during an upgrade from Release 11i to Release 12.1.1 could require
                  the use of files that were not previously released or included in the upgrade itself. AD
                  Merge Patch now provides a mechanism for updating the existing upgrade driver such
                  that new files and existing files are both executed with the new driver syntax (dbdrv).
                  This allows two drivers to be combined into a single highwatermark driver, with calls
                  for the same file in drivers with different syntax resulting in a single call for the file that
                  has the highest version.
                  Several new AD Merge Patch options have been introduced as part of this
                  enhancement. These are described below and followed by examples.


-driveronly
                  This option is used to merge only the patch driver files present in the patch tops. AD
                  Merge Patch will merge the actions present in the patch driver files, and write the
                  merged content to the resulting patch driver file. However, the files will not be copied
                  from the source directory to the destination directory. The resulting merged patch
                  driver file will be placed in the destination directory given with the -d option.


-preinstall
                  This option is used to run AD Merge Patch in pre-install mode, where it will only merge
                  the patch driver files present in the $APPL_TOP/admin/$TWO_TASK/preinstall
                  directory. The -preinstall option implicitly enables the -driveronly option, and
                  takes the source directory as $APPL_TOP/admin/$TWO_TASK/preinstall directory.
                  The -s option can be used in conjunction with the -preinstall option to specify the
                  source directory and merge critical driver files. As pre-install upgrade driver files are
                  copied to the pre-install directory when AutoPatch is used in pre-install mode, the
                  combination of these options merges pre-install upgrade driver files with the master
                  upgrade driver file.
                  The -preinstall option means that there are associated changes in how AutoPatch is
                  used. These are described in Pre-Install Mode, page 2-10.




2-22    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
-master
           This option is used to specify the master upgrade driver that is to be merged with the
           pre-install upgrade drivers. It is only valid with the -preinstall or -driveronly
           options.


-admode
           AD Merge Patch is now restricted to merge either AD-only patches or non-AD patches.
           By default, AD Merge Patch will run in non-AD mode unless the –admode option is
           specified. In non-AD mode, AD Merge Patch will merge the non-AD patches present in
           either the source directory specified by the -s option, or the pre-install directory if
           -preinstall is specified.

                   Note: When merging patches, AD patches present in the source
                   directory are ignored in non-AD mode.




Examples
           Merging the non-AD patch driver files that are present under the patchtop:
           admrgpch -s source -d dest -driveronly

           Merging the non-AD patch driver files with the non-AD upgrade driver file found
           under upg:
           admrgpch -s source -d dest -driveronly –master upg/upgrade.drv

           Merging non-AD patch driver files present in the "preinstall" directory with non-AD
           upgrade driver files, in pre-install mode:
           admrgpch -preinstall -d dest -master upg/upgrade.drv

           Merging AD patch driver files with AD upgrade driver files in pre-install mode:
           admrgpch -preinstall -d dest -master upgrade/upgrade.drv –admode




                                                                      Patch Application Utilities    2-23
121adpp patching procedures
3
                                              Patch Tracking Utilities

            It is important to keep track of the patching status of your system. This chapter
            describes how to identify patches that have not been applied to your system, and how
            to maintain any customized files.
            This chapter covers the following topics:
            •   Patch Wizard
            •   Register Flagged Files



Patch Wizard
            With Patch Wizard, you can determine patches that have not been applied to your
            system. It does not report on all available patches. It compares the patches you have
            already applied against a list of all recommended Oracle E-Business Suite patches.
            Recommended patches can include high-priority patches or patches that update to a
            new codelevel, such as release update packs (RUPs), product family RUPs, and
            pre-upgrade patches.


How Patch Wizard Works
            Patch Wizard supplies you with an interface from which you can:
            •   Set preferences, both site-specific and general, that include the staging directory
                and various defaults that will apply to the patches you download.

            •   Set up filters that report only those patches that may affect your system.

            •   Submit a request for a report of recommended patches, based on the filter(s) you set
                up.

            •   Analyze the impact of specific patches from a list you supply to Patch Wizard.

            •   Download patches, specify the language of the patches to download, and merge




                                                                            Patch Tracking Utilities    3-1
patches.

                  Before running any of the Patch Wizard tasks, set up your My Oracle Support
                  (Metalink) credentials on the OAM Update Metalink Credentials page. To access this
                  page, go to the Patch Wizard main page, click Setup in the title bar. Alternatively, click
                  the Setup link at the top right of any page of the OAM interface.
                  The Dashboard Setup page appears. Click the Metalink Credentials link on the left side.
                  The Update Metalink Credentials page appears.


                  OAM Update Metalink Credentials Page




                  Update your My Oracle Support credentials by providing your user ID, password,
                  email address, proxy server host name, proxy server port, proxy bypass domains, proxy
                  user name, and proxy password. The recommend, analyze, and download patches
                  features typically require that your My Oracle Support user ID and password are set on
                  the OAM Update Metalink Credentials page. However, the recommend and analyze
                  features can also be used when Patch Wizard does not have access to a direct Internet
                  connection. If this is the case, you can leave the Metalink user ID and password empty.


The Patch Information Bundle
                  The Patch Information Bundle file contains the zip files of recommended patches, the list
                  of recommended patches (Recommended.xml), the latest codelevel patches
                  (Codelevels.xml), and information on products and product families (ProductInfo.xml).
                  Each patch zip file contains a readme file, a patch LDT file, and a patch metadata file
                  (patch_metadata.xml).
                  The Patch Information Bundle file is updated daily. When you submit a patch analysis
                  request, this file is automatically downloaded (if it is not specified otherwise in your
                  Metalink credentials.)




3-2    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Patch Wizard loads the Patch Information Bundle data, including LDT files and readme
                files, into the Oracle E-Business Suite database. It uses the metadata to provide patch
                recommendations.


Concurrent Programs
                When you submit a request for patch analysis, Patch Wizard performs the following
                tasks using a set of concurrent programs:
                •   Uploading patch information from the Patch Information Bundle to Patch Wizard
                    tables
                    Patch Wizard loads the Patch Information Bundle metadata, including LDT files
                    and readme files, into the Oracle E-Business Suite database.

                •   Recommending patches based on the current environment and the Patch
                    Information Bundle
                    Patch Wizard reports which patches update Oracle E-Business Suite at the current
                    codelevel and which update to a new codelevel.

                •   Downloading patches (ad hoc or based on the list of recommended patches)
                    Patch Wizard can download patches from My Oracle Support, and then merge the
                    patches in the Patch Wizard staging directory.

                •   Analyzing lists of patches after downloading them from My Oracle Support
                    Patch Wizard uploads the metadata for a specific patch or set of patches for you to
                    view information reported from the metadata. For example, you can submit a
                    request for patch analysis, and then view any recommended patches that have not
                    yet been applied and the impact of applying this new patch.


Running Patch Wizard Without Access to an Internet Connection
                You can run Patch Wizard without access to an Internet connection, if necessary, by
                downloading the Patch Information Bundle to a system which has Internet access. Once
                the download is complete, copy the Patch Information Bundle file to the Patch Wizard's
                staging directory. Then run Patch Wizard as you normally would, to recommend and
                analyze patches, based on the files you copied to the staging directory.


The Patch Wizard Interface
                Patch Wizard is a Web-based utility in Oracle Applications Manager (OAM). The OAM
                interface gives Patch Wizard pages a uniform look and feel. See: OAM Interface, Oracle
                E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities.


Main Page
                From this page, you have access to task icons used to set up the Patch Wizard staging




                                                                              Patch Tracking Utilities    3-3
directory, manage patch filters, submit concurrent requests, and view recommended
                  patches. In addition, the Recommended Results section of this page displays a list of
                  patches based on submitted requests.


Task Icons
                  From the main page, access the other Patch Wizard pages by clicking on Task icons. The
                  icons provide links to the following pages: Patch Wizard Preferences, Define Patch
                  Filters, Recommended/Analyze Patches, Download Patches, and Aggregate Patch
                  Impact.


Details Icons
                  On many Patch Wizard pages, you can drill down to see more detail. For example, from
                  the Recommended Patches Results section of the main page, click the Details icon for a
                  specific recommended patch request to view the recommended patch results


Accessing Patch Wizard
                  To access Patch Wizard, log in to Oracle Applications Manager (OAM) and choose
                  Patch Wizard from the Navigator pane.
                  1.   Enter the following URL in your browser:
                       http://<HTTP hostname>.<domain>:<HTTP port>/OA_HTML/AppsLogin

                       The Welcome page appears.


                       Oracle E-Business Suite Welcome Page




                       Enter your user name and password, and click Login. The Oracle E-Business Suite
                       Home page appears. Click the System Administration link in the Navigator pane.
                       Another Navigator pane appears to the right.




3-4    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
2.   Go to the Patch Wizard main page.
                     Scroll down to the Oracle Applications Manager section of the right-hand
                     Navigator pane, and click Patch Wizard to go to the main page.



Patch Wizard Main Page
                Use the main page to access all features of Patch Wizard and to view the results of your
                requests for recommended patches. The Select Feature drop-down list at the top of the
                page provides access to the Applied Patches, File History, Timing Reports, and Register
                Flagged Files features.


                Patch Wizard Main Page




Patch Wizard Tasks Table
                The Patch Wizard Tasks table lists the tasks available in Patch Wizard. The table
                contains the following columns of information for each task:
                •    Task Name: Name of the Patch Wizard task.

                •    Description: Describes the task.

                •    Tasks: Link to the page associated with the Patch Wizard task.

                •    Job Status: Link to the request submission status of the task where you can review
                     warnings or errors for your request.




                                                                               Patch Tracking Utilities    3-5
From the Patch Wizard Tasks table, choose the Tasks icons to view:
                  •    The Patch Wizard Preferences page
                       From the Preferences page, set the staging directory, merge patch defaults, the
                       languages and platform defaults for downloading patches, and whether to display
                       or hide hidden patches. You must define the values on this page before you use any
                       other Patch Wizard feature. You can also use this page to modify existing
                       preferences at a later date.

                  •    The Define Patch Filters page
                       Typically, you see only those patches that are recommended for your system. Use
                       this page to set up filters that report only those patches that may affect your system.

                  •    The Recommend/Analyze Patches page
                       Once you have selected values for a filter, submit the request to create a report of
                       recommended patches based on that filter. You can also analyze specific patches by
                       entering a comma-separated list of patch numbers.

                  •    The Download Patches page
                       You can download patches, specify the language of patches to download, and
                       merge patches from this page.


Recommended Patches Results
                  The Recommended Patches Results section of the Patch Wizard main page lists all
                  in-progress and completed requests for patch recommendations, based on the
                  information you entered in the Filter Criteria section of the main page. For example,
                  you can view only the results that contain a certain text string in the filter name, or only
                  the results of requests completed on a certain date.


                  Patch Wizard Main Page - Recommended Patches Results




                  Clicking the icon in the Details column of a specific recommended patch request
                  accesses the Recommended Patches Results page. After setting up and submitting a
                  request, view the details of the recommended patches on this page.




3-6    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Patch Wizard Preferences
             The site-specific information you set on the Patch Wizard Preferences page applies to
             other functions of Patch Wizard, such as Recommend/Analyze, Download Patches, and
             Codelevels Summary. From the Patch Wizard main page, click the Tasks icon for Patch
             Wizard Preferences.
             The top portion of the page contains these sections: Staging Directory, Merge Option
             Defaults, and Language and Platform Details.


             Patch Wizard Preferences Page - Top




             The bottom portion of the page contains the In Use Products Defaults and the Display
             Option Defaults sections.




                                                                          Patch Tracking Utilities    3-7
Patch Wizard Preferences Page - Bottom




Staging Directory
                  Depending on the product type (AD or non-AD), Patch Wizard downloads patches to a
                  subdirectory under the staging directory. If the patch that ADOAM is trying to
                  download is an AD product patch, it will be downloaded to the "ad" subdirectory under
                  the stage directory. Non-AD Patches will be downloaded to "nonad" subdirectory.
                  The staging directory is also used by Patch Wizard to create temporary files and
                  subdirectories for patch recommendation requests. These temporary files and
                  directories are deleted after processing.

                           Note: Oracle recommends you use the same staging directory each time
                           you run Patch Wizard.




Merge Option Defaults
                  Merging patches reduces patch application time by eliminating redundant tasks (such
                  as responding to prompts and linking executables) for each individual patch.

                           Note: AD product patches cannot be merged with other product
                           patches.


                  Patch Wizard screens allow you to merge AD and non-AD patches by specifying the
                  appropriate options as discussed below. You can choose to automatically merge patches
                  that you download.
                  The following merge options can be set:
                  •    Metalink Credentials: This link accesses the OAM Update Metalink Credentials
                       page, which allows you to set your My Oracle Support user ID and password. The
                       recommend, analyze, and download patches features typically require that your
                       My Oracle Support user ID and password are set in the OAM Update Metalink
                       Credentials page. The recommend and analyze features can also be used when
                       Patch Wizard does not have access to a direct Internet connection. If this is the case,
                       leave the Metalink user ID and password empty.




3-8    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
The patches will be downloaded to the relevant subdirectory for the patch's
                    product. If the patch that ADOAM is trying to download is an AD product's patch,
                    it will be downloaded to "ad" subdirectory under the stage directory. Otherewise, it
                    will be downloaded to the "nonad" subdirectory.

                •   Automatically merge downloaded patches: This check box tells Patch Wizard to
                    automatically merge all downloaded patches.

                •   Merging Strategy: The following merging strategies when are available when
                    downloading translation patches:
                    •   One merged patch: If the list of patches contains a single AD product patch or a
                        single non-AD product patch, a single merged patch containing US and non-US
                        patches will be generated. If the list of patches contains both AD and non-AD
                        product patches, two merged patches will be generated: one for the merge of all
                        the AD product patches, and the other for the merge of all non-AD product
                        patches.
                        For example, if "mrg_2009072781642" is the merged patch name provided in the
                        Downloads page, the merged AD patch directory name will be
                        mrg_2009072781642_A, and the merged non-AD patch directory name will be
                        mrg_2009072781642_N.

                    •   Two merged patches: If the list of US patches includes both AD and non-AD
                        product patches, the patches will be merged separately for AD and non-AD
                        product patches. One merged patch will contain all US patches, and a second
                        merged patch will contain all non-US patches.
                        For example, if "mrg_2009072781642" is the merged patch name provided in the
                        Downloads page, the merged AD US patch directory name will be
                        mrg_2009072781642_US_A, and the merged non-AD US patch directory name
                        will be mrg_2009072781642_US_N.

                    •   Multiple merged patches: If the list of US patches includes a combination of
                        AD products, non-AD products, AD language patches, and non-AD language
                        patches, the patches will be merged separately for each of these categories.
                        For example, if "mrg_2009072781642" is the merged patch name provided in the
                        Downloads page, the merged AD US patch directory name will be
                        mrg_2009072781642_US_A, the merged non-AD US patch directory name will
                        be mrg_2009072781642_US_N, the merged AD NLS patch directory name will
                        be mrg_2009072781642_<lang_abbr>_A, and the merged non-AD NLS patch
                        directory name will be mrg_2009072781642_<lang_abbr>_N.



Language and Platform Details
                You can select the languages (one or more) of patches that Patch Wizard will
                recommend and download. You can also select the platform of the patches you want




                                                                              Patch Tracking Utilities    3-9
recommended and downloaded.


In Use Products Defaults
                  Selecting the Patch Recommendation for In Use Products Only check box directs Patch
                  Wizard to display on the Recommended Patch Results page only patches for the
                  products marked as in use (active) in your system.
                  Both Patch Wizard and AutoPatch look at the In Use flag to determine what products
                  you are using. To review the products currently marked as being in use in your system,
                  click the Codelevels Summary Page link. See: Codelevels Introduced by the Patch, page
                  3-18.


Display Option Defaults
                  Hidden patches are patches that you choose not to see in your reports. For example, if
                  Patch Wizard recommends patches for products you do not need for your system, you
                  can choose to hide these patches.
                  However, checking the Show Hidden Patches box in the Patch Wizard Preferences page
                  overrides the hidden patch setting, and all patches, even hidden patches, are reported.
                  After you have made all your selections on the Patch Wizard Preferences page, click OK
                  to save them or click Cancel to discard.


Define Patch Filters
                  The Patch Information Bundle file contains information for all recommended patches
                  for all products. If Patch Wizard were to compare patches in the patch information
                  database against all metadata in the Patch Information Bundle file, the number of
                  recommended patches in the report might be too large to be useful for an individual
                  system. Patch Wizards provides filters so that only those patch types and products in
                  the metadata that apply to your system are included in the comparison.
                  From the main page, click the Tasks icon for Define Patch Filters to see all filters created
                  for the current system. Patch Wizard provides three pre-seeded filters. In addition, you
                  can create your own custom filters.




3-10    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Define Patch Filters Page




                Note that the pre-seeded filters are marked "Oracle" in the Type column, and filters you
                create are marked "Custom." You cannot edit or delete the pre-seeded filters, but you
                can use any of them as a template to create a new filter.
                The pre-seeded filters are:
                •   New Codelevels: Determines recommended patches for release update packs
                    (RUPs), product family RUPs, and pre-upgrade patches. These patches update
                    versions of a product, family, or the entire Oracle E-Business Suite system.

                •   Recommended Patches: Determines recommended patches for the current
                    codelevel.

                •   Recommended Patches and New Codelevels: Determines recommended patches for
                    both the current and new codelevels.


Creating a New Custom Patch Filter
                From the Define Patch Filters page, click Create New to create a new custom filter.




                                                                             Patch Tracking Utilities    3-11
Create Patch Filters Page




                  On the Create Patch Filters page, enter a unique name and a description for each new
                  custom filter. All licensed product families are listed in the Licensed Product Families
                  section. Non-licensed product families are listed at the bottom of the page. There are
                  two columns for each product family: Recommended Patches and New Codelevel.
                  Select a box for each product family you want to include in the new filter.
                  By choosing the Create Like button on the Define Patch Filters page, you indicate you
                  want to use an existing filter as a template to create a new filter. The system supplies the
                  filter criteria from the existing filter for the new filter. Edit the criteria by checking or
                  clearing the boxes. Click Continue to create the new filter.


Recommend/Analyze Patches
                  After setting up the Patch Wizard staging area (and optionally creating custom filters)
                  on the main page, you can submit requests for processing. Click the Tasks icon for
                  Recommend/Analyze Patches.




3-12    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Recommend Patches Page - Top




The Options section of the Recommend Patches page contains the following actions:
•   Create Recommendation
    This generates recommendations based on the patch filter you selected. Choose one
    of the pre-seeded filters or any custom filter you created on the Define Patch Filters
    page. Patch Wizard uses the filter and compares the patch information database
    against the patch metadata to recommend which patches you should apply. For
    more information on Aggregate Patch Impact, refer to Oracle E-Business Suite System
    Administrator's Guide - Maintenance.

•   Analyze Specific Patches
    This generates recommendations for specific patches. After downloading specific
    patches from My Oracle Support and placing them in the staging area, you can
    analyze these patches to determine their affect on your system by entering the patch
    numbers in this section. (Enter either bug numbers (for example, 1234567) or full
    patch names (for example, 1234567_R12.AD.A).) Check the "Analyze Aggregate
    Patch Impact" box to analyze Aggregate Patch Impact. For more information on
    Aggregate Patch Impact, refer to Oracle E-Business Suite System Administrator's Guide
    - Maintenance.

You can enter a date and time in the Schedule section of this page to run the request at a
later time. The default setting is to run the job immediately. You can also schedule
automatic recurring requests by entering the information in the Recurrence section.




                                                              Patch Tracking Utilities    3-13
Recommend Patches Page - Bottom




                  Click OK to submit the request.
                  When the request is submitted, Patch Wizard looks in the specific directories under the
                  stage directory for the patches. If the patches are not present, or if there are newer
                  versions available, Patch Wizard downloads them from My Oracle Support before
                  creating recommendations or analyzing patches.

                           Note: If you want to create recommendations or analyze specific
                           patches without using an Internet connection, refer to Creating Patch
                           Recommendations Without an Internet Connection, page 5-39 or
                           Analyzing Patches Without an Internet Connection, page 5-50.


                  Each time you submit a request to analyze specific patches or to recommend patches,
                  Patch Wizard creates a Request Set ID. The Request Set ID is shown in the Results
                  section of the Patch Wizard main page. To check the status of your request, click on the
                  Request Set ID corresponding to your request in the Recommended Patches Results
                  section.


Download Patches
                  You use the Download Patches page to request a download of specific patches from My
                  Oracle Support. From the main page, click the Download Patches tasks icon. From the
                  Download Patches page, enter the patch numbers in the input field, separated with
                  commas. Enter either bug numbers (for example, 1234567) or full patch names (for
                  example, 1234567_R12.AD.A). You can also choose to analyze the patches while
                  downloading, or analyze and compute aggregate patch impact while downloading.




3-14    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Download Patches Page - Top




The Merge Options section is where you define how patches should be merged after
downloading. The defaults for merging are set on the Patch Wizard Preferences page. If
you choose to automatically merge patches while downloading, you can modify the
merged patch name and specify the merging strategy in this section. The default
merged patch name is "merged_YYYYMMDDhhmmss", where "hh" is in 24-hour
format.
The Languages and Platform section allows you to select the languages and platform of
the downloaded patches. The defaults for languages and platform are set on the Patch
Wizard Preferences page. However, you can modify the information on this page.
When you provide information in this section, Patch Wizard downloads only patches
that match the languages and platform you select.




                                                            Patch Tracking Utilities    3-15
Download Patches Page - Bottom




                  You can also provide information in the Schedule section about downloads you want to
                  perform at a later date.


Recommended Patches Results
                  From the main page, click the Details icon associated with a patch request in the Results
                  section to access the Recommended Patches Results page. This page presents a set of
                  recommended patches based on the results of the selected Recommend Patches request
                  that you submitted.
                  The first section lists the recommended patches.




3-16    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Recommended Patches Results Page




The second section lists patches that introduce new codelevels.


Recommended Patches Results - Patches that Introduce New Codelevels




Both sections display the following columns:
•   Select: Select this check box and click the Download button if you want the patch
    number sent to the Download Patches page for submission. You can select any
    number of patches.

•   Patch: The patch number of the recommended patch.

•   Product: The product to which patch applies.




                                                             Patch Tracking Utilities    3-17
•    Prerequisites: Specifies the codelevel required before you can apply this patch.

                  •    Codelevel Introduced: Indicates whether the patch introduces a new codelevel for
                       that product. If a new codelevel is introduced, the Yes indicator contains a link the
                       Codelevels Introduced by the Patch page.

                  •    Status: Indicates whether the patch is applied, unapplied, missing, or obsolete.

                  •    PAA: This indicates whether there are manual steps you have to perform if you
                       apply the patch.

                  •    Reason Recommended: The reason the patch is recommended, for example, it is a
                       high-priority patch, or part of a maintenance release pack (RUP) or a product family
                       pack (RUP).

                  •    Patch Description: Describes the patch.

                  •    Hide Patch: Select this check box to hide the patch from the list of recommended
                       patches. Use this feature to hide patches that you do not want to apply to your
                       system. To hide or show selected patches, use the Show Hidden Patches check box
                       at the top of the page and click Redisplay Data to refresh the page. The default
                       values are set in the Patch Wizard Preferences page.

                  •    Included in Aggregate Patch Impact: For more information on Aggregate Patch
                       Impact, refer to Oracle E-Business Suite System Administrator's Guide - Maintenance.

                  •    Impact: (For unapplied or missing patches only) Click this icon to access the Patch
                       Impact Analysis page. If you submitted a specific patch to analyze, click the Impact
                       icon on the Recommended Patches Request page to view this report.

                  Click the Download button to transfer the selected patch number(s) to the Download
                  Patches page for submission.


Codelevels Introduced by the Patch
                  If new codelevels are introduced by the patch, the Yes indicator in the Codelevel
                  Introduced column of the Recommended Patches Results page is a link that takes you to
                  the Codelevels Introduced by the Patch page.




3-18    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Codelevels Introduced by the Patch Page




                This page contains the following information.


Patch Information
                This section includes the following information:
                •   Product: Product name associated with the patch.

                •   Description: Describes the selected patch.

                •   Reason Recommended: The reason for which the patch is recommended.


Codelevels Information
                This section includes the following information:
                •   Abbreviation: The abbreviation for the product, product family, or feature to which
                    this patch applies.

                •   Name: The full name of the product, product family, or feature to which this patch
                    applies.

                •   Type: Indicates whether this patch applies to a product, product family, or feature.

                •   Codeline: Indicates the codeline of the product, product family, or feature in your
                    current system.

                •   New Codeline: Indicates whether this patch introduces a new codeline.




                                                                              Patch Tracking Utilities    3-19
•    Codelevel Introduced: The new codelevel that this patch introduces for the product,
                       product family, or feature.

                  To view the codelevels of all the products and product families available and in use in
                  your system, click the Codelevels Summary link in the Patch Information section.


                  Codelevels Summary Page




                  This page summarizes available products. For each product, it indicates the current
                  Codeline and Codelevel and whether it is in use (active) in your system. Patch Wizard
                  and AutoPatch look at the In Use flag to determine active products.

                           Caution: If you use this page to update your In Use products list, be
                           sure you do not uncheck any products that are active in your system, or
                           are required for system operation.




Patch Impact Analysis
                  From the Recommended Patches Results page, click an icon in the Impact column to
                  view the Patch Impact Analysis page for that patch.




3-20    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
This page displays a list of summary information about which files are new, which files
                are changed, and which files are ignored when you apply the patch. Prerequisite
                patches and the readme file for this patch are also shown. Each of the summary items is
                a link to more complete information.
                The key information on this page is separated into these sections.


General Patch Information
                General patch information includes:
                •   Patch Description: Describes the patch.

                •   Patch Readme: Click this icon to see the readme file for the patch.

                •   Total Files in Patch: The total number of files in the patch. Click the number link to
                    access the Patch Impact Details page, which lists each file in the patch.

                •   Files to Install: The number of files the patch will install.


Summary Information
                There are two types of summary information: Direct Impact and Indirect Impact. Each
                summary item is a link to a page that lists the details for the summary count. For
                example, if you the number of Existing Files Changed, the details might look similar to
                this:




                                                                                    Patch Tracking Utilities    3-21
Direct patch impact includes:
                  •    Applications Patched: The number of products that will have files updated. Click
                       the number link to see details of each product affected, and how.

                  •    File Types Installed: The number of different file types in the patch. Click the
                       number link to see the file types and how they impact the system.

                  •    New Files Introduced: The number of new files that will be introduced by the patch.
                       Click the number link to details about each new file introduced.

                  •    Existing Files Changed: The number of existing files in the system that will be
                       changed by the patch. Click the number link to see the existing files changed and
                       the new version numbers.

                  •    Flagged Files Changed: The number of custom files that will be changed by this
                       patch. Click the number link to identify the custom files changed by this patch.

                  •    Existing Files Unchanged: The number of files unchanged because the version in
                       the patch is older than the version in the system. Click the number link to see the
                       files in the patch that are of the same or of earlier versions than those currently in
                       the system.

                  •    Non-US Language Patches Required: If the patch supports multiple languages, click
                       the number link to identify the other languages available.

                  Indirect summary information includes:




3-22    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
•   Unchanged Files Affected: The number of system files with dependencies on
                     patched files.

                 •   Menu Navigation Trees Affected: The number of menu navigation trees that will be
                     updated by the patch.

                 •   Diagnostics Tests to Re-run: The number of diagnostic tests to be re-executed after
                     patching.



Register Flagged Files
                 With the Register Flagged Files tool, you can record any files in which you have made
                 customizations. In previous releases of Oracle E-Business Suite, the applcust.txt file
                 contained the records for all customized files. You had to maintain your custom files
                 records in this file. In this release, information about customized files is still written to
                 the applcust.txt file. However, with the Register Flagged Files tool you can download
                 the files and maintain them in a web-based interface.
                 The Register Flagged Files tool displays the following information about customized
                 files:
                 •   Product abbreviation

                 •   Directory where the files are located

                 •   Name of modified file

                 •   Comments



The Register Flagged Files Interface
                 The Register Flagged Files tool is a Web-based utility in Oracle Applications Manager.
                 From the Register Flagged Files home page, you can import, export, add, delete, and
                 view records of customized files.


Accessing Register Flagged Files
                 To access the Register Flagged Files tool, log in to Oracle Applications Manager (OAM)
                 and choose Register Flagged Files from the Site Map.


Step 1: Log in to Oracle Applications Manager
                 Follow the instructions in Accessing Patch Wizard, page 3-4 to access OAM. From the
                 Applications Dashboard, click the Site Map tab.




                                                                                   Patch Tracking Utilities    3-23
Step 2: Go the Register Flagged Files home page
                   On the Site Map page, Register Flagged Files is included on the Maintenance tab under
                   the Patching and Utilities heading. Click the Register Flagged Files link to go to the
                   home page.


Step 3: Select filter criteria
                   From the Register Flagged Files home page, you can search the records of customized
                   files by product abbreviation, directory, file name, or a combination of product
                   abbreviation, and directory or file name.


Register Flagged Files Home Page
                   This section describes the Register Flagged Files home page.


                   Register Flagged Files Home Page




                   Use the following buttons to:
                   •    Import: Import a list of customized files from the applcust.txt file in csv format. Use
                        this option to import a local applcust.txt file to the current system or from another
                        system to the current one.

                   •    Export: Export a list of customized files in csv format. The default name of the
                        exported file is oamreport.csv. You can use this function to export a list of
                        customized files for import into another system.

                   •    Add: Add a record of a customized file.




3-24    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
•   Cancel: Return to the Applications Dashboard home page.

                 •   Apply: Apply and save any changes made to the Comments field of the list of
                     customized files.

                 You can filter results either by product abbreviation, by directory/file name, or by a
                 combination of product abbreviation, and directory or file name.
                 •   Product Abbreviation: To search by product abbreviation, enter the abbreviation of
                     the product for which the customization is made.

                 •   Directory/File Name: You can filter the results by directory or file name. Enter the
                     directory or file name for which the customization is made.


List of Customized Files
                 The list of customized files appears at the bottom of the Register Flagged Files home
                 page. Each line item represents a customized file.
                 The details provided for each line item are:
                 •   Select: Select and delete the corresponding customized file. You can select and
                     delete one file or multiple files at a time.

                 •   Product Abbreviation: The abbreviated name of the Oracle E-Business Suite
                     product family for which there is a customization.

                 •   Directory: Directory path of the customized file.

                 •   File Name: Name of the modified file.

                 •   Comments: Use this area to add any comments associated with the customization.
                     Oracle recommends using this area to record the exact location of the customized
                     file.



Adding a Flagged File
                 Click the Add button on the Register Flagged Files main page to access the Add
                 Flagged Files page. From this page, you can add customized files. Use the Filter Criteria
                 section to search for files you want to add.




                                                                                Patch Tracking Utilities    3-25
Add Flagged Files Page




                  You can filter results either by product abbreviation, by directory/file name, or by a
                  combination of product abbreviation, and directory or file name.
                  •    Product Abbreviation: To search by product abbreviation, enter the abbreviation of
                       the product for which the customization is made.

                  •    Directory/File Name: You can filter the results by directory or file name. Enter the
                       directory or file name for which the customization is made.

                  From the Search Results section, select a file, then click the Add button. The files you
                  select appear in the Selected Data section. Use this section to add any comments you
                  have for each file. Then click the Apply button to confirm your selection.


Importing a Flagged File
                  Click the Import button on the Register Flagged Files main page to access the Import
                  Flagged File page. From the this page, you can import one file or a list of customized
                  files in csv format.
                  You can import an existing applcust.txt file or a file from another system to the current
                  one. This features saves you the time of using the Add button to add flagged files
                  individually.




3-26    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Import Flagged File Page




In the Select File field, enter the name of the file you want to import or click the Browse
button to navigate to the file. Then click Import. Click Cancel to return to the Register
Flagged Files main page.




                                                               Patch Tracking Utilities    3-27
121adpp patching procedures
4
                                           Patch Reporting Utilities

           As you apply patches and perform other maintenance tasks that modify your system,
           you may need to refer to the numerous reports that are automatically created as a
           record of these activities. This chapter explains how to do this, and lists the options
           available. For example, you can query the patch information files to see lists of patches
           applied and files affected, or you can generate a report about the version and
           translation level of your files. You can also generate reports that contain statistics about
           maintenance sessions, including the number of jobs in each session, the time taken to
           complete each job, and the time taken to complete the whole session.
           This chapter covers the following topics:
           •   Applied Patches
           •   Timing Reports
           •   Software Updates



Applied Patches
           With the Applied Patches reporting tool, you can view information about the patches
           applied to your system. This patch history includes information such as:
           •   Patch number

           •   Driver file name

           •   Platform

           •   APPL_TOP on which the patch was applied

           •   Contents and language of the patch

           •   Files changed or copied

           •   Bug fixes included in each driver file




                                                                           Patch Reporting Utilities    4-1
•    Whether the fix was applied successfully, or reason it was not applied

                  •    Timing information (start time, end time, elapsed time during application, restart
                       time)



How Patch Information Is Stored
                  AutoPatch stores patch information in the database automatically each time it
                  successfully applies a patch. However, if the patch is not applied successfully, or when
                  you run AutoPatch in pre-install mode, patch history is not written directly to the
                  database, but instead is written to these patch information files:
                  •    javaupdates<YYYYMMDDhhmiss>.txt, which contains information about changes
                       to Java files

                  •    adpsv<YYYYMMDDhhmiss>.txt, which contains information about changes to all
                       files except Java files

                           Note: In the file name, hh is in 24-hour format.


                  Both files are located in the <APPL_TOP>/admin/<SID> directory. Each time you run
                  AutoPatch, it checks this directory for the existence of the patch information files. If it
                  finds them, it automatically uploads the information they contain to the patch history
                  database. If the upload is successful, AutoPatch then deletes the files from the directory.
                  The AutoPatch log file records whether the upload was successful or unsuccessful.


AutoPatch Modes
                  The way you run AutoPatch affects the way it stores patch history information. When
                  you apply a patch in test mode (using apply=no on the command line), AutoPatch does
                  not write to the patch information files, and it does not upload patch history
                  information to the database. When you apply a patch in pre-install mode (using
                  preinstall=y on the command line), AutoPatch writes patch history information to the
                  patch information files, and it uploads the contents of these files to the database the next
                  time it runs. See: AutoPatch Modes, page 2-10.

                           Note: Running AutoPatch interactively or non-interactively does not
                           affect the way information is stored in the database.




The Applied Patches Interface
                  The Applied Patches reporting tool is a Web-based utility in Oracle Applications
                  Manager. The Simple Search page serves as a home page.




4-2    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Simple Search page
                  From this page, you can perform a simple search or access the Advanced Search page.
                  You can use either of these pages to query the database for applied patches (the default)
                  or to see a history of changed files. The results of either type of query appear at the
                  bottom of the search page.


Patch Details page
                  In the search results for both applied patches or file history, there is a Details column.
                  Clicking any link in this column accesses the Patch Details page. From this page, you
                  can go to the Timing Details page, the Files Copied page, the Bug Fixes page, or the
                  Action Summary page.

                          Note: The discussion of each page contains more detail. The OAM help
                          feature also contains information about the Applied Patches utility.




Accessing Applied Patches Information
                  To query the patch history database for information about patches applied to your
                  system and the files affected, log in to Oracle Applications Manager and choose
                  Applied Patches from the Site Map.


Step 1: Log in to Oracle Applications Manager
                  Follow the instructions in Accessing Patch Wizard, page 3-4 to access OAM. From the
                  Applications Dashboard, click the Site Map tab.


Step 2: Go the Simple Search page
                  From the Site Map, Applied Patches is on the Maintenance tab under the Patching and
                  Utilities heading. Click the Applied Patches link to go to the Simple Search page.


Step 3: Select search criteria
                  From the Simple Search page, you can perform a query for applied patches or file
                  history. Or, you can go to the Advanced Search page to perform a more detailed search.

                          Note: See detailed descriptions of individual pages in this chapter. See
                          also Analyzing Applied Patches, page 5-40.




Applied Patches Search Pages
                  This section describes queries for applied patches.




                                                                                  Patch Reporting Utilities    4-3
Simple Search
                  You can perform a Simple Search from this page by entering the required information
                  in the input fields.


                  Applied Patches Page - Simple Search




                  There are four fields in the Simple Search section:
                  •    Patch: Enter the patch number in this field.

                  •    Applied Within Last <number> Days: This field allows you to restrict the search to a
                       specific timeframe. The default is 60 days.

                  •    Applied From Date <begin date> To Date <end date>: This field allows you to
                       search for patches that were applied during a specified period of time. Click the
                       calendar icon to select the date or enter the date directly in the field. Some examples
                       for the use of this field are:
                       •   Enter only the begin date. This search returns all patches applied from the begin
                           date through today's date.

                       •   Enter only the end date. This search returns all patches applied up to the end
                           date.

                       •   Enter the begin date and the end date. This search returns all patches applied
                           between the begin date and the end date.


                  •    Language: This drop-down list allows you to select the language of a patch to be




4-4    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
queried. You can select only one language in this field. To select multiple
                  languages, go to the Applied Patches Advanced Search page.

              You must enter a value in at least one of the fields. If you do not, an error page reminds
              you to go back and enter a value. To submit the query, click the Go button. The Reset
              button clears the entered search criteria.


Advanced Search
              Click the Advanced Search button to see the Applied Patches Advanced Search page,
              then enter the search criteria information.


              Applied Patches Page - Advanced Search




              On the Advanced Search page, there are additional search criteria to narrow the results
              of a query:
              •   Applications System Name (required): Defaults to the name of your Oracle
                  E-Business Suite system. If you have migrated applied patches information from
                  another system, and want to search those records, enter the name of that system.

              •   APPL_TOP: Select Name and enter the name of the APPL_TOP where the patches
                  were applied.

              •   Product: Enter the product short name of the product that owns the patch in this
                  field. The product short names for gl, ap, and fa are SQLGL, SQLAP, and OFA
                  respectively. For all other products, the short name is the uppercase equivalent to
                  the product abbreviation. For example, "AD" or "INV". This field is not case




                                                                             Patch Reporting Utilities    4-5
sensitive.

                  •    Patch: Enter the patch number in this field.

                  •    Applied Within Last <number> Days: Restricts the timeframe during which the
                       patches were applied.

                  •    Applied From Date <begin date> To Date <end date>: Narrows the search to a
                       specified period of time. Click the calendar icon to select the date or enter the date
                       directly in the field.

                  •    Language: Select the language of a patch to be queried. Select one language or
                       multiple languages in the Available Languages box and click the Move button.


Search Results
                  After a search, the results appear at the bottom of the search page. If the results section
                  contains multiple pages of retrieved information, use the Previous and Next links or the
                  drop-down list to navigate from page to page. The retrieved patch information is
                  presented in increments of 25 line items per page. Each line item represents an applied
                  patch.
                  The details provided for each patch are:
                  •    Patch Name: Name of the patch.

                  •    Patch Description: Describes the patch.

                  •    Merged Patches: Lists patches that have been merged.

                  •    APPL_TOP Name: Name of the APPL_TOP where the patches were applied.

                  •    Language: Patch language.

                  •    Completion Date: Date and time the patch application was completed.

                  •    Details: Provides access to the Patch Details report.

                  Click a Details icon in the report to open the Patch Details report, which provides
                  details for a specific patch. From the Patch Details report, you can drill down and access
                  reports showing timing details for the patch, all files copied to the file system by this
                  patch, all bug fixes that were applied by this patch, and all actions taken by the patch
                  driver.

                           Note: For more information on the Patch Details report, see: Patch
                           Details, page 4-9.




4-6    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
File History Search Pages
                To search for files that have been updated by a patch, click the File History option in the
                Select Feature drop-down list on the Applied Patches search pages.


Simple Search
                You can perform a Simple Search from this page by entering the required information
                in the input fields.


                File History Page - Simple Search




                The following fields are in the Simple Search section:
                •   File Name (required): Enter the name of a file in this field. Do not include a
                    directory path. This field is case-sensitive and accepts a % wildcard symbol in
                    combination with literal characters.

                •   Applied Within Last <number> days: Enter the number of days to include in the
                    search. The default is 60 days.

                •   Changed From Date <begin date> To Date <end date>: Search for files that were
                    updated during a specified period of time. Click the calendar icon to select the date
                    or enter the date directly in the field. Some examples for the use of this field are.
                    •   Enter only the begin date. This search returns file history information from the
                        begin date through today's date.

                    •   Enter only the end date. This search returns file history information up to the
                        end date.




                                                                               Patch Reporting Utilities    4-7
•   Enter the begin date and the end date. This search returns file history
                           information between the begin date and the end date.


                  •    Language: Select the language of a file to be queried. You can select only one
                       language in this field. To select multiple languages, go to the File History Advanced
                       Search page.

                  To submit the query, click the Go button. The Reset button clears the entered search
                  criteria.

                           Note: If you have not entered a value in the File Name field, a message
                           prompts you to go back and complete the field.




Advanced Search
                  Click the Advanced Search button. Then enter the search criteria information on the
                  Advanced Search page.


                  File History Page - Advanced Search




                  There are additional search criteria on the Advanced Search page to narrow the results
                  of a query:
                  •    Applications System Name (required): Defaults to the name of your Oracle
                       E-Business Suite. If you have migrated file history information from another
                       system, and want to search those records, enter the name of that system.

                  •    APPL_TOP name: Name of the APPL_TOP containing the file.




4-8    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
•   File Name (required): Enter the name of a file in this field. Do not include a
                     directory path. This field is case-sensitive and accepts a % wildcard symbol in
                     combination with literal characters.

                 •   Latest Version Only: The options are Yes or No. Yes returns information for only
                     the latest version of the file. No returns information for all versions of the selected
                     file.

                 •   Applied Within Last <number> days: Enter the number of days.

                 •   Changed From Date <begin date> To Date <end date>: Search for file history
                     information spanning a specified period of time. Click the calendar icon to select the
                     date or enter the date directly in the field.

                 •   Language: Select the language of a patch to be queried. Select one language or
                     multiple languages in the Available Languages box and click the Move button.


Search Results
                 After a search, the results appear at the bottom of the page. Each line item represents a
                 file that was changed due to its inclusion in a patch. The details provided for a file are:
                 •   APPL_TOP Name: This is the name of the APPL_TOP containing the files.

                 •   Product: Name of the product that owns the file.

                 •   Directory: Directory path where the file is located.

                 •   File: Name of the file.

                 •   Version: Version number of the file.

                 •   Changed Date: Date this version of the file was updated by a patch.

                 •   Patch Details: Click on the patch number to see the Patch Details report for the
                     patch in which the file was included.

                 •   Action: Click on the icon to see the Action Summary report for the action that
                     updated the file.

                 If a file has never been patched, the message "The above criteria resulted in no rows"
                 appears in the APPL_TOP Name column. If the number of files retrieved exceeds 200,
                 the report lists only the first 200 files. Use the filter to reduce the number of files in the
                 report.


Patch Details
                 From the Applied Patches page, click the Details icon in a selected row from the results




                                                                                    Patch Reporting Utilities    4-9
section, or from the File History page, click the patch number link in the Patch Details
                  column, to open the Patch Details report. This report provides details for a specific
                  patch. The patch summary information is carried over and appears at the top of the
                  Patch Details report.


                  Patch Details Report




                  This report contains the following information:
                  •    Select: This option button determines which driver file details are presented in the
                       Timing Details report, Files Copied report, the Bug Fixes report, or the Action
                       Summary report.

                  •    Driver File: Name of the driver file.

                  •    Start Date: Date and time the application of the driver file began.

                  •    End Date: Date and time the application of the driver file was complete.

                  •    AutoPatch Options: Displays any command line options used to run the driver file.

                  •    Platform: Platform of the driver file.

                  •    Patch Top: Location of the driver when it was run.

                  •    Codelevel Introduced: Link to the Codelevel Introduced report for the patch.

                  To see additional details for a patch, click one of the following buttons on the report:
                  •    Timing Details: Takes you to the AutoPatch Timing Details report.

                  •    Files Copied: Takes you to the Files Copied report.

                  •    Bug Fixes: Takes you to the Bug Fixes report.




4-10    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
•   Action Summary: Takes you to the Action Summary report.



Codelevel Introduced
                 From the Patch Details page, click the Codelevel Introduced icon to access the
                 Codelevel Introduced report.


                 Codelevel Introduced Report




                 This report contains the following information about the codelevel introduced:
                 •   Abbreviation: The abbreviation for the product, product family, or feature to which
                     this patch applies.

                 •   Name: The full name of the product, product family, or feature to which this patch
                     applies.

                 •   Type: Indicates whether this patch applies to a product, product family, or feature.

                 •   Codeline: Indicates the codeline of the current product, product family, or feature in
                     the patch. (For example, codeline A for Release 12.0, codeline B for Release 12.1, and
                     so on.)

                 •   Codelevel: Indicates the codelevel of the current product, product family, or feature
                     in the patch. (For example, codelevel A.1 for RUP1, A.2 for RUP 2, and so on.)

                 You can sort each of these columns by clicking the column title at the top of the report.


Timing Details
                 The AutoPatch Timing Details can also be accessed through the Timing Reports link
                 from the Maintenance tab on the OAM Site Map.
                 See Timing Reports, page 4-15 for more information on Timing Details.




                                                                               Patch Reporting Utilities    4-11
Files Copied
                  The Files Copied report lists all files copied to the file system as a result of the actions in
                  the selected driver file. You access this report by selecting a driver file in the Patch
                  Details report and clicking the Files Copied button.


                  Files Copied Report




                  This report contains the following information about the files copied:
                  •    Product: Short name for the product that owns the file.

                  •    Directory: Directory path where the file was copied.

                  •    File: Name of the file.

                  •    Version: Version number of the copied file.

                  You can sort each of these columns by clicking the column title at the top of the report.
                  If there are no files copied in the patch, no rows are displayed. If the number of files
                  copied exceeds 200, the report lists only the first 200 files. Use the filter to reduce the
                  number of files in the report.


Bug Fixes
                  The Bug Fixes report lists all bug fixes included in the selected driver file. Select a driver
                  file in the Patch Details report and click the Bug Fixes button.




4-12    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Bug Fixes Report




            This report contains the following information about bug fixes:
            •    Bug Fix: Number of the bug fixed as a result of the selected driver file. Some items
                 in this column are links. Clicking a linked item accesses the Action Summary report.

            •    Product: Short name for the product for which the bug was fixed.

            •    Applied: Indicates whether the bug fix was applied.

            •    Remarks: If the bug fix was not applied, the reason is stated here.

            You can sort each of these columns by clicking the column title at the top of the report.
            If there are no bug fixes in the patch, no rows are displayed. If the number of bug fixes
            exceeds 200, the report lists only the first 200. Use the filter to reduce the number of
            items in the report.


Action Summary
            The Action Summary report provides summary information for the actions of a selected
            driver file. Each line item represents a performed action. You access this report either by
            selecting a driver file in the Patch Details report and clicking the Action Summary
            button, by clicking the Action icon in the File History search results, or by clicking a bug
            fix number in the Bug Fix column of the Bug Fixes report.




                                                                          Patch Reporting Utilities    4-13
Action Summary Report




                  The Action Summary report contains the following summary information:
                  •    Product: Short name for the product that owns the file referenced by the action.

                  •    Directory: Directory path for the file referenced by the action.

                  •    File: Name of the file referenced by the action.

                  •    Action: Type of action performed on the updated file.

                  •    Phase: Phase in which the action occurred.

                  •    Run: Signifies whether the action was executed.

                  •    Bug Fix: Number of the bug fixed as a result of the selected driver file.

                  •    Details: This link is active if AutoPatch performed database actions, usually SQL or
                       EXEC actions where Run = y. Click this link to access the Action Details report.

                  You can sort each of these columns by clicking the column title at the top of the report.
                  If the number of actions exceeds 200, the report lists only the first 200. Use the filter to
                  reduce the number of items in the report.


Action Details
                  To access this report, click the Details icon in a selected row of the Action Summary
                  report. The Action Summary information is carried over and presented at the top of the
                  report.




4-14    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Action Details Report




           This report contains the following information about action details:
           •   Arguments: Specific argument for SQL and EXEC commands.

           •   Command Modifier: SQL or EXEC command modifier in the database section of the
               driver.

           •   Check Object: Name of the database object to check for, along with name and
               password of the schema where AutoPatch looks for the checked object.

           •   Elapsed Time: Time required to complete the action.

           •   Start Time: Date and time the action began.

           •   Restart Time: Date and time the action was restarted.

           •   End Time: Date and time the action was complete.

           •   Restarted?: States whether the action was restarted.

           N/A in the report represents action details that are not specified. For example, in the
           Arguments field, N/A means no additional arguments were specified.



Timing Reports
           The Timing Reports utility provides the job history of applied patches. It captures
           statistics about, and job timing information for, AutoPatch and AD Administration
           maintenance sessions that run parallel workers. Both AutoPatch and AD
           Administration store information about a processing session in database tables. You can
           access this information, either during the session or after it is complete, through the
           OAM interface.




                                                                         Patch Reporting Utilities    4-15
Note: You can also access job timing information during a current
                           session or for a completed session by running adtimrpt.sql from the
                           command line. This script creates the adt<session_id>.lst report. For
                           more information, see: AD Job Timing Report, Oracle E-Business Suite
                           Maintenance Utilities.


                  During a parallel session, AD utilities assign processing jobs to workers. For jobs that
                  affect the database, job actions are grouped in phases to reduce dependencies between
                  jobs - workers do not have to wait for another worker to complete a dependent job
                  before completing their assigned task. See: Using Parallel Processing, Oracle E-Business
                  Suite Maintenance Utilities.
                  The Timing Reports utility lists processing tasks and provide details about the elapsed
                  time for phases, jobs, and sessions. The information includes:
                  •    Jobs run successfully on the first try

                  •    Failed jobs that were restarted and then run successfully

                  •    Failed jobs that were skipped

                  •    Long-running jobs

                  •    Summary information for each parallel phase

                  •    Time taken to run a job

                  •    Overall elapsed time for each session



The Timing Reports Interface
                  The Timing Reports interface consists of a main page, a Timing Details page, and a
                  View Log Files page which provides links to reports about specific maintenance session
                  information.


Main Page
                  From the Timing Reports main page, you can view a list of all in-progress, stopped,
                  aborted, and completed maintenance sessions. Click the Details icon to access the
                  Timing Details page or click the Log Files icon to access the View Log Files page.


Timing Details Page
                  There are two types of Timing Details reports - those associated with an AutoPatch
                  session and those associated with an AD Administration session.




4-16    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Note: The discussion of each page contains more detail. The OAM help
                             feature also contains information about the Timing Reports.




View Log Files Page
                  This page contains a list of log files generated for the corresponding maintenance
                  session.


Accessing Timing Reports
                  To access the Timing Reports main page, log in to Oracle Applications Manager and
                  choose Timing Reports from the Site Map.


Step 1: Log in to Oracle Applications Manager
                  Follow the instructions in Accessing Patch Wizard, page 3-4 to access OAM. From the
                  Applications Dashboard, click the Site Map tab.


Step 2: Access Timing Reports
                  From the Site Map, Timing Reports is on the Maintenance tab under the Patching and
                  Utilities heading. Click the Timing Reports link to go to the main page.


Step 3: Filter the results
                  There is a filter at the top of the page that allows you to narrow the contents of the list.
                  You can filter based on the following status of the tasks: Any tasks, In-progress tasks,
                  Completed tasks, Stopped tasks, or Aborted tasks. You can also filter by Task Name,
                  Status, Start Date, and Run Time. Click Go to activate the filter.

                             Note: See descriptions of individual pages in this chapter for details.
                             See also AD Administration in Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance
                             Utilities.




Timing Reports Main Page
                  The Timing Reports main page shows information for each maintenance session.




                                                                                   Patch Reporting Utilities    4-17
Timing Reports Main Page




                  •    Task Name: Name and brief description of the maintenance session.

                  •    Status: Status of the timing report. A clock icon means the session is still
                       in-progress, an exclamation icon means the session has stopped, an X icon means
                       the session was aborted (that is, the AD utility was restarted with the gf option),
                       and a check mark means the session has completed.

                  •    Start Date: Date and time the maintenance session began.

                  •    Run Time: Time required to complete the maintenance session.

                  •    Last Update: Time the timing information was last updated.

                  •    Details: Access the Timing Details for the maintenance session.

                  •    Log Files: Access the log files of the maintenance session.



AutoPatch Timing Details
                  Click the Details icon of a selected row (with an AutoPatch task name) in the Timing
                  Reports list to open the AutoPatch Timing Details report. This report provides details
                  for a specific session of AutoPatch.




4-18    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
AutoPatch Timing Details Report




The AutoPatch Timing Details report lists every task performed in a maintenance
session. The Timing Details section contains the following information for each task:
•   Focus: Select the circle icon next to a task to see just the sub-tasks within it.

•   Task Name: Name of the task. Click the plus-sign icon to expand or contract the
    sub-tasks within the task. The underlined Task Names are links to the Job Timing
    report for that particular task.

•   Elapsed Time: Time required to complete the task. This field is not applicable for
    stopped or in-progress tasks.

•   Start Date: Date and time the task began.

•   End Date: Date and time the task was complete. This field is not applicable for
    stopped or in-progress tasks.

Use the filter to adjust the list of tasks based on their elapsed time. The default list
shows all tasks with elapsed time of greater than 4 seconds. Use the Expand All link to
see all sub-tasks and the Collapse All to see just the top-level task.
When you access the AutoPatch Timing Details report for a stopped or in-progress task,
the page defaults to display the most recently performed sub-tasks. For in-progress
tasks, you can use the Refresh icon to get the latest running tasks. The Refresh icon is a
picture of a page with a blue circular arrow.




                                                                 Patch Reporting Utilities    4-19
Run Information
                  Additional AutoPatch task information is available by clicking the plus-sign icon for the
                  Run Information section at the bottom of the page. The subsections in Run Information
                  are General, Timing Summary, and Files Installed on this APPL_TOP.


                  AutoPatch Timing Details Report - Run Information




General
                  This subsection contains the following information:
                  •    Utility Name: Name of the utility used to perform the task.

                  •    Task: Task performed.

                  •    Log File: Name and location of the log file.

                  •    Driver File: Name and location of the patch driver file.

                  •    Patch Top: Location of the patch driver files.

                  •    Options: Command options used when running AutoPatch.

                  •    Platform: Platform of the system.

                  •    Applications System Name: Name of the Applications system on which the task
                       was performed.

                  •    Oracle Database: Name of the database.

                  •    Oracle Home: Directory path to the Oracle home used to link the executables.

                  •    APPL_TOP Name: Name of the APPL_TOP.

                  •    APPL_TOP Directory: APPL_TOP directory path.




4-20    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Timing Summary
                   This subsection contains the following information:
                   •   Start Date: Date and time the task began.

                   •   End Date: Date and time the task was complete. This field does not apply for
                       stopped or in-progress tasks.

                   •   Total Run Time: Time required to complete the task. This field does not apply for
                       stopped or in-progress tasks.


Files Installed on this APPL_TOP
                   This subsection contains the following information:
                   •   Java and HTML: States whether the APPL_TOP on which the task was performed is
                       a Web server.

                   •   Forms: States whether the APPL_TOP on which the task was performed is a forms
                       server.

                   •   Concurrent Processing: States whether the APPL_TOP on which the task was
                       performed is a concurrent processing server.



AD Administration Timing Details
                   Click the Details icon of a selected row (with an AD Administration task name) in the
                   Timing Reports list to open the AD Administration Timing Details report. This report
                   provides details for a specific session of AD Administration.




                                                                               Patch Reporting Utilities    4-21
AD Administration Timing Details Report




                  The Timing Details and Run Information sections contain the same types of information
                  for each task as the AutoPatch Timing Details report. See: AutoPatch Timing Details,
                  page 4-18.


In-Progress Timing Details
                  You can use the In-Progress Timing Details page to monitor the job while it is running.
                  Click the Refresh icon to view the steps that are in progress.




4-22    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
In-Progress Timing Details Page




             In the In-Progress AD Utility section, you can filter the results by elapsed time.
             The AutoPatch Timing Details section contains the following information for each task:
             •   Focus: Select the circle icon next to a task to see just the sub-tasks within it.

             •   Task Name: Name of the task. Click the plus-sign icon to expand or contract the
                 sub-tasks within the task. The underlined Tasks Names are links to the Job Timing
                 report for that particular task.

             •   Elapsed Time: Time required to complete the task. This field is not applicable for
                 stopped or in-progress tasks.

             •   Start Date: Date and time the task began.

             •   End Date: Date and time the task was complete. This field does not apply for
                 stopped or in-progress tasks.

             •   Number of jobs in this task: Number of jobs contained within each level of the task.

             •   Number of jobs completed: Number of jobs completed within this level of the task.



Job Timing
             The underlined Task Names in the AutoPatch Timing Details report and the AD
             Administration Timing Details report link to the Job Timing report for that particular
             task. This report provides timing information for each job within the selected task and




                                                                              Patch Reporting Utilities    4-23
allows you to drill down into each tasks to view any exception reports.


                  Job Timing Report




                  Click a Task Name on the Timing Details report to open the Job Timing report. The Job
                  Timing Summary information appears at the top of the Job Timing report and the
                  details appear at the bottom.
                  The summary information includes:
                  •    Jobs that ran successfully: Number of successful jobs.

                  •    Exceptions: Number of jobs that were not completed successfully. If exceptions
                       exist, it is a hyperlink to the Exceptionreport.

                  •    Total Number of Jobs: Number of jobs within the task.

                  •    Total Elapsed Time: Time required to complete the task.

                  •    Total Job Time: Time required to complete the jobs within the task.

                  •    Total Number of Workers: Number of workers used to perform the task.

                  The Job Timing Details section contains the following information for each job:
                  •    Phase: Database processing phase.

                  •    Product: Abbreviation for the product being updated.




4-24    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
•   Directory: Directory path of the file run by the job.

             •   File: File used to perform the job.

             •   Action: Action of the job.

             •   Start Time: Date and time the job began.

             •   End Time: Date and time the job completed.

             •   Run Time: Total time of the job.

             •   Restarted?: States whether the job was restarted.

             The filters at the top of the Details section allow you to adjust the list of jobs based on
             the property and run time of jobs. You can filter based on the following properties of
             the jobs: Phase, Product, Directory, File, Action, or Restarted. Click Go to activate the
             filter.
             Click the Phase Info button to open the Phase Information report.


Phase Information
             The Phase Information report provides timing information by phase for a task selected
             in either the AutoPatch Timing Details report or the AD Administration Timing Details
             report.


             Phase Information Report




             The general information presented at the top of the Phase Information report are:
             •   Driver File: Name of the driver file.

             •   Task Name: Name of the task performed.

             The Phase Information details include:
             •   Phase: Database processing phase.




                                                                             Patch Reporting Utilities    4-25
•    Start Time: Date and time the phase began.

                  •    Elapsed Time: Time required to complete the phase.

                  •    Jobs: Number of jobs in the phase.

                  •    Total Job Time: Time required to complete the jobs within the phase.

                  •    Restarted?: States whether any jobs within the phase was restarted.

                  •    Skipped: Number of jobs within the phase that were skipped.



Exceptions
                  Clicking the Exceptions number in the Job Timing report opens the Exception report.
                  This report is available only for jobs that have an Exceptions value greater than zero in
                  the Job Timing report. It provides a list of exceptions encountered during the
                  maintenance session.


                  Exception Report




                  The general information includes:
                  •    Driver File: Name of the driver file being run when the exception occurred.

                  •    Task Name: Task being performed when the exception occurred.

                  •    Jobs Failed, then restarted successfully: Number of jobs that initially failed but were
                       restarted successfully.

                  •    Jobs Failed and skipped: Number of failed jobs that were skipped.

                  The Exception details include:
                  •    Phase: Database processing phase.




4-26    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
•   Status: Status of the exception.

                 •   Product: Owner of the file with the exception.

                 •   Directory: Location of the file.

                 •   File: File being processed when the exception occurred.

                 •   Run Time: Total time the process ran.

                 •   Restarted?: States whether the job with the exception was restarted.



View Log Files
                 Clicking the Log Files icon of a selected row opens the View Log Files page. This page
                 lists all the log files generated for a specific maintenance session. You can view log files
                 of completed jobs or jobs that are in progress.


                 View Log Files Page




                 The View Log Files page contains the following information:
                 •   Task Name: Name of the task for which these log files have been generated.

                 •   Status: Status of the task. Valid status types are: In-progress, Completed, Stopped,
                     or Aborted.

                 •   Log Directory: Location of the listed log files. It is defined by the user when the task
                     is run. This is a required field.




                                                                                Patch Reporting Utilities    4-27
•   Start Date: Date and time the task was started.

                   •   Last Updated: Date and time the task was completed.

                   •   Run Time: Time required to complete the task.

                   The following buttons apply to the Log Files section:
                   •   View: Use this button to view a log file after you have selected the radio button of
                       the corresponding log file.

                   •   Download: Use this button to download a log file after you have selected the radio
                       button of the corresponding log file.

                   The Log Files section contains the following information:
                   •   Select: Use this radio button to select the corresponding log file for viewing or
                       downloading.

                   •   Log File: Name of the log file.

                   •   Log Type: Log files can be one of these types:
                       •   Main - primary log files for patch applications and AD Administration tasks

                       •   Worker - generated by the processes that run in parallel, using workers

                       •   Other - informational log files (adpatch.lgi) and log files created by the copy
                           portion of the universal (u) driver, for example



View Log Details
                   Details of each log file are displayed on the View Log Details page. To access this page,
                   select the radio button next to one of the log files and click the View button. The page
                   displays up to 500 lines. It automatically defaults to the last page in the log file.




4-28    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
View Log Details Page




                  The View Log Details page contains the following information:
                  •   Number of lines per page: Use this to specify the number of lines per page you
                      want to display. The maximum number of lines per page you can display is 500.

                  •   View specific page number: Use this to view a specific page. Enter the page number
                      in the field and click the Go button.

                  You can use the following buttons to navigate to specific portions of the log file:
                  •   First: Go to the first page.

                  •   Previous: Go to the previous page.

                  •   Next: Go to the next page.

                  •   Last: Go to the last page.


Contents of ...
                  This section displays the contents of the log file. Click the Go to bottom link to navigate
                  to the last page of the log file. From the last page of the file, click the Return to top link
                  to go back to the first page.



Software Updates
                  Software Updates is a portal from which you can view all the patching-related activities




                                                                                  Patch Reporting Utilities    4-29
of your system. From the Software Updates main page, you can access information such
                  as:
                  •    patches that have or have not been applied

                  •    latest three patch recommendation requests from the Patch Wizard page

                  •    latest eight jobs run from the Timing Reports page

                  •    links to patching related pages



The Software Updates Interface
                  The Software Updates page is a Web-based utility in Oracle Applications Manager.
                  From this page, you can get an overview of all patching-related information.


Accessing Software Updates
                  To view patching-related activities for your system, log in to Oracle Applications
                  Manager and click the Software Updates tab.


Step 1: Log in to Oracle Applications Manager
                  Follow the instructions in Accessing Patch Wizard, page 3-4 to access OAM.


Step 2: Click on the Software Updates tab
                  From the Applications Dashboard, click the Software Updates tab.


Software Updates Page
                  This section describes the Software Updates page.




4-30    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Software Updates Page




                The top of the page indicates the version of your Oracle E-Business Suite system.


Applied Patch Check
                Use the Applied Patch Check field to check if a patch or a series of patches have been
                applied to your system. Enter a patch ID or a series of IDs separated by commas to
                check if the patch or patches have been applied to your system. The table below the
                field contains two columns: Applied and Not Applied. Your queried patch ID appears
                in the corresponding column depending on whether it has been applied or not.


Patch Recommendation Requests
                This section lists the latest three patch recommendation requests from the Patch Wizard
                main page. From this section, you can view the following information: Filter
                Name/Patch List, Total (Applied and Unapplied), Unapplied, Status, and Details.
                Click the Full List button in the Patch Recommendation Results section to go directly to
                the Patch Wizard main page. Click the Details icon to go directly to the Recommended
                Patches Results of the associated patch. See: Patch Wizard, page 3-1.


Maintenance Activities
                This section lists the latest eight jobs from the Timing Reports page. From this section,
                you can view the following information: Task Name, Status, Last Updated, Details, and
                Log Files.
                Click the Full List button in the Maintenance Activities section to go directly to the
                Timing Reports main page. Click the Details icon to go directly to the Timing Details
                report of the associated task, or click the Log Files icon to go directly to the View Log




                                                                               Patch Reporting Utilities    4-31
Files page of the associated task. See: Timing Reports, page 4-15.


Related Links
                  This section lists the links related to patching activities for your system.




4-32    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
5
                                                   Patching Procedures

            How patches are applied to an Oracle E-Business Suite system depends in part on the
            various strategies or options that may be chosen. In some cases, existing features of the
            system may determine how patches are applied.
            This chapter covers the following topics:
            •   Preparing for Patching
            •   Performing Interactive Patching
            •   Performing Non-Interactive Patching
            •   Patching NLS Systems
            •   Applying Patches to a Multi-Node System
            •   Reducing Downtime
            •   Keeping Patches Current
            •   Analyzing Applied Patches
            •   Backing Out Patches



Preparing for Patching
            For patches that have manual steps, the patch readme file instructs you to use Oracle
            Patch Application Assistant (PAA) to create customized instructions for your system.
            PAA consolidates and displays only the relevant manual steps for all the patches you
            want to apply, including steps that you have completed. It also automatically merges
            the contents of individual patch readme files for a merged patch.


            Creating Customized Instructions for Patching Using PAA:
            Requirement: How do I know which manual steps associated with a patch apply to my
            system?
            Sorting through the manual steps in a patch readme file to determine which ones apply




                                                                             Patching Procedures    5-1
to your system can be time-consuming. The Patch Application Assistant allows you to
                  create a customized set of steps to that apply to your unique instance. Using the
                  information on this list reduces the possibility of performing steps that are not
                  necessary or that have been completed previously during the application of another
                  patch.
                  When you download and unzip a patch, it delivers a static README.html file that
                  advises you if the patch requires manual steps. If manual steps are required, you can
                  generate a list of the steps by running a Perl script (admsi.pl) to initiate PAA. Once you
                  have generated the list, use the PAA interface to see a full list of steps, or only those
                  steps that apply to your system.
                  After successfully performing each manual step, you can record that it was completed.
                  When applying patches in the future, this information is displayed in the PAA interface
                  so that you can see which manual steps you have already performed. Unless specified
                  otherwise, you can previously completed steps.

                  To run PAA
                  1.   Download the patch that you want to apply and set (source) your environment. On
                       UNIX systems, you must also set the environment variable DISPLAY to an active
                       and authorized display.
                       For instructions on setting your environment, see: Running AD Utilities, Oracle
                       E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities.

                  2.   Run the admsi.pl script to generate customized installation instructions.
                       $ admsi.pl

                       The Oracle Patch Application Assistant welcome page appears:




5-2    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Oracle Patch Application Assistant Welcome Page




     You can select:
     •   View instance-specific instructions for a new patch.

     •   View generic instructions as shipped by Oracle for a new patch - to view all the
         generic manual steps for a particular patch, including the completed steps.

     •   Look at all incomplete tasks from previous patches - to view all the manual
         steps that have not been completed from previous patches.


3.   Select View instance-specific instructions for a new patch. Enter the APPS
     password, and select the location where the patch is staged. Click Next.
     The Summary of Installation Instructions page appears:




                                                                 Patching Procedures    5-3
Oracle Patch Application Assistant Summary of Installation Instructions Page




                       This page summarizes all the manual steps for the patch, grouped into the
                       following categories: Preparation Tasks, Pre-Install Tasks, Apply the Patch,
                       Post-Install Tasks, Finishing Tasks, and Additional Information. This page displays
                       only those categories in which there are manual steps.

                  4.   Click the plus-sign icon in each category for more detailed information. For
                       example, if you click the plus-sign icon next to Best Practices, the Preparation Tasks
                       screen appears with the tasks suggested for preparing your system for patching.




5-4    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Oracle Patch Application Assistant Preparation Tasks Page




5.   After you have completed all the manual steps in a category, check the Completed
     box to record the completion status in the database, then click Next. If a patch that
     you apply in the future contains any of the same manual steps, it will be marked as
     completed to inform you that you do not have to perform that task again.
     After you have completed all manual steps in all categories, the system returns you
     to the Summary of Installation Instructions page.




                                                                  Patching Procedures    5-5
Oracle Patch Application Assistant Summary of Installation Instructions Page




                       Note the column of Completed boxes that corresponds to each task in a category.
                       Check marks appear in the boxes for which you have completed manual steps.

                  6.   Click Save to record tasks completed in the database. Click Cancel to exit PAA.



Performing Interactive Patching
                  Patches and updates to the Oracle E-Business Suite file system or database are applied
                  using AutoPatch, which identifies the servers set up during your installation and
                  performs the actions required by the patch on each APPL_TOP. In a shared application
                  tier file system, changes made during patching sessions on one node are immediately
                  available on all nodes.
                  You can apply a patch interactively or non-interactively. Interactive patching - the
                  "normal" patching method - means that you supply all the information that AutoPatch
                  needs by responding to a series of prompts. You can also apply a patch non-interactively
                  to avoid having to respond to some of the AutoPatch prompts and to accommodate
                  special types of patches. See: AutoPatch, page 2-2 and Performing Non-Interactive
                  Patching, page 5-13.
                  To ensure optimal performance and reduce downtime during patching sessions,
                  AutoPatch requires that you enable Maintenance mode when you apply a patch.
                  Enabling this feature shuts down the Workflow Business Events System and sets up




5-6    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
function security so that Oracle E-Business Suite functions are unavailable to users. This
provides a clear separation between normal runtime operation and system downtime
for patching.
When the patching session is complete, you can disable Maintenance mode, allowing
users full access to the newly updated system.

        Note: When Maintenance mode is disabled, you can run AutoPatch by
        using options=hotpatch on the command line, if necessary. However,
        doing so can cause a significant degradation of performance.


See: Preparing your System for Patching, page 2-3.


Applying a Patch Interactively:
Requirement: How do I apply a patch?
After you have determined that you need to patch your system, download the patch
and use AutoPatch to apply it. Apply the unified driver to all APPL_TOPs. AutoPatch
determines which actions are required for the current APPL_TOP.
Patches may require prerequisite patches and manual steps. Use PAA to generate
customized instructions. These instructions contain all the required manual steps that
are specific to your system.

        Note: Some of the installation instructions generated by PAA may
        specify pre-install mode. If so, follow the instructions in Pre-Install
        Mode, page 2-10.


        Caution: It is very important that you back up the file system and
        database before you apply large patches (such as release update packs,
        product family release update packs, or pre-upgrade patches). If the
        patching process fails when running the database portion of the unified
        driver, you will not be able to back out the patch. You must restart the
        patching process with a restored backup of the file system and
        database.



To apply a patch
This procedure describes the typical steps for applying a patch. Subsequent procedures
describe command line options that change the default behavior of AutoPatch.
1.   Log in as applmgr (Applications file system owner) and set the environment:
     UNIX:
     The environment file is typically APPS<CONTEXT_NAME>.env, and is located
     under the APPL_TOP. From a Bourne, Korn, or Bash shell, enter the following:




                                                                   Patching Procedures    5-7
$ . APPS<CONTEXT_NAME>.env

                       Windows:
                       Run %APPL_TOP%envshell.cmd using either Windows Explorer or the Run
                       command from the Start menu. This creates a Command Prompt window that
                       contains the required environment settings for Oracle E-Business Suite. Run all
                       subsequent commands in this Command Prompt window.
                       If you are running on a Windows platform, ensure that all necessary tools are
                       installed properly. In addition, all %JAVA_TOP% and %JAVA_TOP%loadjava.zip
                       files are included in the set CLASSPATH statement
                       of %APPL_TOP%adminadovars.cmd.

                  2.   Create a patch top directory, if it does not already exist. Download the patch into a
                       staging directory and unzip the patch into the patch top directory. Do not use the
                       patch subdirectory under the <PROD>_TOP directories as your patch top directory.

                  3.   Change directory to the patch top directory where you unzipped the patch.

                  4.   Review the readme file in the patch top directory.
                       Review the readme file (README.txt or README.html). It contains an abstract of
                       the patch. If the patch contains manual steps, the readme file will contain
                       instructions for running Oracle Patch Application Assistant (PAA) to generate
                       customized manual steps for your system.

                  5.   If indicated in the patch readme, run PAA to generate customized instructions for
                       applying the patch. You will need to provide the location of your patch top
                       directory and the applmgr password.
                       $ admsi.pl

                       Perform the manual steps contained in the customized instructions generated by
                       PAA. Additional steps may also be detailed depending on the patch, the state of
                       your system, and the products you have installed.
                       Perform the following steps, in addition to the steps detailed in the customized
                       instructions, to apply the patch.

                  6.   Shut down services.
                       Run the adstpall.sh script to shut down the services appropriate to your system.
                       You will need to provide the applmgr user name and password.

                               Note: For more information on patching a multi-node system, see:
                               Applying Patches to a Multi-Node System, page 5-19.


                       UNIX:
                       $ adstpall.sh




5-8    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Windows:
     C:> adstpall.cmd

             Note: You must complete all tasks associated with applying a patch
             before you access Oracle E-Business Suite.



7.   Enable Maintenance Mode.
     Use the Change Maintenance Mode menu (Option 1) of AD Administration to
     enable Maintenance mode. See: Enable Maintenance Mode, page 2-3.

8.   Start AutoPatch.
     Use the adpatch command to start AutoPatch from the patch top directory (the
     directory where you downloaded the patch files). You can customize the way
     AutoPatch runs by adding arguments to the command line. See Command Line
     Arguments, page 2-12.

9.   Respond to the AutoPatch prompts. You are prompted for the following
     information required to apply the patch:
     •   Name of the APPL_TOP where you want to apply the patch

     •   Log file name: Select a name for the log file, for example, u<patchnum>.log

     •   Email where you want to receive notifications

     •   Batch size (default is 1000)

     •   Database name

     •   Patch top directory where you unzipped the patch

     •   Driver file name: Provide the name of the driver file located in the patch top
         directory, for example, u<patchnum>.drv


10. Apply the driver.

     At the AutoPatch prompt for the driver name, specify the name of the driver.

11. Review customizations.

     Customized files are registered on the OAM Register Flagged Files page. If
     AutoPatch displays a message indicating that previously registered, customized
     files will be replaced by the patch, review those files in the Register Flagged Files
     page to determine if the customizations need to be reregistered or removed. See:
     Register Flagged Files, page 1-8.




                                                                    Patching Procedures    5-9
12. After AutoPatch exits, review the log files.

                       Review the AutoPatch log file after the application of each driver file for warnings
                       or errors. The log file (named u<patchnum>.log in step 9 is located in
                       <APPL_TOP>/admin/<SID>/log. In addition, some patch tasks may create separate
                       log files in the same directory. If the patching process used multiple workers, each
                       worker creates its own log file. You can also use the View Log Files feature in
                       Timing Reports to view the files. See: Log Files, page 2-3 and View Log Files, page
                       4-27.

                  13. Preallocate space for packages, functions, and sequences (optional).

                       If AutoPatch has modified Oracle E-Business Suite database objects, you may want
                       to run ADXGNPIN.sql and ADXGNPNS.sql to allocate space ("pin") for new
                       packages and sequences in the Oracle System Global Area. These scripts are located
                       in AD_TOP/sql.
                       See: Pre-allocating Space for Packages and Functions, Oracle E-Business Suite
                       Maintenance Procedures.

                  14. Disable Maintenance Mode.

                       Use the Change Maintenance Mode menu (Option 2) of AD Administration to
                       disable Maintenance mode.

                  15. Restart server processes.

                       After verifying that the patch was applied successfully, start all services. Once the
                       services are running, you can allow users to access the system again.
                       UNIX:
                       $ adstrtal.sh

                       Windows:
                       C:> adstrtal.cmd

                       See: Stopping or Starting Application Tier Services, Oracle E-Business Suite
                       Maintenance Procedures.

                  16. Delete or archive AutoPatch backup files (optional).

                       After you have tested the patched system, you can delete the backup copies of files
                       from the patch top directories to recover disk space, as necessary. Oracle
                       recommends archiving these files if you have space available.
                       See: Compressing, Archiving, and Deleting Files, Oracle E-Business Suite
                       Maintenance Procedures.


                  Applying Unified Drivers:
                  Requirement: I received a patch that contains a unified driver. However, the
                  instructions state that I run only the database portion of the patch.




5-10    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Certain procedures, such as patching with a staged APPL_TOP, may require you to
apply only the database portion of a unified driver. In these cases, use command line
options to tell AutoPatch which portions of the patch to omit.

         Important: AutoPatch will apply all portions of the patch except those
         that you specifically omit on the command line.



To apply only a portion of a unified driver
1.   Follow the instructions in Steps 1 through to 7 in Applying a Patch Interactively,
     page 5-7.

2.   Enter the adpatch command as indicated in Step 8, adding the following options on
     the command line: nocopyportion,nogenerateportion. The command line syntax
     should look like this:
     $ adpatch options=nocopyportion,nogenerateportion

     See: Command Line Arguments, page 2-12.

3.   At the prompt for the driver name, specify the unified (u) driver. AutoPatch runs
     the driver, applying only the database portion of the patch.

4.   Respond to the AutoPatch prompts. See: AutoPatch, page 2-2.

5.   Finish applying the patch as directed in Steps 12 through to 16 in Applying a Patch
     Interactively, page 5-7.


Testing a Patch Before Applying It:
Requirement: How do I test the effects of a patch on my system before I apply it?
One way to see how applying a patch will affect your system is to first apply it on a test
system. If you do not, or cannot, use a test system, you can apply the patch on your
production system using the AutoPatch test mode argument (apply=no). AutoPatch lists
the actions it will take, but does not actually perform any of the actions.
In test mode, AutoPatch reads and validates the patch driver file, reads product file
driver files, extracts object modules from product libraries (for version checking),
performs version checking, and runs AutoConfig (in test mode). It does not, however,
update the database or file system. See: AutoConfig Test Mode, Oracle E-Business Suite
Maintenance Utilities.
To determine how a patch will affect the files in your system, use the Patch Impact
Analysis Report in Patch Wizard. See: Determining Patch Impact on System Files, page
5-36.

To test a patch
1.   Follow the steps in Applying a Patch Interactively, page 5-7.




                                                                 Patching Procedures    5-11
2.   When directed to run AutoPatch, add the test mode argument to the command line:
                       $ adpatch apply=no

                  3.   Complete steps 11 and 12 in Applying a Patch Interactively, page 5-7. You must also
                       complete steps 14 and 15 if you shut down your servers and enabled Maintenance
                       mode before you ran AutoPatch.


                  Enabling Password Validation:
                  Requirement: How can I validate passwords before I apply a patch?
                  To reduce the time it takes to apply a patch, AutoPatch (by default) does not validate
                  Oracle schema passwords. If you need to enable password validation, you can do so by
                  supplying the validate option (options=validate) on the command line when you run
                  AutoPatch.
                  If you are applying multiple patches, you should use AD Merge Patch to combine the
                  patches (where compatible) so that you apply them in a single AutoPatch session. In
                  this case, you need to validate passwords only once. See: Creating a Merged Patch, page
                  5-21.
                  If you have several patches that cannot be merged, you can save time by turning on the
                  validate option only for the application of the first patch, and then leaving it off for the
                  subsequent patches.

                  To validate passwords
                  1.   Follow the instructions in Applying a Patch Interactively, page 5-7.

                  2.   When directed to run AutoPatch, use the validate command. It should look like
                       this:
                       $ adpatch options=validate

                  3.   Complete the remaining steps in Applying a Patch Interactively, page 5-7.


                  Applying Emergency Patches:
                  Requirement: Can I apply a patch without shutting down system services?
                  If an emergency patch can be applied without shutting down services, the customized
                  instructions generated by PAA will explicitly state so. If the customized instructions do
                  not explicitly state this, assume that you need to shut down services and enable
                  Maintenance mode before applying the patch.

                           Tip: You can always apply documentation patches (Oracle E-Business
                           Suite Online Help) without shutting down services.




5-12    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
To apply an emergency patch
           1.   Apply the patch on a test version of your production database. Make sure the test
                copy is recent so that it closely approximates your production system.

           2.   Run AutoPatch using options=hotpatch and apply the patch. You may not have to
                shut down the server processes. See: AutoPatch Options, page 2-14.



Performing Non-Interactive Patching
           You can apply patches interactively or non-interactively. Interactivepatching means that
           you supply basic information that AutoPatch needs by responding to a series of
           prompts. See: Performing Interactive Patching, page 5-6.
           Applying a patch non-interactively substantially reduces the need for user intervention
           when AutoPatch processes patching tasks. You create a defaults file that contains much
           of the information you would have supplied at the AutoPatch prompts. Then, when
           you run AutoPatch, you specify the name of the defaults file, the location of the patch
           top directory, the name of a driver file, and other parameters on the command line.
           AutoPatch performs the remaining actions based on the information in the defaults file.

                    Caution: You should always back up the file system and database
                    before you apply large patches such as release update packs (RUPs),
                    product family RUPs, or pre-upgrade patches.




           Applying a Patch Non-Interactively:
           Requirement: How do I apply a patch non-interactively?
           Instead of responding to AutoPatch prompts each time you initiate a patching session,
           you can store the responses in a defaults file. Then you specify the name of the defaults
           file when you run patches non-interactively. As it runs, AutoPatch uses the responses to
           complete the information for the corresponding prompts, and completes patch
           processing with little or no user intervention.
           To set up a non-interactive patching session, first create and save a defaults file by using
           the defaultsfile=<defaults file name> argument when you run AutoPatch. This causes the
           information you provide at the prompts, and other pertinent information, to be
           captured and saved.

                    Note: AutoConfig automatically creates a defaults file
                    (adalldefaults.txt) each time it runs. This file can be used as a template
                    to create a customized defaults file. However, we recommend that you
                    create the defaults file as described in this procedure.




                                                                             Patching Procedures    5-13
To apply a patch non-interactively
                  1.   Create the defaults file.
                       Start AutoPatch, using the defaultsfile= argument, and specify the file name and the
                       path to the defaults file. This creates a defaults file for the current environment.
                       UNIX:
                       The file must be under the $APPL_TOP/admin/<SID> directory, where <SID> is the
                       database name (ORACLE_SID/TWO_TASK). For example:
                       $ adpatch defaultsfile=$APPL_TOP/admin/testdb1/adpatchdef.txt

                       Windows:
                       The file must be under the %APPL_TOP%admin<SID> directory, where <SID> is
                       the database name (LOCAL). For example:
                       C:> adpatch defaultsfile=%APPL_TOP%admintestdb1adpatchdef.txt

                  2.   Run AutoPatch to the point where it prompts for the directory where the Oracle
                       E-Business Suite patch has been unloaded. Enter abort at this prompt.

                  3.   Verify that the defaults file exists.

                  4.   Run AutoPatch non-interactively to apply a single patch driver, all drivers, or any
                       of the other procedures in this section.


                  Applying a Single Patch Driver:
                  Requirement: How do I apply a single patch driver non-interactively?
                  If you have created a defaults file, specify AutoPatch to run non-interactively and
                  specify the location and name of the defaults file and the driver.

                  To apply a single patch driver
                  1.   Create the defaults file as described in Applying a Patch Non-Interactively, page 5-
                       13.

                  2.   Follow steps 1 through to 7 in Applying a Patch Interactively, page 5-7.

                  3.   Run the AutoPatch command, adding the following arguments: location of the
                       defaults file (defaultsfile=), a name for the log file (logfile=), location of the patch top
                       directory (patchtop=), name of the driver file (driver=), number of workers to use for
                       applying the patch (workers=), and interactive=no.
                       For example, if the defaults file is APPL_TOP/admin/testdb1/def.txt, the driver file
                       is u1234567.drv for patch 1234567 (located in APPL_TOP/patches/1234567), you will
                       use three parallel workers, and the AutoPatch log file name is 1234567.log, you
                       would enter the following.
                       UNIX:




5-14    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
$ adpatch defaultsfile=$APPL_TOP/admin/testdb1/def.txt 
     logfile=1234567.log
     patchtop=$APPL_TOP/patches/1234567 driver=u1234567.drv 
     workers=3 interactive=no

     Windows:
     C:> adpatch defaultsfile=%APPL_TOP%admintestdb1def.txt
     logfile=1234567.log patchtop=%APPL_TOP%patches1234567
     driver=u1234567.drv workers=3 interactive=no

4.   Perform the remaining steps in Applying a Patch Interactively, page 5-7 (as
     necessary).


Applying a Non-Standard Patch:
Requirement: I need to apply a patch that was not created with the standard patch
naming convention. I would like to apply it non-interactively.
A non-standard patch is one where the structure is standard, but the naming convention
is not. That is, the last component of the patch directory is not a 6- to 8-digit number, or
the patch driver files are not named *<patchnum>.drv, or both. Most merged patches
are non-standard because of the way they are named.

To apply a non-standard patch
1.   Create the defaults file as described in Applying a Patch Non-Interactively, page 5-
     13.

2.   Follow steps 1 through to 7 in Applying a Patch Interactively, page 5-7.

3.   Run the AutoPatch command as described in Applying a Single Patch Driver, page
     5-14. For the driver=<values> argument, use a comma-separated list of the patch
     driver names.

4.   Perform the remaining steps in Applying a Patch Interactively, page 5-7 (as
     necessary).


Restarting a Non-Interactive AutoPatch Session:
Requirement: AutoPatch failed with an error while I was applying patches
non-interactively. I have resolved the issue that caused the error and want to restart the
failed session.
When AutoPatch is running non-interactively and encounters an error, it exits to the
operating system and reports a failure. The restart argument is intended specifically for
this circumstance. When AutoPatch sees the restart=yes argument, it assumes that there
is an old session, and expects to find one. If it cannot, it will fail. Do not specify
restart=yes to start a new AutoPatch session.




                                                                  Patching Procedures    5-15
To restart a non-interactive AutoPatch session
                  1.   Look through the log files, diagnose the error, and fix it.

                  2.   Use the same command line options that you used initially, but add restart=yes. As
                       an illustration, the following command can be used to restart the previous example
                       given of Applying a Single Patch Driver, page 5-14.
                       UNIX:
                       $ adpatch defaultsfile=$APPL_TOP/admin/testdb1/def.txt 
                       logfile=1234567.log patchtop=$APPL_TOP/patches/1234567 
                       driver=u1234567.drv workers=3 interactive=no restart=yes

                       Windows:
                       C:> adpatch defaultsfile=%APPL_TOP%admintestdb1def.txt
                       logfile=1234567.log patchtop=%APPL_TOP%patches1234567
                       driver=u1234567.drv workers=3 interactive=no restart=yes

                               Warning: Do not omit any of the original command line arguments,
                               as this could change the behavior of AutoPatch and cause
                               unpredictable results.




                  Abandoning a Non-Interactive AutoPatch Session:
                  Requirement: AutoPatch failed with an error while I was applying patches
                  non-interactively. I do not want to restart the failed session, but would rather apply
                  another patch non-interactively.
                  When you specify interactive=no on the AutoPatch command line, AutoPatch expects
                  that there is no existing failed session. AutoPatch aborts if it finds restart files from a
                  failed session. Running AutoPatch with the interactive=no and restart=yes command line
                  arguments restarts the previously incomplete session.
                  To start a completely new AutoPatch session when there is an existing failed session,
                  specify interactive=no and abandon=yes on the AutoPatch command line. With this
                  command, AutoPatch deletes the restart files and any leftover database information
                  from the failed session.

                           Caution: If you use the abandon=yes argument, you cannot subsequently
                           restart the failed session as the restart files are no longer available. Do
                           not specify abandon=yes if you might want to restart the session later.



                  To abandon a non-interactive AutoPatch session
                  1.   Verify that you do not want to restart the previous failed session.

                  2.   Start AutoPatch with the abandon=yes option:
                       UNIX:




5-16    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
$ adpatch defaultsfile=$APPL_TOP/admin/testdb1/def.txt 
              logfile=7654321.log patchtop=$APPL_TOP/patches/7654321 
              driver=c7654321.drv workers=3 interactive=no abandon=yes

              Windows:
              C:/> adpatch defaultsfile=%APPL_TOP%admintestdb1def.txt
              logfile=7654321.log patchtop=%APPL_TOP%patches7654321
              driver=c7654321.drv workers=3 interactive=no abandon=yes




Patching NLS Systems
          These patching procedures apply regardless of whether you are running American
          English (US) and one additional language, or American English (US) and several
          additional languages. If your system uses multiple languages, you can use AD Merge
          Patch to create merged patches in the following ways:
          •   A single, merged patch that contains all languages (including US).

          •   One merged patch for US and a second merged patch for all other languages.

          •   A separate merged patch for each language.

          Each of these options has advantages and disadvantages. The first option is the simplest
          to apply because there is only one patch involved. However, it requires the longest
          system downtime of the three options, as the patch can be large. The second option is
          relatively easy to apply, and allows you to bring US users back online while you apply
          the patch for non-US languages. The third option is the most difficult to apply, but
          allows you to bring users for various non-US languages back online in a phased
          approach, which could be useful for multi-national corporations in some situations.
          Oracle generally recommends the second option because it provides the best
          compromise between easy application and minimum downtime.
          When merging multiple language patches, AD Merge Patch converts the character set
          according to the NLS_LANG variable in the Oracle E-Business Suite environment file. If
          you changed your character set since the initial installation, you might need to update
          the NLS_LANG variable. If this variable is not set properly, run OAM AutoConfig to
          update the Oracle E-Business Suite context with the correct character set information,
          then run the AutoConfig script to recreate the Oracle E-Business Suite environment file.
          Reset the environment using the new environment file before merging patches.
          See: AD Merge Patch, page 2-20, and Managing Configuration Parameters, Oracle
          E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities.


          Applying a Single Patch to an NLS Installation:
          Requirement: I need to apply a single patch to an Oracle E-Business Suite NLS
          installation.
          If an Oracle E-Business Suite system contains languages other than American English
          (US), the recommended method is to apply the US patch first and then apply the




                                                                         Patching Procedures    5-17
translation patch for each installed language. If you have installed more than one
                  additional language, you can merge all the translation patches and apply them as a
                  single, merged NLS patch.
                  You can also merge US patches with the additional language patches. However,
                  depending on your downtime window and your system topology, it may be necessary
                  to keep the US and non-US patches separate. See: Applying an Emergency NLS Patch,
                  page 5-19.

                  To apply a single patch to an NLS installation
                  This procedure assumes that you will apply US and language patches separately.
                  1.   Use AutoPatch to apply the patch driver of the US patch.

                  2.   Use AutoPatch to apply the patch drivers of each NLS patch. If you have merged
                       the individual NLS patches for a system that runs multiple languages, apply the
                       driver for the merged NLS patch. See: Applying a Patch Interactively, page 5-7.


                  Applying Multiple Patches to an NLS Installation:
                  Requirement: I need to apply several patches to an Oracle E-Business Suite NLS
                  installation.
                  If an Oracle E-Business Suite system contains multiple languages other than American
                  English (US) and you are applying multiple patches for each language, the
                  recommended method is to merge all US patches into a single patch and all patches for
                  every non-US language into a single patch. Then apply the merged US patch followed
                  by the merged language patch.
                  You can also merge US patches with the additional language patches or merge each
                  language in separate language-specific patches. Depending on your downtime window
                  and your system topology, it may be necessary to keep the US and non-US patches
                  separate. This procedure assumes that you will apply US and language patches
                  separately.
                  See: Applying an Emergency NLS Patch, page 5-19.

                  To apply multiple patches to an NLS installation
                  This example assumes the system has American English, French, and German installed.
                  1.   Use AD Merge Patch to merge the US (American English) patches into a single
                       patch.

                  2.   Use AD Merge Patch to merge the French and German patches into a single NLS
                       patch.

                  3.   Use AutoPatch to apply all drivers of the merged US patch.

                  4.   Use AutoPatch to apply all drivers of the merged NLS patch.




5-18    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Applying an Emergency NLS Patch:
           Requirement: I do not want to shut down my system to apply all the translation
           patches.
           When applying a patch that requires a language translation, you can defer the
           application of the database portion of the translation driver until after you have applied
           the other drivers. This allows the system to be available to all users during the time the
           language translation is being applied. Remember that you can merge NLS patches if
           you have several to apply.
           See: Creating a Merged Patch, page 5-21.

           To apply an emergency NLS patch
           1.   Shut down the system (all services) and log off users.

           2.   Enable Maintenance Mode.

           3.   Apply the US copy portion of the unified driver to all servers.

           4.   Apply the US database portion of the unified driver to the administration server.

           5.   Apply the US generate portion of the unified driver to all servers.

           6.   Disable Maintenance Mode.

           7.   Bring up the system and allow US users to log on.

           8.   Apply the translation copy portion of the unified driver to all servers using
                options=hotpatch on the command line.

           9.   Apply the translation generate portion of the unified driver to all servers using
                options=hotpatch on the command line. See: AutoPatch Options, page 2-14.

           10. Allow translation users to log on.

           11. Apply the translation database portion of the unified driver to the administration
                server using options=hotpatch on the command line.



Applying Patches to a Multi-Node System
           In a multi-node system, servers are installed on more than one node. The core
           technology directories (admin, ad, au, and fnd) and all product directories are installed
           under the APPL_TOP on all nodes, except for any node that contains only a database.
           Oracle E-Business Suite Release 12 introduced the concept of unified APPL_TOPs. On a
           multi-node system, exactly the same files are stored on every APPL_TOP. This
           architectural enhancement allows you to switch the function of a node easily if another




                                                                            Patching Procedures    5-19
node fails, by starting the application services on a different machine, with only
                  minimal changes to the overall configuration. When maintaining this type of system,
                  patches will perform the same tasks in the file system, but the database actions will be
                  performed only once.
                  Alternatively, a system can be configured to share an APPL_TOP in situations where
                  failover is not a concern. In a shared application tier file system, the APPL_TOP,
                  COMMON_TOP, OracleAS 10.1.2 Oracle home, and OracleAS 10.1.3 Oracle home file
                  systems are installed on a shared disk resource that is mounted on each node in the
                  system. Any changes made to a shared file system environment are immediately
                  available on all nodes.
                  For more information, see: Managing Distributed Installations, Installing Oracle
                  E-Business Suite; Shared Application Tier File System, Oracle E-Business Suite Concepts;
                  My Oracle Support Knowledge Document 384248.1, Sharing the Application Tier File
                  System in Oracle E-Business Suite Release 12; and Patching the APPL_TOP in a Shared
                  Application Tier File System, page 5-20.


                  Running a Unified Driver on Multiple Nodes:
                  Requirement: How do I run a unified driver patch on a multi-node system?
                  Apply the unified driver to all APPL_TOPs. AutoPatch determines which actions in the
                  unified driver are required for the current APPL_TOP.

                  To apply a unified driver on multiple nodes
                  1.   Complete Steps 1 through to 9 in Applying a Patch Interactively, page 5-7.

                  2.   Apply the unified driver on the node where the administration server is located.

                  3.   Apply the unified driver on the node where the concurrent processing server is
                       located.

                  4.   Start the concurrent managers.

                  5.   Apply the unified driver on the remaining nodes in the application tier.

                  6.   Disable Maintenance mode.
                       Use the Change Maintenance Mode menu of AD Administration to disable
                       Maintenance mode. See: Changing Maintenance Mode, Oracle E-Business Suite
                       Maintenance Utilities.

                  7.   Start other services and restart the Web services, if necessary.


                  Patching the APPL_TOP in a Shared Application Tier File System:
                  Requirement: How do I apply patches to a system with a shared application tier file
                  system configuration?




5-20    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
A traditional multi-node system requires the application tier file system on each node.
          In a shared application tier file system, the APPL_TOP, COMMON_TOP, 10.1.2 Oracle
          home, and 10.1.3 Oracle home file systems are installed on a shared disk resource
          mounted to each node in the system. These nodes can be used to provide standard
          application tier services, such as forms, Web, and concurrent processing. Any changes,
          including patching, made to a shared file system are immediately visible on all nodes.
          Although it is possible to apply patches from any node, Oracle recommends you choose
          one node as primary and apply all patches from this node. When you choose a primary
          node, AutoPatch and AutoConfig log files are consistently written to the same location.
          You can further reduce patching downtime by employing more than one node when
          applying patches. See: Distributing the Processing Tasks, page 5-25.

          To patch the APPL_TOP in a shared application tier file system
          For the APPL_TOP of a shared application tier file system, apply the patch once, as
          outlined in Applying a Patch Interactively, page 5-7.



Reducing Downtime
          This section contains procedures designed to help reduce the time it takes to apply
          patches, and consequently reduce the time your system is offline and unavailable to
          users.


          Creating a Merged Patch:
          Requirement: I need to apply several patches. Is there any way to reduce the time it
          takes to apply them?
          You can merge multiple patches into a single patch by using AD Merge Patch. This AD
          command line utility merges multiple AutoPatch-compatible patches into a single,
          integrated patch. After the merged patch is created, you use AutoPatch to apply it in a
          single operation. Applying a merged patch reduces the time it takes to complete the
          patching process. See: AD Merge Patch, page 2-20.
          In general, you can safely merge any Oracle E-Business Suite patch with another Oracle
          E-Business Suite patch. Patches can and should be merged with their listed prerequisite
          patches to make patch application easier.

                  Note: AD Merge Patch can merge patches for a specific platform with a
                  generic patch, or patches with different source character sets. It cannot
                  merge patches of different releases, different parallel modes, or
                  different platforms. AD Merge Patch notifies you if you try to merge
                  incompatible patches.


          Patches that affect the Applications DBA (AD) product must be handled separately. AD
          patches can be merged with other AD patches, but AD patches and non-AD patches
          cannot be merged because AD patches may change the AutoPatch utility itself. Merged




                                                                          Patching Procedures    5-21
AD patches must be created separately and applied before you apply non-AD patches.
                  When merging patches on systems that use languages other than American English,
                  different considerations apply. For information about merging and applying NLS
                  patches, see Applying Multiple Patches to an NLS Installation, page 5-18.
                  Use either the command-line procedure or the OAM (Web-based) procedure to create a
                  merged patch.

                  Command-line procedure
                  1.   Set the environment to indicate the location of the configuration parameter that
                       define your system:
                       UNIX:
                       The environment file is typically APPS<CONTEXT_NAME>.env, and is located
                       under the APPL_TOP. From a Bourne, Korn, or Bash shell, enter the following:
                       $ . APPS<CONTEXT_NAME>.env

                       Windows:
                       Run %APPL_TOP%envshell.cmd using either Windows Explorer or the Run
                       command from the Start menu. This creates a Command window that contains the
                       required environment settings for Oracle E-Business Suite. Run all subsequent
                       commands in this Command window.

                  2.   Create directories.
                       AD Merge Patch merges the set of files in individual patches under a source
                       directory according to file revision and copies them to a destination directory. Run
                       AD Merge Patch from the parent directory of the source directory. The destination
                       directory should be located in the same parent directory.
                       In the patch top area, create a source directory and a destination directory. Choose
                       any name for these directories.
                       For information on setting up the directories, see: Source and Destination
                       Directories, page 2-20.

                  3.   Download patches.
                       Download all the patches you want to merge to the source directory.

                  4.   Review the patch readme files.
                       Some patches require special attention and additional steps if the patch is to be
                       merged. Carefully review the readme file and follow the instructions.

                  5.   Run AD Merge Patch.
                       The merged patch is created in the destination directory. Run AD Merge Patch and
                       supply the arguments for the destination directory name, and the source directory
                       name.




5-22    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
$ admrgpch -s <source directory> -d <destination directory>

     You can specify the merged patch name with -merge_name <name>, or accept the
     default.
     You can merge patches before you unzip them by running AD Merge Patch with
     the -manifest command line argument. You must initially create a manifest file,
     which lists only the zip files. AD Merge Patch unzips these files into the source
     directory and includes them, along with any existing files in the source directory, in
     the merged patch. To use a manifest file, add the -manifest argument to the
     command line.
     $ admrgpch -s <source directory> -d <destination directory> 
     -merge_name <name> [-manifest <manifest filename>]

     For example, if you have four patches named 1234561, 1234562, 1234563, and
     1234564 located in the source directory /d01/patch_merge/source, and the
     destination directory is /d01/patch_merge/destination. To create a merged patch
     named "merge99", you would use commands similar to the following:
     UNIX:
     $ cd /d01/patch_merge
     $ admrgpch -s /d01/patch_merge/source 
     -d /d01/patch_merge/destination 
     -merge_name merge99

     Windows:
     C:> cd d01patch_merge
     C:> admrgpch -s d:patch_mergesource -d d:patch_mergedestination
     -merge_name merge99

     For more information on creating a manifest file, see: Merging Zipped Patches, page
     2-21.

             Tip: If you do not want to create a manifest file, unzip all the
             patches to be merged into the source directory and omit the
             manifest file argument.



6.   Check AD Merge Patch log files.
     After AD Merge Patch runs, check the admrgpch.log file for errors. The file is
     located in the current working directory (where AD Merge Patch was run).

7.   Apply the patch.
     After a merged patch is created, apply it just like a single patch, either interactively
     or non-interactively. If you apply it non-interactively, follow the instructions for
     Applying a Non-Standard Patch, page 5-15.


OAM (Web-based) procedure
1.   Access the Oracle Applications Manager.




                                                                   Patching Procedures    5-23
Follow the instructions in Accessing Patch Wizard, page 3-4 to access OAM.

                  2.   From the Patch Wizard Tasks table, click the Tasks icon corresponding to
                       Download Patches.
                       The Download Patches page appears.


                       Download Patches Page - Top




                  3.   Enter the patch numbers of the patches you want to merge in the Patch List field.

                  4.   In the Merge Options area, select Automatically merge downloaded patches. Also,
                       specify the merged patch name and the merging strategy in this section. Click OK
                       to begin downloading and merging the patches.


                  Deferring the Upload of Patch Information:
                  Requirement: Is there any task in the AutoPatch process that I can defer until after the
                  system downtime?
                  AutoPatch uploads patch history information to the database automatically each time it
                  successfully applies a patch. The time required for the upload may be substantial
                  depending on the size of the patch. You can defer this task during the AutoPatch
                  session and upload the patch history information while the Oracle E-Business Suite
                  system is in use.
                  When you defer the uploading of patch history information to the database, AutoPatch
                  writes it to the patch information files:
                  •    javaupdates<YYYYMMDDhhmiss>.txt, which contains information about changes
                       to Java files




5-24    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
•    adpsv<YYYYMMDDhhmiss>.txt, which contains information about changes to all
     files except Java files

Both files are located in the APPL_TOP/admin/<SID> directory. After the AutoPatch
session is complete and the Oracle E-Business Suite system is back online, run
AutoPatch with the uploadph=y argument to upload the contents of the patch
information files to the database.

To defer the upload of patch information
1.   Perform preparatory patch steps. See: Applying a Patch Interactively, page 5-7.

2.   Apply the patch by running AutoPatch with the defer patch history information
     upload option.
     $ adpatch options=phtofile

3.   After the patch session is complete, disable Maintenance mode, restart all services
     and allow users to access the system.

4.   Run AutoPatch with the upload patch history information argument.
     $ adpatch uploadph=y

     AutoPatch uploads the patch history information to the database and exits.


Distributing the Processing Tasks:
Requirement: How can I use the processing capacity on the other nodes in my system
when I apply a patch?
Creating a multi-node system with a shared application tier file system saves patching
time because you apply patches only once, on the primary node. However, when
applying a patch that includes a large number of processes that affect the database, you
can reduce the downtime even further by distributing the worker processes across
multiple servers on multiple nodes.
This distributed AD feature of AutoPatch and AD Controller allows you to assign
workers to run not only on the primary node but also on the secondary nodes that share
the application tier file system.
See: Distributing Processing Tasks Across Nodes, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance
Utilities.

To distribute processing tasks
1.   Start AutoPatch on the primary node with the following command options:
     $ adpatch workers=<total number of workers> 
     localworkers=<number of workers on primary node>

     For example, this command runs an AutoPatch session with three workers on the
     primary node and five workers on a remote note:




                                                                Patching Procedures    5-25
$ adpatch workers=8 localworkers=3

                  2.   Start an interactive AD Controller session on each of the secondary nodes that will
                       run workers by using the distributed=y argument.
                       $ adctrl distributed=y

                  3.   On each secondary node, AD Controller prompts for the range of workers to start.
                       For example, to start workers 5 through 8 on a node, enter "5-8" in response to the
                       "Enter the worker range" prompt.
                       Enter the worker range: 5-8

                               Note: Workers must be in contiguous groups. For example, you
                               cannot start workers 4, 6, 8 on one node, and 5, 7, 9 on another.




                  Using a Staged Applications System:
                  Requirement: How can I reduce the time my system is down when I apply large
                  patches?
                  A staged Oracle E-Business Suite system represents an exact copy (clone) of your
                  production system, including all APPL_TOPs as well as a copy of the production
                  database. You can apply patches to a staged system while the production system
                  remains in operation. Then you connect the staged system to the production system,
                  update the database, and synchronize the APPL_TOPs.
                  The downtime for the production system begins only after all patches have been
                  successfully applied to the staged system, and you have tested the newly patched
                  environment.

                           Note: The AD codelevels of the staged system and the production
                           system must be identical. You cannot use a staged system to apply AD
                           release update packs (RUPs) or new product patches associated with a
                           pre-upgrade patch.


                  After the patches are applied to the staged system, and the production system is
                  updated, you must export applied patches information from the staged system and
                  import it to the production system. This ensures that the OAM patch history database in
                  the production system is up-to-date and that you can continue to use patch-related
                  features.
                  There are several phases to creating a staged system, patching it, and updating the
                  production system.

                  Complete Prerequisite Tasks
                  A staged system must be an exact duplicate of the production system. Each physical
                  APPL_TOP in the production system must exist in the staged system. Note the
                  following conditions:




5-26    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
•    The APPL_TOPs in the staged system must have the same name as the APPL_TOPs
     in the production system to ensure consistency of the patching history in the
     production system. When patch history data is imported from the staged system to
     the production system, each system must have the same APPL_TOP names.

•    The database in the staged system should have a different <SID> to avoid accidental
     connections to the production system. Passwords, ports, and any process or
     service-related parameters can be changed to further reduce risks.

•    You must have different Oracle E-Business Suite system names for the staged and
     the production systems. AutoPatch will correct the historical information.

Complete the following tasks:
1.   Update the production system snapshot.
     Verify that your system current view snapshot is up-to-date by running the
     Maintain Current Snapshot task in AD Administration. Run the task on all
     APPL_TOPs in your system. See: Maintain Applications Files Tasks, Oracle
     E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities.

2.   Create the staged system.
     Create a clone of the production database, the application tier components, and
     each APPL_TOP to use as the staged system. See: Cloning, Oracle E-Business Suite
     Maintenance Procedures.


Apply Patches to the Staged System
You patch the staged system in the same way that you patch any other system by using
AutoPatch to apply the patch drivers. See AutoPatch, page 2-2 and Performing
Interactive Patching, page 5-6 for details. If you need to apply more than one patch,
consider merging the patches to further reduce downtime.

         Important: Do not apply any other patches to the production system
         during this process. If you do, you will have to recreate the staged
         system.



Apply Patches to the Production System
After the patching is complete on the staged system, you are ready to update the
production system.
1.   Enable a connection from the staged system to the production system.
     Add the production system information to the tnsnames file on the staged system.
     Update the s_ifile AutoConfig variable in the APPL_TOP context file on the staged
     system to "<AS Oracle Home>/network/admin/globaltns.ora". For instructions on
     updating configuration parameters and variables, see: Managing Configuration
     Parameters, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Procedures.




                                                                 Patching Procedures    5-27
2.   Shut down the production system.
                       On the production system, set the environment, shut down all services, and enable
                       Maintenance mode.

                  3.   Update the production database.
                       On the staged system, set the environment, then run AutoPatch to apply patches to
                       the production system.
                       For each patch, apply the driver for the patch with the
                       options=nocopyportion,nogenerateportion options to the AutoPatch start command,
                       adpatch. Make sure the database name in the AutoPatch prompt is correct.

                  4.   Update the production APPL_TOPs.
                       Synchronize all the production APPL_TOPs with the staged APPL_TOPs. To
                       minimize downtime, you can complete this task while the production database is
                       being updated. For example, on UNIX you can either do a simple copy with cp, or
                       use utilities such as rdist, rcp, or zip.
                       Note these conditions:
                       •   If your staged system contains multiple APPL_TOPs, you must synchronize
                           each one to the respective APPL_TOP on the production system.

                       •   If you share a single APPL_TOP, you need to synchronize only one APPL_TOP.

                       •   The COMMON_TOP directory, which may reside outside the APPL_TOP, must
                           be updated for each APPL_TOP.


                  Certain configuration files, log directories, and environment scripts are specific to an
                  APPL_TOP. You do not have to copy the following files and directories when you copy
                  the APPL_TOP:
                  •    $APPL_TOP/admin/<SID>

                  •    $FND_TOP/out

                  •    $FND_TOP/log

                  •    $COMMON_TOP/html/_pages

                  •    $APPL_TOP/log/

                  If you use the rdist utility, you can use a distfile to exclude these files. Run
                  AutoConfig on the production APPL_TOP to configure the environment.

                  Create a Complete Production Patch History
                  At this point, the copy and generate portions of the patch history for patches applied to
                  the staged system are stored in the staged system database, and the database portion of




5-28    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
the patch history is stored in both the staged system database and the production
system database. To create a complete copy of the patch history on the production
system, use the adphmigr.pl utility to load the applied patches information from the
copy and generate portions of all patches into the production database.
For each patch applied to the staged system, you must export patch history for each
APPL_TOP in the staged system and import it for the corresponding APPL_TOP in the
production system. Users do not have to log off the production system while you
perform the import and export tasks. Finish consolidating the production system patch
history before you apply any additional patches to it, or before you use any
patch-related Oracle Applications Manager (OAM) features.
1.   Export applied patches information.
     From the staged APPL_TOP, run the adphmigr.pl script (located in
     <AD_TOP>/bin). Enter adphmigr.pl -help to see all valid options for running the
     utility. Oracle recommends you export patch history separately for each
     APPL_TOP, as you will need to import it separately.
     Specify nodatabaseportion=y on the command line to ensure that the patch history
     data for the database portion of the patches applied is not exported. For example:
     $ perl $AD_TOP/bin/adphmigr.pl userid=apps/apps 
     startdate='2003/10/10 00:00:00' enddate='2003/14/10 00:00:00' 
     appsystemname=stage appltopname=tafnwl nodatabaseportion=Y

     You can obtain the appsystemname and the appltopname by looking up the values
     of s_atName and s_systemname in the AutoConfig-generated environment XML
     file.

2.   Verify export data.
     The script generates two data files for each run of AutoPatch on the staged
     APPL_TOP, one for java updates and one for all other patch actions. Check
     adphmigr.log to ensure the data files represent the patch runs you wish to export,
     and that the start and end times specified did not include any unwanted AutoPatch
     runs.

3.   Import applied patches information.
     For each APPL_TOP in the production system, copy the data files extracted for the
     corresponding APPL_TOP in the staged system to the <APPL_TOP>/admin/<SID>
     directory. The next time you run AutoPatch in this APPL_TOP, it will automatically
     upload these files.
     To load the files immediately, run AutoPatch interactively, answer the prompts
     until you are prompted for the name of the patch driver file. At that point, exit
     AutoPatch by entering abort at the patch driver file prompt.

             Important: The FNDLOAD method of transferring patch history is
             no longer recommended. The adphmigr.pl script method is easier




                                                                 Patching Procedures    5-29
to use and more efficient.




Keeping Patches Current
                  Each time you apply a patch, AutoPatch stores the associated information in the Oracle
                  Applications Manager (OAM) patch history database. The OAM Patch Wizard and
                  Applied Patches tools provide graphical user interfaces that you can use to query the
                  database for a complete history of patches applied to your system, to search for the
                  patches you have already applied, and to determine existing patches that should be
                  applied to keep your system current. Patch Wizard determines which recommended
                  patches you should apply to your system, and the impact of applying these patches.
                  Before running Patch Wizard, you must set up My Oracle Support credentials. You
                  must also set up preferences and filters that govern the way you download patches. To
                  see how to complete these one-time tasks, as well as learn about navigating the Patch
                  Wizard pages and submitting requests, see: Patch Wizard, page 3-1.


                  Creating a List of Recommended Patches:
                  Requirement: How do I determine if there are patches that I have not yet applied?
                  Patch Wizard creates a list of patches by comparing the patches in the patch history
                  database against a list of recommended patches in a Patch Information Bundle file
                  downloaded from My Oracle Support. It then determines which of the recommended
                  patches you should apply to your system and reports the contents of the patch and the
                  files that it will update when applied.
                  It does not report on all available patches, but only patches at the current codeline, such
                  as high-priority patches, and those that update your system to a new codeline
                  (pre-upgrade patches).

                  To see a list of patches recommended for your system
                  1.   Access Oracle Applications Manager.
                       Follow the instructions in Accessing Patch Wizard, page 3-4 to access OAM. All
                       procedures in this section begin with the Site Map.

                  2.   Access the Patch Wizard home page.
                       From the Site Map (Maintenance tab), click Patch Wizard under the Patching and
                       Utilities heading.




5-30    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Site Map Page




     The Patch Wizard home page appears.

3.   Submit a request for recommended patches.
     From the Recommend Patches page, select a patch filter. Use the magnifying glass
     icon to see a list of available patch filters.


     Recommend Patches Page - Top




     After you have entered the request information, click OK. The results of your
     request are shown in the Results section of the Patch Wizard main page. You can
     also schedule the request for a future date.

4.   Track the status of your request.
     From the main page, you can track the status of your recommended patch request.
     Click the Job Status icon for the Recommend/Analyze Patches task.




                                                              Patching Procedures    5-31
Job Status Page




                       The Job Status page displays summary information. If you click the Show/Hide icon
                       corresponding to your request ID, the page displays more details. For more
                       information about the fields and functions on this page, see: Patch Wizard, page 3-1.


                  Downloading Recommended Patches:
                  Requirement: How do I use Patch Wizard to download patches?
                  Patch Wizard can download patches based on either the list created by the "recommend
                  patches" request or any list of patches entered in the Download Patches page.
                  The Download Patches page prompts you for information about the patches to
                  download, then downloads them directly from My Oracle Support. The Merge Options
                  section of this page defines how patches should be merged after they are downloaded.

                  To download patches using Patch Wizard
                  1.   Access Oracle Applications Manager.
                       Follow the instructions in Accessing Patch Wizard, page 3-4 to access OAM. All
                       procedures in this section begin with the Site Map.

                  2.   Access the Patch Wizard home page.
                       From the Site Map (Maintenance tab), click Patch Wizard under the Patching and
                       Utilities heading.




5-32    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Site Map Page




     The Patch Wizard home page appears.


     Patch Wizard Home Page




3.   Submit a request to download patches.
     Click the Tasks icon for Download Patches. The Download Patches page appears.




                                                            Patching Procedures    5-33
Download Patches Page - Top




                       On this page, list the patches you want to download in the Patch List field.
                       Another option is to click the Details icon for a recommended patch request in the
                       Results section of the Patch Wizard home page.


                       Patch Wizard Home Page - Recommended Patches Results




                       The Recommended Patches Results page for the recommended patch request
                       appears.




5-34    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Recommended Patches Results Page




     Select any number of recommended patches on this page and click the Download
     button. This populates the Patch List field in the Download Patches page with the
     selected patch numbers.

4.   Set download options.
     On the Download Patches page, set Merge options and indicate information about
     languages and platforms. If you choose to automatically merge patches while
     downloading, specify the merged patch name and the merging strategy. You can
     select the languages and platform of the patches to download. When you provide
     information in this section of the page, Patch Wizard only downloads patches that
     match the selected languages and platform. You can also schedule the download for
     a future date.

5.   Submit request.
     After you have entered the patch information, click OK.

6.   Track the status of your request.
     From the main page, you can track the status of your patch request. Click the Job
     Status icon for Download Patches.




                                                                Patching Procedures    5-35
Job Status Page




                       The Job Status page displays. If you click the Show/Hide icon corresponding to you
                       request ID, the page displays more details. For more information about the fields
                       and functions on this page, see: Patch Wizard, page 3-1.


                  Determining Patch Impact on System Files:
                  Requirement: Before I apply a patch, can I see which system files will be affected?
                  Patch Wizard provides a Patch Impact Summary page that shows the impact of a
                  specific patch if applied to your system. It contains the following information: Patch
                  Impact Analysis, Direct Impact Summary, and Indirect Impact Summary. By reviewing
                  these results, you can see detailed information about files included in a patch, as well as
                  the effect a specific patch will have on your existing system files. For example, you can
                  see information about total files in the patch, the number and type of files that will be
                  installed, and which existing files will be changed. See: Patch Wizard, page 3-1.

                  To view the information on the Patch Impact Summary page
                  1.   Access Oracle Applications Manager.
                       Follow the instructions in Accessing Patch Wizard, page 3-4 to access OAM. All
                       procedures in this section begin with the Site Map.

                  2.   Access the Patch Wizard home page.
                       From the Site Map (Maintenance tab), click Patch Wizard under the Patching and
                       Utilities heading.




5-36    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Site Map Page




3.   View recommended patches results.
     From the home page, click the Details icon for an item in the Results section.


     Recommended Patches Results Page




     The Recommended Patches Results page for the recommended patch request
     appears.




                                                                 Patching Procedures    5-37
Recommended Patches Results Page




                  4.   Access the Patch Impact Analysis page.
                       Clicking the Impact icon in the Recommended Patches Results page opens the Patch
                       Impact Analysis page for the selected patch.




5-38    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Patch Impact Analysis Page




     Many of the line items on this page are links to detailed information about the
     impact of the patch on the system. For example, the File Types Installed value is a
     link to a page that lists the file types and the number of unchanged, changed, and
     new files in the file system as a result of applying the selected patch.


Creating Patch Recommendations Without an Internet Connection:
Requirement: How do I use the features of creating patch recommendations if I do not
have access to an Internet connection?
You can run Patch Wizard without access to an Internet connection, if necessary, by
downloading the Patch Information Bundle to a system which has Internet access. Once
the download is complete, copy the Patch Information Bundle file to the Patch Wizard's
staging directory. Then run Patch Wizard as you normally would based on the files you
copied to the staging directory.

To create recommendations without using an Internet connection
1.   Download the Patch Information Bundle to a system which has Internet access.

2.   Set up a staging directory on a system that does not have Internet access. Patch
     Wizard must be able to read from and write to this staging directory.

3.   Copy the Patch Information Bundle zip file to the staging directory. The zip file
     must be copied to a system that can access the Patch Wizard staging directory. If the
     staging directory is on a local disk, the zip file must be copied to the system where
     you run Patch Wizard. If the staging directory is on a shared (network) disk, it can
     be copied to any system with access to the shared disk.




                                                                 Patching Procedures    5-39
4.   Run Create Recommendations as you normally would from this point.



Analyzing Applied Patches
                  As you apply patches, AutoPatch records the actions in the Oracle E-Business Suite
                  patch history database. You can query this database using the Oracle Applications
                  Manager (OAM) Applied Patches feature, which provides easy access to reports based
                  on your search criteria.

                           Note: Patch information s is not stored in the database if the patch is
                           applied in pre-install mode or test mode. Also, if patch application does
                           not run successfully to completion, the associated information is neither
                           uploaded to the patch history database nor available in the Applied
                           Patches feature.


                  You enter search criteria on a search patches page, either Simple Search or Advanced
                  Search. A summary report is displayed at the bottom of the search page.
                  Several detailed reports are also available, including Timing Details, Files Copied, Bug
                  Fixes, and Action Summary. Most of these detailed reports have a standard layout. The
                  top portion displays the criteria that were used for the search, and the bottom portion
                  displays the results of the search.
                  See also Applied Patches in the OAM Help system.


                  Determining If a Patch Was Applied:
                  Requirement: Can I determine if a specific patch has been applied to my Oracle
                  E-Business Suite system?
                  To determine which patches were applied, enter a patch ID in the Applied Patch Check
                  area of the Software Updates page. You can perform a simple search by entering an ID
                  or a series of IDs separated by commas.

                  To determine if a patch was applied
                  1.   Access Oracle Applications Manager.
                       Follow the instructions in Accessing Patch Wizard, page 3-4 to access OAM.

                  2.   Access the Software Updates page.
                       From the Applications Dashboard, click the Software Updates tab. The Software
                       Updates page appears.




5-40    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Software Updates Page




3.   Enter a patch ID.
     In the Applied Patch Check area of the Software Updates page, enter a patch ID or a
     series of IDs separated by commas. Your queried ID appears in the corresponding
     column depending on whether it has been applied.


Searching for Patch Details:
Requirement: What information is available on the Patch Details report? How do I
create the report?
From any Patch Summary report, you can click the Details icon for a selected row to
open the Patch Details report, which displays summary information carried over from
the Results portion of either the Simple Search or Advanced Search page.
This report also contains more specific information about the patch, including:
•    Name of the driver file and the date and time it was applied

•    Command line options used to run the file

•    Platform of the driver file

•    Location where the driver was run

•    Report on whether a codelevel was introduced, and if so, which one

From the Patch Details page, you can also access additional information about a patch,
including timing details, files copied, bug fixes, and a summary of actions performed.
See: Applied Patches, page 4-1. See also Applied Patches in the OAM Help.




                                                               Patching Procedures    5-41
To review patch details
                  1.   Access Oracle Applications Manager.
                       Follow the instructions in Accessing Patch Wizard, page 3-4 to access OAM.

                  2.   Create a Patch Summary report.
                       From the Site Map (Maintenance tab), click Applied Patches under the Patching and
                       Utilities heading. From either the Simple Search or Advanced Search page, enter a
                       patch number or a date range to create a Patch Summary report. Click Go.

                  3.   Select the patch.
                       Click the Details icon in any selected row of the Patch Summary report. The Patch
                       Details report appears.


                       Patch Details Report




                       The report displays patch details such as driver files, start and end dates, and
                       platform. It also provides access to other patch details related to the driver files,
                       such as files copied and bug fixes. You can select a driver from the list, and click one
                       of the additional detail buttons to see other reports.

                  4.   View additional details.
                       As an example of the details that are available for a selected driver, click Files
                       Copied.




5-42    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Files Copied Report




     For each file, the Files Copied report shows the product short name, the directory
     where the file was copied, the name of the file, and the version number. To view
     other information associated with the driver file, click the Patch Details link at the
     top of the page to return to the previous page.
     As another example, click the Bug Fixes button.


     Bug Fixes Report




     The Bug Fixes report lists all bug fixes included in the selected driver file. It
     contains the bug number, the associated product, and whether the bug fix was
     applied. If the fix was not applied, the Remarks column explains why.

5.   View the Action Summary report.
     You can create a report that summarizes the actions of a selected driver file. Click
     the Patch Details link at the top of the page to return to the Patch Details page. (You
     can also access the Action Summary report by clicking the bug fix number on the
     Bug Fixes report.)
     From the Patch Details page, select a driver and click the Action Summary button.




                                                                   Patching Procedures    5-43
Action Summary Report




                       The Action Summary report shows more information about the driver and its
                       actions. For definitions of the column headings, see Action Summary, page 4-13.
                       If the driver selected contains a database portion, the Patch Summary report shows
                       the driver actions, such as sql and exec. If the driver performed actions on the
                       database, the Details icon is active. Click it to see the Action Details report.


                  Searching for Translation Patches:
                  Requirement: My Oracle E-Business Suite system operates in multiple languages. I
                  want to make sure translation patches have been applied successfully.
                  If a patch has an associated translation patch, you apply the translation patch
                  separately. AutoPatch stores information in the patch history database about all
                  translation patches you apply.

                  To search for translation patches
                  1.   Access the Oracle Applications Manager.
                       Follow the instructions in Accessing Patch Wizard, page 3-4 to access OAM.

                  2.   Access the Simple Search page.




5-44    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Site Map Page




     From the Site Map (Maintenance tab), click Applied Patches under the Patching and
     Utilities heading. The Simple Search page appears.
     Enter the search criteria. For details about using the Simple Search page, see:
     Determining If a Patch Was Applied, page 5-40, or click the OAM Help button.

3.   Specify the patch.
     On the Simple Search page, enter the ID of the translation patch in the Patch field.
     Click Go.

4.   Review the Patch Summary report
     All applications of the patch are displayed. If multiple translations were applied,
     there will be multiple rows. The Language column shows the languages applied.




                                                                 Patching Procedures    5-45
Applied Patches Page - Simple Search




                  Viewing Applied Patches in a Report Format:
                  Requirement: Can I review applied patches information without the OAM screens?
                  There may be times when you want to view applied patch history without running the
                  Oracle Applications Manager. For example, you may need to view large amounts of
                  data, or you may just need a list of patches without the detail provided in the OAM
                  Patch History reports. In these cases, you can run command line scripts that list all
                  patches applied in each AutoPatch session, all files affected by a patch, or all patches
                  applied within a certain date range. The scripts, and a description of the reports they
                  produce, are listed in the following table.


                  Patch Report Scripts

                   Script Name                    Report Content                    Output Format


                   adphrept.sql                   Lists patches applied in          XML
                                                  individual AutoPatch
                                                  sessions, and includes details.


                   adfhrept.sql                   Displays information about        XML
                                                  files changed by patches.




5-46    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Script Name                    Report Content                Output Format


adpchlst.sql                   Lists patches applied in a    Text
                               given date range.



The XML reports produced by adphrept.sql and adfhrept.sql can either be processed as
XML or viewed as HTML.
To run a report that provides a listing of applied patches, follow the appropriate
instructions in this section.

To see a list of all completed AutoPatch sessions with patch details
Run the adphrept.sql script (located in <AD_TOP>/patch/115/sql). This script produces
an XML report showing individual AutoPatch sessions. If a patch was applied more
than once, this report lists each application of the patch. If a merged patch was applied,
it lists the merged patch by patch name. It does not list the individual patches within
the merged patch.
To run adphrept.sql, use the following parameters:
<query_depth> <bug_number or ALL> <bug_product or ALL> 
<start_date_from (mm/dd/rr or ALL)> <end_date_to (mm/dd/yyyy or ALL)> 
<patchname/ALL> <patchtype/ALL> <level/ALL> <language/ALL> 
<appltop/ALL> <limit to forms server? (Y/N)> 
<limit to web server? (Y/N)> 
<limit to node server? (Y/N)> 
<limit to admin server? (Y/N)> 
<only patches that change DB? (Y/N)> <report_name>.xml

For <query_depth>, specify 1 (details of patches only), 2 (details of patches and their
bug fixes only), or 3 (details of patches, bug fixes, and bug actions).
At the command prompt, enter the report command and enter values for the
parameters and prompts. For example, to see complete patch details for AutoPatch
sessions that were run during January 2009, enter the following, using the mm/dd/yyyy
date format:
UNIX:
$ cd $AD_TOP/patch/115/sql
$ sqlplus <APPS username>/<APPS password> 
@adphrept.sql 3 ALL ALL 01/01/2009 01/31/2009 
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL N N N N N jan09.xml

Windows:
C:> cd %AD_TOP%patch115sql
C:> sqlplus <APPS username>/<APPS password> @adphrept.sql 3 ALL ALL
01/01/2009 01/31/2009 ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL N N N N N jan09.xml

The <AD_TOP>/html directory contains the adpchrep.xsl style sheet for displaying the
XML output file in HTML format. To view the XML file as HTML, copy both the
adpchrep.xsl style sheet and XML output report to a directory accessible by a browser.




                                                                 Patching Procedures    5-47
Open the directory in your browser and click the XML filename.

                  To display information about files changed by patches
                  Run the adfhrept.sql script (located in <AD_TOP>/patch/115/sql) to produce an XML
                  report named adfilerep.xml. Use the following parameters:
                  <filename> <latest file version only? (Y/N) 
                  <start_date (mm/dd/rr or ALL)> <end_date (mm/dd/yyyy or ALL)> 
                  <patchtype/ALL> <language/ALL> 
                  <appltop/ALL> <limit to forms server? (Y/N)> 
                  <limit to web server? (Y/N)> 
                  <only patches that change DB? (Y/N)>

                  At the command prompt, enter the report command and enter values for the
                  parameters and prompts. For example, to see the complete file version history for
                  admorgb.pls considering only patches applied in January 2008, enter the following,
                  using mm/dd/yyyy format:
                  UNIX:
                  $ cd $AD_TOP/patch/115/sql
                  $ sqlplus <APPS username>/<APPS password> 
                  @adfhrept.sql admorgb.pls N 01/01/2008 01/31/2008 
                  ALL ALL ALL N N N N N

                  Windows:
                  C:> cd %AD_TOP%patch115sql
                  C:> sqlplus <APPS username>/<APPS password> @adfhrept.sql admorgb.pls
                  N 01/01/2008 01/31/2008 ALL ALL ALL N N N N N

                  The <AD_TOP>/html directory contains the adfilerep.xsl style sheet for displaying the
                  XML output file in HTML format. To view the XML file as HTML, copy both the
                  adfilerep.xsl style sheet and XML output report to a directory accessible by a browser.
                  Open the directory in your browser and click on the XML filename.

                  To see a list of all patches in a given date range
                  The adpchlst.sql report (located in <AD_TOP>/patch/115/sql) produces a list
                  (adpchlst.lst) of all patches in a date range, without patch detail. It differs from
                  adphrept.sql in two ways: it lists a patch only once regardless of how many times it was
                  applied, and it lists individual patches included within a merged patch. For example, if
                  you combine patches 123, 124, and 125 in a merged patch called merged1, the report
                  lists patches 123, 124, and 125, but not merged1.
                  At the command prompt, enter the report command and enter the date parameters in
                  mm/dd/yyyy format. For example, to see a list of patches applied in October 2008, enter
                  the following:
                  UNIX:
                  $ cd $AD_TOP/patch/115/sql
                  $ sqlplus <APPS username>/<APPS password> 
                  @adpchlst.sql 10/01/2008 10/31/2008

                  Windows:




5-48    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
C:> cd %AD_TOP%patch115sql
C:> sqlplus <APPS username>/<APPS password> @adpchlst.sql 10/01/2008
10/31/2008


Monitoring Patches in Progress:
Requirement: Can I monitor the progress of a patch while it is being applied?
Depending on the size and complexity of a patch, it may take from several minutes to
several hours to completely apply it to your system. It is useful to know what a patch is
currently doing and how long individual steps are taking.
When applying patches, the Oracle E-Business Suite system is in Maintenance mode
and the application tier services, including the Web server, are shut down. This
prevents access to Oracle E-Business Suite and Oracle Applications Manager. In order
to access the Timing Reports to track an in-progress patching session, the Web server
must be started in restricted mode and OAM accessed through a restricted mode URL.
When using Timing Reports to track an in-progress patching session, the timing report
displays the most recently performed tasks. Use the Refresh icon to get the latest
running tasks.

To monitor patches in progress
1.   Set up the ad_monitor user account. Use the ad_monitor user account to log in to
     OAM in restricted mode.
     •   Log in to SQL*Plus as SYSTEM.

     •   Unlock the ad_monitor user.
         SQL> alter user ad_monitor account unlock;

     •   Log in to SQL*Plus as the ad_monitor user and reset the password. The default
         password is 'lizard'.


2.   Shut down all application tier services.

3.   Enable Maintenance mode.

4.   Start the Web server in restricted mode. The script to start and stop this service is in
     the $COMMON_TOP/admin/scripts/<CONTEXT_NAME> directory.
     UNIX:
     $ adaprstctl.sh start

     Windows:
     C:>adaprstctl.cmd start

5.   Run AutoPatch to start the patch session.

6.   Access OAM through the restricted mode URL:




                                                                   Patching Procedures    5-49
<host>:<port>/servlets/weboamLocal/oam/oamLogin

                  7.   Log in to OAM as the ad_monitor user.

                  8.   Navigate to the Timing Reports (Navigation: Sitemap > Maintenance > Patching and
                       Utilities > Timing Reports).
                       See: Timing Reports, page 4-15.

                  9.   When the patching session is complete, shut down the restricted mode Web server.
                       UNIX:
                       $ adaprstctl.sh stop

                       Windows:
                       C:> adaprstctl.cmd stop

                  10. Disable Maintenance mode.

                  11. Restart all services.

                  You can also monitor the progress of the patching process by reviewing:
                  •    AutoPatch messages
                       As AutoPatch runs, it displays messages on the screen about the status and
                       progress of the patching process.

                  •    Patch log files
                       AutoPatch creates log files in the current directory. Each log file contains
                       information about completed patching actions. See: Log and Restart Files, Oracle
                       E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities.

                  •    Worker status
                       For jobs run in parallel, use AD Controller to view the status of the concurrent
                       manager and workers assigned to process jobs. See: Reviewing Worker Status,
                       Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Procedures and AD Controller, Oracle E-Business
                       Suite Maintenance Utilities.


                  Analyzing Patches Without an Internet Connection:
                  Requirement: How do I analyze specific patches if I do not have access to an Internet
                  connection?
                  You can run Patch Wizard to analyze specific patches without access to an Internet
                  connection, if necessary, by downloading the patches to a system which has Internet
                  access. Once the download is complete, copy the patches to the Patch Wizard's staging
                  directory. Then run Patch Wizard as you normally would based on the files you copied
                  to the staging directory.




5-50    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
To analyze specific patches without using an Internet connection
           1.   Download the patch zip file(s) to a system which has Internet access.

           2.   Set up a staging directory on a system that does not have Internet access. Patch
                Wizard must be able to read from and write to this staging directory.

           3.   Copy the patch zip file(s) to the <staging directory>/ad directory, if the downloaded
                patch is an AD product patch. Otherwise, copy the patch zip file(s) to <staging
                directory>/nonad directory. The zip file(s) must be copied to a system that can
                access the Patch Wizard staging directory. If the staging directory is on a local disk,
                the zip file(s) must be copied to the system where you run Patch Wizard. If the
                staging directory is on a shared (network) disk, it can be copied to any system with
                access to the shared disk.

           4.   Run Analyze Specific Patches as you normally would from this point.



Backing Out Patches
           Although you can back out patches that you have applied to your Oracle E-Business
           Suite system and restore it to its pre-patched state, Oracle recommends you use this
           course of action only if you have no other choice.

                    Note: There is no automated method of backing out patches.




           Restoring from a Failed Copy Section of a Unified Driver:
           Requirement: The copy portion of a unified driver failed during a patching procedure. I
           need to restore my system.
           You should always test the application of a patch several times on a test system,
           particularly if the patch is a release update pack (RUP), product family RUP, or
           pre-upgrade patch. After the test application is successful, apply the patch on the
           production system.
           Before applying a large number of patches, a release update pack (RUP), product family
           RUP, or a pre-upgrade patch, back up the Oracle E-Business Suite file system and
           database.

           To restore from a failed copy section of a unified driver
           1.   Determine the cause of the failure.
                In many cases, the issue can be resolved and the patching process restarted at the
                point of failure.

           2.   Determine the actions of the copy portion of a unified driver.




                                                                             Patching Procedures    5-51
If there is no feasible method of resolving the issue, review the log files and the
                       copy portion of a unified driver to determine the files copied by the patch and the
                       update actions performed.

                  3.   Restore files.
                       If a file in the patch top directory is a more recent version than the product's current
                       file, AutoPatch backs up the current file into a subdirectory of the patch top
                       directory. If <patches> is the patch top directory, <system_name> is the
                       Applications system name, <APPL_TOP_name> is the APPL_TOP name, and
                       <prod> is the name of the product being patched, AutoPatch backs up:
                       <PROD>_TOP/<subdir(s)>/<old_file_name>

                       to
                       <patches>/backup/<system_name>/<appl_top_name>/<prod>/<subdir(s)>/<o
                       ld_file_name>

                                Note: The Oracle E-Business Suite system name and the APPL_TOP
                                name are determined when you run Rapid Install.


                       Use these backup files to restore the files on the Oracle E-Business Suite system. If
                       the patch is large and you copied many files, restore the entire file system with the
                       backup you created before you applied the patch. If you restore the entire file
                       system you do not have to perform Steps 4 through to 7.

                  4.   Relink files.
                       If the copy portion of the unified driver includes actions to relink files, determine
                       the files affected and relink them using AD Administration or, for AD programs,
                       use AD Relink. See: Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities.

                  5.   Restore Java files.
                       If the patch included Java updates, restore the Oracle E-Business Suite Java files by
                       running the following command from the <patches>/backup/
                       <system_name>/<appl_top_name> directory.
                       $ adjava -mx256m oracle.apps.ad.jri.adjcopy @undoScript.cmd

                  6.   Generate JAR files.
                       If Java files are included in the patch, generate JAR files using AD Administration.
                       See: AD Administration, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities.

                  7.   Generate other files.
                       If there are forms, reports, graphics, or message files included in the patch, generate
                       these files using AD Administration. See: Managing Files, Oracle E-Business Suite
                       Maintenance Procedures.




5-52    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
Restoring from a Failed Database Portion of a Unified Driver:
Requirement: Can I restore my system after a failed database portion of a unified
driver?
There is no general method of backing out changes a patch makes to the Oracle E-Business Suite
database. To avoid the need to restore a database, you should always test the application
of a patch several times on a test system, particularly if the patch is a release update
pack, product family release update pack, or pre-upgrade patch. After the test
application is successful, apply the patch on the production system.
For more information, see: Changing Maintenance Mode, Oracle E-Business Suite
Maintenance Utilities.




                                                                   Patching Procedures    5-53
121adpp patching procedures
 
                                                                            Index

                                        admsi.pl, 1-7, 2-2, 5-2
Symbols                                   customized installation instructions, 5-8
<language>_<filename>_ldt.log, 2-4
                                        adpatch, 1-7
                                        adpatch.lgi, 2-4
A                                       adpatch.log, 2-4
Action Detail report, 4-14              adpchlst.sql, 5-47
Action Summary report, 4-13, 5-43       adphmigr.pl, 5-29
AD_FILES table                          adphrept.sql, 5-46
  reviewing for customized files, 2-8   AD Relink, using, 5-52
ad_monitor, 5-49                        adrelink.log, 2-4
AD Administration                       adt<session_id>.lst, 4-16
  defaults file, 5-14                   adworkxxx.log, 2-4
  Timing Details report, 4-21           ADXGNPIN.sql, 5-10
adaprstctl.cmd, 5-49                    ADXGNPNS.sql, 5-10
adaprstctl.sh, 5-49                     APPL_TOP name, 2-6
AD Controller, 5-25                     applcust.txt file, 3-24
  shutting down workers, 2-19           Application Object Library (AOL)
adfhrept.sql, 5-46                        validating passwords, 2-5
adlibin.log, 2-4                        Applied Patch Check field, 4-31
adlibout.log, 2-4                       Applied Patches
AD Merge Patch                            about, 5-40
  about, 2-20                             Action Detail report, 4-14
  admrgpch, 2-22                          Action Summary report, 4-13, 5-43
  description of, 1-7                     Advanced Search page, 4-5
  destination directory, 2-20             Bug Fixes report, 4-12, 5-43
  directory structure, 2-20               description of, 1-7
  log files, 5-23                         Files Copied report, 4-12, 5-42
  merging patches with, 2-20              page navigation, 4-2
  merging patch zip files, 2-21           Patch Details report, 4-10, 5-41
  source directory, 2-20                  reporting tool, 4-1
  using, 5-12, 5-21, 5-22                 Simple Search page, 4-4
admrgpch, 1-7, 2-22                       using, 5-40
admrgpch.log, 5-23                      apply=no, 5-11




                                                                                  Index-1
APPS schema
  current invalid objects, 2-6         B
AutoConfig test mode, 5-11
                                       backing out patches
AutoPatch
                                         copy portion of a unified driver, 5-51
  abort command, 2-19
                                         database driver, 5-53
  about, 2-2
                                       backup files
  adpatch.lgi, 2-4
                                         before applying large patches, 5-7
  adpatch.log, 2-4
                                         deleting after patching, 2-10, 5-10
  arguments
                                         to restore a system, 5-52
        apply, 2-13
                                       Bug Fixes report, 4-12, 5-43
        driver, 2-13
                                       bug fix patch
        patchtop, 2-14
                                         definition of, 1-2
        preinstall, 2-14
        uploadph, 2-14
                                       C
  command line arguments, 2-12, 2-18
  description of, 1-7                  codelevels
  how to run, 2-18                       Codelevel Introduced report, 4-11
  log files, 5-10                        current and new, 3-3
  modes, 2-10, 4-2                       definition of, 1-4
  non-interactive patching, 5-13       Codelevels Summary page, 3-20
  options                              codelines, 3-19, 4-11, 5-30
        about, 2-14                      definition of, 1-3
        autoconfig, 2-15               concurrent programs, 3-3
        checkfile, 2-15                consolidated upgrade patch
        compiledb, 2-15                  definition of, 1-3
        compilejsp, 2-16               copy portion
        copyportion, 2-16                failed, 5-51
        databaseportion, 2-16            unified driver, 2-5
        generateportion, 2-16          custom filters for Patch Wizard, 3-10
        hotpatch, 2-17                 customized files, 3-25
        integrity, 2-17                  in AD_FILES table, 2-8
        maintenancemode, 2-17          customized installation instructions, 5-8
        parallel, 2-17
        phtofile, 2-18                 D
        validate, 2-18                 database portion
  phase order, 2-7                        failed, 5-53
  prompts, 2-4                            unified driver, 2-6
  responding to prompts, 5-9           defaults file
  restarting, 2-19                        for non-interactive patching, 5-14
  running                                 for non-standard patches, 5-15
        in pre-install mode, 2-10      DISPLAY
        in test mode, 2-11                setting for PAA, 5-2
        non-interactively, 2-8         distributed AD
  specifying parallel workers, 2-7        using, 5-25
  Timing Details report, 4-18          driver
  validating passwords, 2-18              failed copy portion, 5-51
AutoPatch arguments, 2-13




Index-2
failed database portion, 5-53                      <language>_<filename>_ldt.log, 2-4
   unified, 2-5                                       about, 2-3
driver file actions, 5-41                             adlibin.log, 2-4
                                                      adlibout.log, 2-4
E                                                     adpatch.lgi, 2-4
                                                      adpatch.log, 2-4
emergency patches
                                                      adrelink.log, 2-4
   applying, 5-12
                                                      adworkxxx.log, 2-4
error messages, 2-9
                                                      AutoPatch, 2-5
Exception Report, 4-26
                                                      viewing details, 4-28
                                                      viewing from Timing Reports main page, 4-18
F
                                                      viewing from View Log Files page, 4-27
File History                                          writing to the same location, 5-21
    about, 4-7
    Advanced Search page, 4-8                     M
    description of, 1-8
                                                  maintenance mode
    Simple Search page, 4-7
                                                    about, 2-3
Files Copied report, 4-12, 5-42
                                                    disabling, 5-10, 5-20
filters for Patch Wizard
                                                    downtime alert messages, 2-3
    custom filters, 3-10
                                                    enabling, 5-9
    pre-seeded, 3-10
                                                  Manage Downtime Schedules
                                                    about, 1-8
G
                                                  manifest command line argument, 5-23
generate portion                                  manual steps for patching, 3-18
  unified driver, 2-7                             merged patches
                                                    creating, 3-8, 5-21
H                                                   incompatible patches, 5-21
hide patch, 3-18                                    naming, 2-21
                                                    NLS, 5-19
I                                                 merge option defaults, 3-8
                                                  merge options, 3-15
informational messages, 2-8
                                                  messages
In-Progress Timing Details page, 4-22
                                                    error, 2-9
interactive patching
                                                    informational, 2-8
   definition of, 5-6, 5-13
                                                    successful completion, 2-9
In Use flag, 3-10
                                                  MRC schema
Invokerxd5 s Rights processing
                                                    not required, 2-6
   removed in Release 12, 2-6
                                                  My Oracle Support credentials, 3-2, 5-30

J                                                 N
JAR files, generating after failed driver, 5-52
                                                  NLS
Java files, restoring after failed driver, 5-52
                                                    deferring translation driver, 5-19
Job Timing report, 4-23
                                                    merging patches, 5-18, 5-19
                                                    multiple patches, 5-18
L                                                   prompts for AutoPatch, 2-8
log files                                           single patch, 5-17




                                                                                             Index-3
non-interactive patching                            about, 1-7, 2-1
  abandoning, 5-16                                  completed steps, 5-2
  definition of, 5-6                                setting DISPLAY variable, 5-2
  non-standard patches, 5-15                        static README.html file, 5-2
  preparing for, 2-8                                using, 5-2
  restarting in AutoPatch, 5-15                     with AutoPatch, 2-19, 5-8
non-standard patch                                Patch Details report, 4-10, 5-41
  applying non-interactively, 5-15                patch directory, specifying, 2-5
  definition of, 5-15                             patch driver file
                                                    about, 2-5
O                                                 patches
                                                    backing out, 5-51
oamreport.csv, 3-24
                                                    determining if applied, 5-40
options=hotpatch, 2-3, 2-17, 5-7, 5-19
                                                    directions for applying, 5-7
options=nocopyportion, 5-11
                                                    emergency, 5-12
options=nogenerateportion, 5-11
                                                    merged, 5-21
options=validate, 5-12
                                                    merging
Oracle Applications Manager
                                                          destination directory, 2-20
  Running Web-based patching utilities from, 1-
                                                          source directory, 2-20
  7
                                                    monitor the progress of, 5-49
Oracle Applications Manager (OAM)
                                                    non-standard, 5-15
  Applied Patches, 4-1
                                                    Patch Impact Analysis report, 5-11
  File History, 4-7
                                                    prerequisite, 5-7
  Patch Impact Analysis, 3-20
                                                    readme files, 5-8
  Patch Wizard, 3-3
                                                    recommended, 5-30
  Register Flagged Files, 3-23
                                                    testing, 5-11
  Timing Reports, 4-15
                                                    tracking prerequisites, dependencies, and
  URL for, 3-4
                                                    compatibilities, 1-4
                                                    unzipping, 5-8
P
                                                    using Patch Wizard, 5-11
PAA                                               patch formats
  See Patch Application Assistant, 5-2              bug fix, 1-2
parallel workers                                    consolidated upgrade patch, 1-3
  specifying in AutoPatch, 2-7                      pre-upgrade, 1-3
passwords                                           product release update pack, 1-3
  validating for patching, 5-12                     release update pack, 1-3
  validating in AutoPatch, 2-5                    patch history
patch                                               database, 5-24, 5-40
  copy portion of a unified driver, 2-5             searching for, 4-3
  database portion of a unified driver, 2-6       patch history XML reports
  file structure, 1-2                               adfhrept.sql, 5-46
  generate portion of a unified driver, 2-7         adpchlst.sql, 5-47
  information files, 4-2                            adphrept.sql, 5-46
  storing history, 4-2                            Patch Impact Analysis report, 3-18, 5-11
  top-level directory files, 1-2                  patch information bundle
  unified driver, 2-5                               about, 3-2
Patch Application Assistant                       patching




Index-4
about, 5-6                                          scheduling requests, 3-13
  applying part of a unified driver, 5-10             setting up, 3-7
  customization issues, 5-9                           task icons, 3-4
  interactive, 5-6                                    using, 5-11, 5-36
  NLS systems, 5-17, 5-18                           Phase Information report, 4-25
  non-interactive, 5-6, 5-13                        phase order
  password validation, 5-12                           in AutoPatch, 2-7
  patch top directory, 5-8                          Preferences page, 3-7
  pinning SGA packages, 5-10                        Preinstall_Codelevel_AD.txt
  relinking files, 5-52                               AutoPatch file, 2-11
  restarting server processes, 5-10                 Preinstall_Codelevel_MP.txt
  restoring from failed copy portion of a unified     AutoPatch file, 2-11
  driver, 5-51                                      pre-install mode
  restoring from failed database portion of a         arguments for, 2-14
  unified driver, 5-53                                information not stored when using, 5-40
  reviewing log files, 5-10                           running AutoPatch in, 2-10
  shutting down services for, 5-8                   prerequisite patches
  supplying driver name, 5-9                          when to apply, 5-7
  supplying unified driver name, 5-11               pre-seeded filters, 3-10
  test mode, 5-11                                   pre-upgrade patch
  with unified driver on multi-node systems, 5-       definition of, 1-3
  20                                                pre-upgrade patches, 3-11
Patch Recommendation Requests section, 4-31           disk space for, 2-10
Patch Summary report, 5-45                          product family RUPs, 1-3, 3-11
Patch Wizard                                          disk space for, 2-10
  accessing, 3-4                                    product release update pack
  concurrent programs, 3-3                            definition of, 1-3
  description of, 1-8
  details icons, 3-4                                R
  downloading patches
                                                    README.html file
         display option defaults, 3-10
                                                       using with PAA, 2-19
         language and platform details, 3-9
                                                    readme.txt
         merge option defaults, 3-8
                                                       description of, 1-2
         products in-use in your system, 3-10
                                                    readme files, 3-2, 3-21, 5-8
  filters
                                                       in top-level directory, 1-2
         creating, 3-11
                                                       post patching steps in, 2-8
         custom filters, 3-10
                                                       reviewing manual steps, 2-19
         defining, 3-10
                                                    Recommended Patches Results page, 3-16
         pre-seeded filters, 3-10
                                                    Recommend Patches page, 3-12
  generating patch recommendations, 3-13
                                                    Register Flagged Files
  main page, 3-3
                                                       about, 3-23
  Main page, 3-5
                                                       accessing, 3-23
  Patch Impact Analysis, 3-20
                                                       adding, 3-25
  patch information bundle, 3-2
                                                       description of, 1-8
  Preferences page, 3-7
                                                       exporting, 3-24
  Recommended Patches Results page, 3-16
                                                       importing, 3-24, 3-26
  Recommend Patches page, 3-12




                                                                                             Index-5
registering customized files, 5-9           creating, 5-27
release update packs (RUPs), 3-11              updating patch history, 5-29
   definition of, 1-5                          using, 5-11, 5-26
   disk space for, 2-10                     staging directory, 3-3
relinking                                   successful completion message, 2-9
   after failed driver, 5-52                SYSTEM
reports                                        validating passwords, 2-5
   Action Detail, 4-14
   Action Summary, 4-13                     T
   AD Administration Timing Details, 4-21
                                            test mode
   AutoPatch Timing Details, 4-18
                                               arguments for, 2-13
   Bug Fixes, 4-12
                                               information not stored when using, 5-40
   Exception, 4-26
                                               running AutoPatch in, 2-11
   Files Copied, 4-12
                                               using, 5-11
   Job Timing, 4-23
                                            Timing Reports
   Patch Details, 4-10, 5-41
                                               about, 4-15
   Patch Impact Analysis, 3-18, 5-11
                                               accessing, 4-17
   Patch Summary, 5-45
                                               AD Administration Timing Details report, 4-
   Phase Information, 4-25
                                               21
request set ID, 3-14
                                               AutoPatch Timing Details report, 4-18
restart=yes, 5-15
                                               description of, 1-8
restricted mode
                                               Exception report, 4-26
   URL, 5-49
                                               Job Timing report, 4-23
   using, 5-49
                                               Main Page, 4-17
RUP
                                               Phase Information report, 4-25
   suite release update pack, 1-3
                                               restricted mode, 5-49
                                            translations
S                                              deferring database portion of the driver, 5-19
server processes                               emergency patches, 5-19
   restarting after patching, 5-10             searching for patches, 5-44
SGA
   pinning packages after patching, 5-10    U
shared application tier file system, 5-25
                                            unified APPL_TOPs
   and patches, 5-20
                                              and patches, 5-19
   patching, 5-21
                                            unified driver
Software Updates
                                              about, 2-5
   about, 4-29
                                              applying part of, 5-10
   accessing, 4-30, 5-40
                                              copy portion, 2-5
   Applied Patch Check, 4-31
                                              database portion, 2-6
   description of, 1-8
                                              generate portion, 2-7
   home page, 4-30
                                              in top-level directory, 1-2
   Maintenance Activities, 4-31
                                            unified driver file
   Patch Recommendation Requests, 4-31
                                              description of, 1-2
   Related Links, 4-32
                                            updates
staged APPL_TOP
                                              see patching, 5-6
   applying patches to, 5-27




Index-6
V
View Log Details page, 4-28
View Log Files page, 4-27

W
Web server
  restricted mode, 5-49
workers, 5-25
  affected by abort command, 2-19
  affected by restart, 2-19
  in deferred jobs, 2-9
  number of, 2-7
  recording actions of, 2-4
Workflow Business Events System, 2-3




                                       Index-7
121adpp patching procedures

More Related Content

PDF
730dsopug
PDF
122qpug
PDF
E13635
PDF
121ontapi
PDF
Microsoft Dynamics CRM - Connector Overview
PDF
Oracle performance management_implementation_and_user_guide
PDF
121admp maintenance procedures
730dsopug
122qpug
E13635
121ontapi
Microsoft Dynamics CRM - Connector Overview
Oracle performance management_implementation_and_user_guide
121admp maintenance procedures

What's hot (20)

PDF
115tsopg
PDF
120xlaig
PDF
EBS 11i 1213 upgrade
PDF
Osb developer's guide
PDF
Oracle® database 2 days security guide e10575
PDF
121admp
PDF
Oracle 10g release 1
PDF
Management Console User's Guide for ArcSight Express v4.0
PDF
HP-UX - Patch Installation
PDF
Primavera help 2012
PDF
Sap business one solution in detail gain efficiency, maintain control, and ...
PDF
ArcSight Web User's Guide for ArcSight Express v4.0
PDF
Web logic installation document
PDF
Esm 101 5.2
PDF
05 define enterprise structures
PDF
22 export
PDF
HP Superdome 2 Partitioning Administrator Guide HP-UX 11iv3(August 2010).PDF
PDF
Esm scg sys_admin_6.0c
PDF
Admin and System/Core Standard Content Guide for ArcSight Express v4.0
PDF
E29632
115tsopg
120xlaig
EBS 11i 1213 upgrade
Osb developer's guide
Oracle® database 2 days security guide e10575
121admp
Oracle 10g release 1
Management Console User's Guide for ArcSight Express v4.0
HP-UX - Patch Installation
Primavera help 2012
Sap business one solution in detail gain efficiency, maintain control, and ...
ArcSight Web User's Guide for ArcSight Express v4.0
Web logic installation document
Esm 101 5.2
05 define enterprise structures
22 export
HP Superdome 2 Partitioning Administrator Guide HP-UX 11iv3(August 2010).PDF
Esm scg sys_admin_6.0c
Admin and System/Core Standard Content Guide for ArcSight Express v4.0
E29632
Ad

Viewers also liked (14)

PDF
Adpatch options
PPTX
Time management and organizational strategies
DOC
Apps tech bootcamp_descriptions
DOC
Adpatch options
PPTX
Protesis provisional
DOC
Cloning 2
PPT
After the civil war and zitkala sa
PPTX
Ed psych - vigotsky theory - final
DOC
Oracle applications 11i hot backup cloning with rapid clone
PDF
11iadutil
DOC
Change oracle apps password
PPT
Day to day concerns 2
PPT
Pecha kucha
PPTX
A presentation on pronouns
Adpatch options
Time management and organizational strategies
Apps tech bootcamp_descriptions
Adpatch options
Protesis provisional
Cloning 2
After the civil war and zitkala sa
Ed psych - vigotsky theory - final
Oracle applications 11i hot backup cloning with rapid clone
11iadutil
Change oracle apps password
Day to day concerns 2
Pecha kucha
A presentation on pronouns
Ad

Similar to 121adpp patching procedures (20)

PDF
R12_IMPLEMENTATION GUIDE.pdf
PDF
Oracle procurement contracts
PDF
Work order management guide
PDF
Oracle supplier ship and debit
PDF
122gopug.pdf
PDF
Oracle Incentive User Guide 122cnug
PDF
oracle guradian instalacion
PDF
Oracle Succession Planning Setup
PDF
PDF
PDF
Firstcup
PDF
Developer’s guide for oracle data integrator
PDF
Security Guide for Oracle Fusion - E10543
PDF
Adf tutorial oracle
PDF
121eamig implementation guide
PDF
Oracle database 12c application express installation guide
PDF
Oracle service procurement manual
PDF
Oracle-Service-Procurement - User Guide.pdf
PDF
R12 gop
R12_IMPLEMENTATION GUIDE.pdf
Oracle procurement contracts
Work order management guide
Oracle supplier ship and debit
122gopug.pdf
Oracle Incentive User Guide 122cnug
oracle guradian instalacion
Oracle Succession Planning Setup
Firstcup
Developer’s guide for oracle data integrator
Security Guide for Oracle Fusion - E10543
Adf tutorial oracle
121eamig implementation guide
Oracle database 12c application express installation guide
Oracle service procurement manual
Oracle-Service-Procurement - User Guide.pdf
R12 gop

More from Deepti Singh (16)

PDF
DOC
Oracle apps 11i file system
PDF
Oracle applications 11i hot backup cloning with rapid clone
PDF
PDF
File character set converter
DOC
File character set converter
PDF
Cloning 2
DOC
Appsdba interview question
DOC
Adsplice
PDF
Ad job timing report
DOC
Ad job timing report
PDF
Ad file identification report
DOC
Ad file identification report
PDF
Ad control
PDF
Ad configuration report
DOC
Ad configuration report
Oracle apps 11i file system
Oracle applications 11i hot backup cloning with rapid clone
File character set converter
File character set converter
Cloning 2
Appsdba interview question
Adsplice
Ad job timing report
Ad job timing report
Ad file identification report
Ad file identification report
Ad control
Ad configuration report
Ad configuration report

121adpp patching procedures

  • 1. Oracle® E-Business Suite Patching Procedures Release 12.1 Part No. E12148-03 November 2009
  • 2. Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures, Release 12.1 Part No. E12148-03 Copyright © 2000, 2009, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Primary Author:     Robert Farrington Contributing Author:     Richard Chang, Adam Cockburn, Carole Eubanks, Henriette Fux, William Greene, My-Xuan Ho, Clara Jaeckel, Murali Kumanduri, Vickie Laughlin, Danny Lo, Ruth Mamo, Charlotte Richardson-Miller, Abijit Neogi, Maniesh Sailoz, Yun Shaw, Kiran Srirama, Sean Tuck, Jay Vijayan Oracle is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation and/or its affiliates. Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners. This software and related documentation are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and are protected by intellectual property laws. Except as expressly permitted in your license agreement or allowed by law, you may not use, copy, reproduce, translate, broadcast, modify, license, transmit, distribute, exhibit, perform, publish or display any part, in any form, or by any means. Reverse engineering, disassembly, or decompilation of this software, unless required by law for interoperability, is prohibited. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is not warranted to be error-free. If you find any errors, please report them to us in writing. If this software or related documentation is delivered to the U.S. Government or anyone licensing it on behalf of the U.S. Government, the following notice is applicable: U.S. GOVERNMENT RIGHTS Programs, software, databases, and related documentation and technical data delivered to U.S. Government customers are "commercial computer software" or "commercial technical data" pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency-specific supplemental regulations. As such, the use, duplication, disclosure, modification, and adaptation shall be subject to the restrictions and license terms set forth in the applicable Government contract, and, to the extent applicable by the terms of the Government contract, the additional rights set forth in FAR 52.227-19, Commercial Computer Software License (December 2007). Oracle USA, Inc., 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood City, CA 94065. This software is developed for general use in a variety of information management applications. It is not developed or intended for use in any inherently dangerous applications, including applications which may create a risk of personal injury. If you use this software in dangerous applications, then you shall be responsible to take all appropriate fail-safe, backup, redundancy and other measures to ensure the safe use of this software. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates disclaim any liability for any damages caused by use of this software in dangerous applications. This software and documentation may provide access to or information on content, products and services from third parties. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates are not responsible for and expressly disclaim all warranties of any kind with respect to third party content, products and services. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates will not be responsible for any loss, costs, or damages incurred due to your access to or use of third party content, products or services.
  • 3.   Contents Send Us Your Comments Preface 1 Patching Overview Release Maintenance: Patching Concepts.................................................................................1-1 Introduction to Patching Utilities............................................................................................. 1-6 2 Patch Application Utilities Oracle Patch Application Assistant.......................................................................................... 2-1 AutoPatch.................................................................................................................................. 2-2 AD Merge Patch...................................................................................................................... 2-20 3 Patch Tracking Utilities Patch Wizard.............................................................................................................................. 3-1 Register Flagged Files............................................................................................................. 3-23 4 Patch Reporting Utilities Applied Patches......................................................................................................................... 4-1 Timing Reports........................................................................................................................ 4-15 Software Updates.................................................................................................................... 4-29 5 Patching Procedures Preparing for Patching.............................................................................................................. 5-1 Performing Interactive Patching............................................................................................... 5-6     iii
  • 4. Performing Non-Interactive Patching..................................................................................... 5-13 Patching NLS Systems............................................................................................................ 5-17 Applying Patches to a Multi-Node System............................................................................ 5-19 Reducing Downtime............................................................................................................... 5-21 Keeping Patches Current......................................................................................................... 5-30 Analyzing Applied Patches..................................................................................................... 5-40 Backing Out Patches................................................................................................................ 5-51 Index iv
  • 5.   Send Us Your Comments Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures, Release 12.1 Part No. E12148-03 Oracle welcomes customers' comments and suggestions on the quality and usefulness of this document. Your feedback is important, and helps us to best meet your needs as a user of our products. For example: • Are the implementation steps correct and complete? • Did you understand the context of the procedures? • Did you find any errors in the information? • Does the structure of the information help you with your tasks? • Do you need different information or graphics? If so, where, and in what format? • Are the examples correct? Do you need more examples? If you find any errors or have any other suggestions for improvement, then please tell us your name, the name of the company who has licensed our products, the title and part number of the documentation and the chapter, section, and page number (if available). Note: Before sending us your comments, you might like to check that you have the latest version of the document and if any concerns are already addressed. To do this, access the new Oracle E-Business Suite Release Online Documentation CD available on My Oracle Support and www.oracle.com. It contains the most current Documentation Library plus all documents revised or released recently. Send your comments to us using the electronic mail address: appsdoc_us@oracle.com Please give your name, address, electronic mail address, and telephone number (optional). If you need assistance with Oracle software, then please contact your support representative or Oracle Support Services. If you require training or instruction in using Oracle software, then please contact your Oracle local office and inquire about our Oracle University offerings. A list of Oracle offices is available on our Web site at www.oracle.com.     v
  • 7.   Preface Intended Audience Welcome to Release 12.1 of the Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures. This guide assumes you have a working knowledge of the following: • The principles and customary practices of your business area. • Computer desktop application usage and terminology. If you have never used Oracle E-Business Suite, we suggest you attend one or more of the Oracle E-Business Suite training classes available through Oracle University. See Related Information Sources on page ix for more Oracle E-Business Suite product information. Deaf/Hard of Hearing Access to Oracle Support Services To reach Oracle Support Services, use a telecommunications relay service (TRS) to call Oracle Support at 1.800.223.1711. An Oracle Support Services engineer will handle technical issues and provide customer support according to the Oracle service request process. Information about TRS is available at http://www.fcc.gov/cgb/consumerfacts/trs.html, and a list of phone numbers is available at http://www.fcc.gov/cgb/dro/trsphonebk.html. Documentation Accessibility Our goal is to make Oracle products, services, and supporting documentation accessible to all users, including users that are disabled. To that end, our documentation includes features that make information available to users of assistive technology. This documentation is available in HTML format, and contains markup to facilitate access by the disabled community. Accessibility standards will continue to evolve over time, and     vii
  • 8. Oracle is actively engaged with other market-leading technology vendors to address technical obstacles so that our documentation can be accessible to all of our customers. For more information, visit the Oracle Accessibility Program Web site at http://www.oracle.com/accessibility/. Accessibility of Code Examples in Documentation Screen readers may not always correctly read the code examples in this document. The conventions for writing code require that closing braces should appear on an otherwise empty line; however, some screen readers may not always read a line of text that consists solely of a bracket or brace. Accessibility of Links to External Web Sites in Documentation This documentation may contain links to Web sites of other companies or organizations that Oracle does not own or control. Oracle neither evaluates nor makes any representations regarding the accessibility of these Web sites. Structure 1  Patching Overview Applying a patch can update your existing system in various ways, from adding a new feature or product to improving system performance. This chapter introduces the various types of patches, the utilities you use to apply them, and the ways to monitor their effect on your system. 2  Patch Application Utilities Various utilities are available for applying patches to your Oracle E-Business Suite system. Their features and usage are described here. 3  Patch Tracking Utilities It is important to keep track of the patching status of your system. This chapter describes how to identify patches that have not been applied to your system, and how to maintain any customized files. 4  Patch Reporting Utilities As you apply patches and perform other maintenance tasks that modify your system, you may need to refer to the numerous reports that are automatically created as a record of these activities. This chapter explains how to do this, and lists the options available. For example, you can query the patch information files to see lists of patches applied and files affected, or you can generate a report about the version and translation level of your files. You can also generate reports that contain statistics about maintenance sessions, including the number of jobs in each session, the time taken to complete each job, and the time taken to complete the whole session. 5  Patching Procedures How patches are applied to an Oracle E-Business Suite system depends in part on the various strategies or options that may be chosen. In some cases, existing features of the viii
  • 9. system may determine how patches are applied. Related Information Sources This book is included on the Oracle E-Business Suite Documentation Library, which is supplied in the Release 12.1 Media Pack. You can download soft-copy documentation as PDF files from the Oracle Technology Network at http://www.oracle.com/technology/documentation/. The Oracle E-Business Suite Release 12.1 Documentation Library contains the latest information, including any documents that have changed significantly between releases. If substantial changes to this book are necessary, a revised version will be made available on the "virtual" documentation library on My Oracle Support (formerly OracleMetaLink). If this guide refers you to other Oracle E-Business Suite documentation, use only the latest Release 12.1 versions of those guides. Online Documentation All Oracle E-Business Suite documentation is available online (HTML or PDF). • Online Help - Online help patches (HTML) are available on My Oracle Support. • PDF Documentation - See the Oracle E-Business Suite Documentation Library for current PDF documentation for your product with each release. The Oracle E-Business Suite Documentation Library is also available on My Oracle Support and is updated frequently. • Release Notes - For information about changes in this release, including new features, known issues, and other details, see the release notes for the relevant product, available on My Oracle Support. • Oracle Electronic Technical Reference Manual - The Oracle Electronic Technical Reference Manual (eTRM) contains database diagrams and a detailed description of database tables, forms, reports, and programs for each Oracle E-Business Suite product. This information helps you convert data from your existing applications and integrate Oracle E-Business Suite data with non-Oracle applications, and write custom reports for Oracle E-Business Suite products. The Oracle eTRM is available on My Oracle Support. Related Guides You should have the following related books on hand. Depending on the requirements of your particular installation, you may also need additional manuals or guides. Oracle E-Business Suite Concepts This book is intended for all those planning to deploy Oracle E-Business Suite Release 12, or contemplating significant changes to a configuration. After describing the Oracle E-Business Suite architecture and technology stack, it focuses on strategic topics, giving a broad outline of the actions needed to achieve a particular goal, plus the installation     ix
  • 10. and configuration choices that may be available. Oracle E-Business Suite Installation Guide: Using Rapid Install This book is intended for use by anyone who is responsible for installing or upgrading Oracle E-Business Suite. It provides instructions for running Rapid Install either to carry out a fresh installation of Oracle E-Business Suite Release 12, or as part of an upgrade from Release 11i to Release 12. The book also describes the steps needed to install the technology stack components only, for the special situations where this is applicable. Oracle E-Business Suite System Administrator's Guide Documentation Set This documentation set provides planning and reference information for the Oracle E-Business Suite System Administrator. Oracle E-Business Suite System Administrator's Guide - Configuration contains information on system configuration steps, including defining concurrent programs and managers, enabling Oracle Applications Manager features, and setting up printers and online help. Oracle E-Business Suite System Administrator's Guide - Maintenance provides information for frequent tasks such as monitoring your system with Oracle Applications Manager, administering Oracle E-Business Suite Secure Enterprise Search, managing concurrent managers and reports, using diagnostic utilities including logging, managing profile options, and using alerts. Oracle E-Business Suite System Administrator's Guide - Security describes User Management, data security, function security, auditing, and security configurations. Maintaining Oracle E-Business Suite Documentation Set This documentation set provides maintenance and patching information for the Oracle E-Business Suite DBA. Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Procedures provides a description of the strategies, related tasks, and troubleshooting activities that will help ensure the continued smooth running of an Oracle E-Business Suite system. Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities describes the Oracle E-Business Suite utilities that are supplied with Oracle E-Business Suite and used to maintain the application file system and database. It also provides a detailed description of the numerous options available to meet specific operational requirements. Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures explains how to patch an Oracle E-Business Suite system, covering the key concepts and strategies. Also included are recommendations for optimizing typical patching operations and reducing downtime. Integration Repository The Oracle Integration Repository is a compilation of information about the service endpoints exposed by the Oracle E-Business Suite of applications. It provides a complete catalog of Oracle E-Business Suite's business service interfaces. The tool lets users easily discover and deploy the appropriate business service interface for integration with any system, application, or business partner. The Oracle Integration Repository is shipped as part of the E-Business Suite. As your instance is patched, the repository is automatically updated with content appropriate for the precise revisions of interfaces in your environment. x
  • 11. Do Not Use Database Tools to Modify Oracle E-Business Suite Data Oracle STRONGLY RECOMMENDS that you never use SQL*Plus, Oracle Data Browser, database triggers, or any other tool to modify Oracle E-Business Suite data unless otherwise instructed. Oracle provides powerful tools you can use to create, store, change, retrieve, and maintain information in an Oracle database. But if you use Oracle tools such as SQL*Plus to modify Oracle E-Business Suite data, you risk destroying the integrity of your data and you lose the ability to audit changes to your data. Because Oracle E-Business Suite tables are interrelated, any change you make using an Oracle E-Business Suite form can update many tables at once. But when you modify Oracle E-Business Suite data using anything other than Oracle E-Business Suite, you may change a row in one table without making corresponding changes in related tables. If your tables get out of synchronization with each other, you risk retrieving erroneous information and you risk unpredictable results throughout Oracle E-Business Suite. When you use Oracle E-Business Suite to modify your data, Oracle E-Business Suite automatically checks that your changes are valid. Oracle E-Business Suite also keeps track of who changes information. If you enter information into database tables using database tools, you may store invalid information. You also lose the ability to track who has changed your information because SQL*Plus and other database tools do not keep a record of changes.     xi
  • 13. 1 Patching Overview Applying a patch can update your existing system in various ways, from adding a new feature or product to improving system performance. This chapter introduces the various types of patches, the utilities you use to apply them, and the ways to monitor their effect on your system. This chapter covers the following topics: • Release Maintenance: Patching Concepts • Introduction to Patching Utilities Release Maintenance: Patching Concepts Throughout the course of an Oracle E-Business Suite life cycle, patches are applied to maintain your system. This maintenance process may be necessary for a number of reasons, including, but not limited to: • Fixing an existing issue • Adding a new feature or functionality • Updating to a higher maintenance level • Applying the latest product enhancements • Providing interoperability to new technology stacks • Determining the source of an issue • Applying online help Depending on its type, a patch may update the system files, the database, or both. In addition, you can apply patches to other tiers according to your system architecture. Patching Overview    1-1
  • 14. Note: All Oracle E-Business Suite patches are available from My Oracle Support at http://www.metalink.oracle.com. Patch File Structure Patches generally consist of a top-level directory that may contain several files, and one or more subdirectories. The top-level directory is named <patchnum>, where <patchnum> is the number of the patch. The most important files in the top-level directory are: README.txt, README.html and the unified driver file (named u<patchnum>.drv). Readme File The README.txt or README.html file describes what the patch does. If the patch contains manual steps, then the readme file provides information on using Oracle Patch Application Assistant (PAA) to generate customized installation instructions. If the patch does not contain manual steps, the readme file provides instructions for running AutoPatch to apply the patch. Unified Driver File The unified driver, named u<patchnum>.drv, contains the commands necessary to change files and database objects, and to generate new objects. It contains a sequential list of copy, database, and generate instructions, which are arranged in sections. You typically run the unified driver on all APPL_TOPs. AutoPatch runs only the actions that are required for the current APPL_TOP. However, there may be scenarios where you run only the applicable portion of the driver. In these cases, the readme file directs you to run PAA to generate the specific instructions. Patch Formats Patch format describes the way the patch is packaged and applied. If a patch format is described as cumulative, that patch contains a consolidation of updates for a given codeline from the inception of a release, up to, and including, the latest release level. Oracle E-Business Suite patches are released in the following formats: Oracle E-Business Suite Patch Formats Patches Description Individual bug fix A patch that fixes an existing issue. 1-2    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 15. Patches Description Product family release update pack (product An aggregation of patches on a given codeline family RUP) created for all products in specific product family for a specific point release. For example, R12.FIN_PF.A.1. Release update pack (RUP) A cumulative aggregation of product family release update packs on a given codeline created across Oracle E-Business Suite after the initial release. For example, 12.1.1. Pre-upgrade patch All upgrade-related, high-priority patches consolidated from all the products within a product family. Pre-upgrade patches are released as needed. Consolidated upgrade patch All upgrade-related patches consolidated from all the products in a product family. These patches are released as needed and are only available for upgrading a Release 12 system from one point release to another. Patch formats can additionally be identified as high-priority. This means that the patch has an impact that is broad enough to merit application by all customers who have installed the affected product Note: You can find the latest available patches by logging on to My Oracle Support. Click the Patches and Updates tab and choose the Quick Links to the Latest Patchsets, Mini Packs, and Maintenance Packs link. Codelines In Release 12, Oracle E-Business Suite patches are grouped into codelines. A codeline begins with a point release (for example, Release 12.0) consisting of a unique set of product features, and progresses to include all the patches created to maintain that point release. The initial Release 12.0 point release introduced codeline A. Additional point releases introduce new codelines, each identified by a unique letter. For example, Release 12.1 introduced codeline B, and Release 12.2 is expected to introduce codeline C. Patching Overview    1-3
  • 16. Codelines Codelines and their associated codelevels ease the tracking of patch prerequisites, dependencies, and compatibilities. Important: This discussion of releases, codelines, and codelevels (including the diagrams used as examples), is intended solely to illustrate the concepts of codelines and codelevels. It does not represent any release commitment on the part of Oracle. Codelevels Patches associated with codelines not only implement a set of product features for that point release, but also provide fixes to that set of features. We describe this unique set of product features for a point release as a codelevel and assign it a unique number. The following diagram illustrates how codelines and codelevels might be associated with Oracle E-Business Suite Release 12. 1-4    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 17. Codelevels Further, codelevels identify patches for individual products. For example, if Oracle General Ledger (GL) is associated with your system, codelevel R12.GL.A.1 is the first set of fixes to codelevel R12.GL.A, R12.GL.A.2 is the second, and so on. Codelevels are cumulative - each one contains the initial set of features plus all the fixes created to date for that product or product family. If individual bug fixes are created along the codeline, then subsequent codelevels will contain the bug fixes. For example, in the preceding diagram, the two bug fixes along codeline A will be included in codelevel A.2. All codelevels created after the initial point release for a product or product family are aggregated into release update packs (RUPs). RUP1 is equivalent to R12.0.1, RUP2 is equivalent to R12.0.2, and so on. RUPs provide bug fixes. In addition, they may also provide feature enhancements, which provide new functionality that has a limited impact on your system. Patching Overview    1-5
  • 18. Codelevels in RUPs A new point release contains new features that will substantially impact your system and may change its operation. It starts a new codeline (for example, codeline B). At that point, you can choose to upgrade to the new codeline and adopt the new features, or stay on your existing codeline, where bug fixes and enhancements will continue to be provided for your existing features. Note: For more information on determining the codeline and codelevel for each product installed in your system, see the Codelevels Summary page discussed in Codelevels Introduced by the Patch, page 3-18. When applying individual bug fixes, make sure that you apply only the bug fixes for your existing codeline. Introduction to Patching Utilities Patches are applied and tracked as needed by using one of the utilities designed specifically for that purpose. Some of these utilities are run from the command line, and others are Web-based. This section describes these utilities briefly. You can find a complete description of the utilities in later chapters of this book. Command Line Patching Utilities The utilities in this section are all run from the command line. 1-6    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 19. AutoPatch (adpatch) AutoPatch is the utility you use to apply patches to the Oracle E-Business Suite file system or database. AD Merge Patch (admrgpch) When you apply patches individually, you must perform associated patching tasks multiple times. For example, for every individual patch there may be duplicate link and generate processes. AD Merge Patch merges multiple patches into a single patch so that the required tasks and processes are performed only once. Critical issues found during an upgrade from Release 11i to 12.1.1 could require the use of files that were not previously released or included in the upgrade itself. AD Merge Patch now provides a mechanism for updating the existing upgrade driver such that new files and existing files are both executed with the new driver syntax (dbdrv). This allows two drivers to be combined into a single highwatermark driver, with calls for the same file in drivers with different syntax resulting in a single call for the file that has the highest version. Several new options have been introduced as part of this enhancement. These are described further in AD Merge Patch Enhancements, page 2-22. Patch Application Assistant (admsi.pl) Oracle Patch Application Assistant (PAA) helps you track and perform manual steps during patching, and provides consistency in the format of manual steps. For patches that have manual steps, the patch readme file contains generic instructions for all systems. The readme file instructs you to use PAA to generate instructions specific to your system. For merged patches, PAA automatically combines the contents of the individual patch readme files into a single readme file. PAA generates a custom set of instructions, specific to your installation, that consolidates and displays the relevant manual steps for all the patches you want to apply. After successfully performing each manual step, you can record that step as 'completed' in the PAA interface. Then, when applying patches in the future, you can refer to this record to see which steps you have already completed. Unless specified otherwise, you do not have to repeat the manual steps you have previously completed. Web-Based Patching Utilities The Web-based utilities described in this section are all accessed via Oracle Applications Manager. (OAM) Applied Patches Applied Patches enables you to query the patch history database for a list of patches that have been applied to your system. From the Applied Patches interface, you can view patch information such as patch number and type, driver file name, platform and Patching Overview    1-7
  • 20. version, location of applied patch, patch content and language, files changed or copied, bug fixes in each driver file, whether patch application was successful, and timing information. File History With File History, you can view a history of the files that have been updated by a patch such as: APPL_TOP where the file resides, directory in which the file resides, product family that owns the file, name of the file, version of the file, date on which the file was changed, patch details report, and action summary report for the updates to the file. Patch Wizard An important part of the patching process is to keep abreast of new patches that are recommended, and analyze their effects before you actually apply them. With Patch Wizard, you can determine patches that have not been applied to your system, but are recommended to keep the system current. Patch Wizard also gives you a preview about the effects on your system of applying an individual patch. Timing Reports Timing Reports help you monitor a job that is running or provide you with a view of the statistics from completed AutoPatch and AD Administration maintenance sessions. You can view information such as task name, time taken to complete the task, start time and end time. Register Flagged Files Register Flagged Files provides a central register for your customizations. Use it to import, export, add, delete and view records of customized files. This utility replaces the applcust.txt file used in previous releases of Oracle E-Business Suite. Software Updates Software Updates is a portal from which you can view all the patching-related activities of your system. Manage Downtime Schedules Refer to the Oracle E-Business Suite System Administrator's Guide - Maintenance for information and advice regarding managing downtime in restricted mode and downtime schedules. 1-8    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 21. 2 Patch Application Utilities Various utilities are available for applying patches to your Oracle E-Business Suite system. Their features and usage are described here. This chapter covers the following topics: • Oracle Patch Application Assistant • AutoPatch • AD Merge Patch Oracle Patch Application Assistant For patches that have manual steps, the patch readme file instructs you to use Oracle Patch Application Assistant (PAA) by running the admsi.pl script. For merged patches, PAA automatically merges the contents of the individual patch readme files. The Oracle Patch Application Assistant Interface The Patch Application Assistant is started from the command line, and collects your input in a graphical user interface. Running Oracle Patch Application Assistant The following is a summary of the steps you use to run Patch Application Assistant. For a complete description of all the steps, see Creating Customized Instructions for Patching Using PAA, page 5-1. Step 1: Set the environment You must set the environment to apply the configuration parameters that define your system. This task is common to many AD utilities. Patch Application Utilities    2-1
  • 22. Step 2: Unzip the patch Create a patch top directory, if it does not already exist. Download the patch into the patch top directory and unzip it. Step 3: Review the information in the readme file In the directory where you unzipped the patch, you will find a README.txt file and a README.html file. Review either of these files for information about the patch and for instructions on using Oracle Patch Application Assistant to generate customized instructions for your system. Step 4: Run Oracle Patch Application Assistant Run PAA (admsi.pl) to generate customized instructions for your system. Follow the steps in the customized instructions to complete the patching process. AutoPatch You use AutoPatch to apply patches to the Oracle E-Business Suite file system or database. The utility gathers the required information about your system via a series of prompts. When you have responded to the prompts, AutoPatch performs the tasks required to apply the patch: • Reads patch metadata to determine patch dependencies and requirements • Uploads patch information from a prior patch session to the database (if applicable) • Reads and validate the patch driver file and reads the product driver files • Compares version numbers of object modules from the product libraries and version numbers of the existing files against the patch files • Backs up all existing files that will be changed by the patch • Copies files • Archive files in libraries • Relinks executables • Generates forms, reports, messages, graphics, and Java archive (JAR) files. • Compiles JSP files and invalid database objects • Updates database objects 2-2    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 23. Runs AutoConfig to update configuration files if any template files are introduced or updated by the patch • Saves patch information to the database AutoPatch takes no action if a patch contains no new updates to files or database objects in your system. If AutoPatch detects a previously failed AutoPatch session, it will attempt to recover that session. Preparing your System for Patching Before you begin a patching session, there are some important tasks you need to complete. Enable Maintenance Mode Before you initiate an AutoPatch session, you must shut down the Workflow Business Events System and set up function security so that no Oracle E-Business Suite functions are available to users. This ensures optimal performance and reduces downtime when applying a patch. Maintenance mode provides a clear separation between normal runtime operation of Oracle E-Business Suite and system downtime for maintenance. During a Maintenance mode downtime, user login is restricted. Users are redirected to a system downtime URL, which informs them that the maintenance session is in progress. The Oracle Applications Manager (OAM) Maintenance Mode page allows you to schedule system downtime and send alert messages to notify users of the downtime schedule. To enable or disable Maintenance mode, use the Change Maintenance Mode menu in AD Administration. See: Changing Maintenance Mode, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities. Caution: You can run AutoPatch by using options=hotpatch on the command line when Maintenance mode is disabled. However, applying a 'hot patch' may result in significant degradation of system performance. For more information, see AutoPatch Options, page 2-14. Shut Down Services If you are applying a patch that updates or relinks files, shut down the corresponding concurrent managers, Web services, or Forms services. See: Applying a Patch Interactively, page 5-7. Log Files In addition to the main log file (adpatch.log), AutoPatch also creates several other log Patch Application Utilities    2-3
  • 24. files for specific purposes, for example, to record all the actions associated with parallel workers. The log files are written to $APPL_TOP/admin/<SID>/log (UNIX), where <SID> is the value of your ORACLE_SID or TWO_TASK variable, or in %APPL_TOP%admin<SID>log (Windows), where <SID> is the value of ORACLE_SID or LOCAL. Review these files when the AutoPatch session is complete. The log directory contains adpatch.log and adpatch.lgi, and may contain one or more additional files as described in the following table. Log Files Log File Used For adpatch.log Main AutoPatch log file (default name) adpatch.lgi AutoPatch informational messages (default name) adrelink.log Relinking adlibin.log Moving C object files into the C library of a product adlibout.log Moving C object files out of the C library of a product adworkxxx.log Database operations run in parallel <language>_<filename>_ldt.log Seed data loader files Note: You can also review log files using the View Log Files feature of OAM Timing Reports. See: View Log Files, page 4-27. If AutoPatch does not perform an action, it does not generate the log file associated with that type of action. Prompts In addition to the standard prompts common to most AD utilities, AutoPatch also asks for information specific to the patching process. You must respond to all the prompts for each driver you run. Important: Do not run multiple sessions of AutoPatch on the same 2-4    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 25. Oracle E-Business Suite system at the same time. Main Log File Name The main AutoPatch log file is named adpatch.log by default. We recommend you change the name to indicate the associated driver file, using a .log extension. For example, for the u1234567.drv driver, the log file should be u1234567.log. SYSTEM and AOL User Passwords AutoPatch prompts for the SYSTEM and AOL user passwords. Note: You can change this behavior by using options=validate on the command line. See Command Line Arguments, page 2-12. Patch Directory AutoPatch asks you to specify the directory where the patch files have been unzipped. The default is the directory from which you started AutoPatch. If necessary, specify the full path name to the directory where you unzipped the patch files. The operating system user running AutoPatch must have write permissions to that directory. Patch Driver File AutoPatch prompts for the name of the patch driver file. By default, it does not check the integrity of the patch - that is, whether the version of each file referenced in a driver file copy action matches the version in the patch - because Oracle E-Business Suite patches are always tested before release to ensure they contain the correct files. The unified driver, named u<patchnum>.drv, contains the commands necessary to change files and database objects, and to generate new objects. It contains copy, database, and generate portions and performs the copy, database, and generate actions in the stated order. You typically run the unified driver on all APPL_TOPs and AutoPatch runs only the actions that are required for the current APPL_TOP. However, there may be cases where you run only the applicable portion of the driver. Copy Portion of a Unified Driver When the copy portion of a unified driver runs, AutoPatch performs the following actions: • Extracts the appropriate files from the C library of each product. • Compares the extracted object modules with their corresponding files in the patch directory. It also makes this type of comparison with files such as forms, reports, and SQL scripts. Patch Application Utilities    2-5
  • 26. Backs up any product file with a more recent version in the patch directory to a subdirectory in the patch directory. For example, if <patch_dir> is the patch directory, <system_name> is the Applications System name, <appl_top_name> is the APPL_TOP name, and <prod> is the name of the product being patched, it backs up: <PROD>_TOP/<subdir(s)>/<old_file_name> to <patch_dir>/backup/<system_name>/<appl_top_name>/<prod>/<subdir(s)>/ <old_file_name> Note: The Applications system name and the APPL_TOP name are determined during the Rapid Install process. • Replaces the outdated files of each product with newer files from the patch directory. • Loads the new object modules into the C libraries. • Relinks the Oracle E-Business Suite products with the operating system, Oracle server, and other Oracle products libraries. • Applies changed Java class files and regenerates JAR files as needed. • Copies any specified HTML or media files to their respective destinations. • Compiles out-of-date Java Server Page (JSP) files (if any JSP files are included in the patch). Database Portion of a Unified Driver When the database portion of a driver runs, AutoPatch performs these actions: • Gets a list of current invalid objects in the APPS schema. • Determines whether the action was performed in a previous patch. • Runs SQL scripts and EXEC commands, which change Oracle E-Business Suite database objects. By default, AutoPatch runs scripts and commands in parallel. • Compiles invalid objects in the database. • Assembles a list of current invalid objects in the APPS schema. Note: As of Release 12, a separate MRC schema is not required, so Invoker's Rights processing (included in previous releases) has been removed. 2-6    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 27. Generate Portion of a Unified Driver Apply the generate portion of a unified driver on all APPL_TOP directories containing one or more files being generated by the patch. If in doubt, apply it to all APPL_TOP directories on all nodes. When the generate portion of a driver runs, AutoPatch performs these actions: • Generates Oracle Forms PL/SQL library files • Generates Oracle Forms menu files • Generates Oracle Forms executable files • Generates Oracle Reports PL/SQL library files • Generates Oracle Reports files • Generates message files • Generates Oracle Workflow resource files Note: You can change this behavior by using options=integrity on the command line. See Command Line Arguments, page 2-12. Number of Parallel Workers By default, AutoPatch runs database updates and file generation commands in parallel and prompts you for the number of workers. Tasks are assigned to workers, the workers run the tasks to completion, and AutoPatch assigns new tasks. The default value for the number of workers is two times the number of CPUs on the node from which you run AutoPatch. Oracle recommends specifying the number of workers as between two and four times the number of CPUs. After you specify the number of workers, AutoPatch displays messages similar to the following as it begins to update the Oracle E-Business Suite products: Performing version checking for driver files... Copying driver files into installation area... Determining valid on-site files... Screening out files not valid for this installation... Extracting object modules from product libraries... Performing version checking... Determining what executables to link... Determining what Oracle Forms files to generate... Determining what Oracle Reports libraries to generate... Determining what Oracle Reports files to generate... AutoPatch runs all database actions based on phase order, a grouping of actions in the database portion of the patch that minimizes dependencies. This order is not necessarily the order in which the commands are listed in the database portion of the patch driver. Patch Application Utilities    2-7
  • 28. Note: For more information, see Monitoring and Controlling Parallel Processing, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities. Customized Files AutoPatch reviews the AD_FILES table to determine if any customized files (Register Flagged Files) will be replaced by the patch. If so, it displays a message listing the customized files it will replace. Note: For more information, see Customization Standards, Oracle E-Business Suite Developer's Guide, and Register Flagged Files, page 1-8. NLS If the patch you are applying has an NLS-related version, and if you are an NLS customer, AutoPatch prompts you about the NLS-related version of the patch before allowing you to continue. Preparing for Non-Interactive Patching Non-interactive patching is a way to save time by avoiding some of the prompts and automating the patching process. To use non-interactive patching, create a defaults file by running AutoPatch interactively using a specific command line option. Then tell AutoPatch to run non-interactively by providing the name of the defaults file plus other associated command line options. After the AutoPatch actions are complete, you perform any post-AutoPatch steps listed in the patch readme file. See Performing Non-Interactive Patching, page 5-13. Messages AutoPatch generates several types of messages. Each message is recorded in a log file. See Log Files, page 2-3 for a list and descriptions. Informational Messages Informational messages are written to the informational message file (adpatch.lgi). This log file uses the same base file name as the main AutoPatch log file, but substitutes a .lgi extension for the .log extension. For example, if the AutoPatch log file is named u1234567.log, the AutoPatch informational log file is named u1234567.lgi. For example, AutoPatch writes information pertaining to the files not updated because they are up-to-date in the informational log file. 2-8    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 29. File will not be copied to destination. Version check: /slot03/appmgr/prodappl/ad/12.0.2/xml/oam/patch/history/SearchFiles.uix version is equal to or lower than /slot03/appmgr/prodcomn/html/oam/patch/history/SearchFiles.uix. File will not be copied to destination. Version check: /slot03/appmgr/prodappl/ad/12.0.2/xml/oam/patch/history/SearchFilesCrite riaAdvanced.uix version is equal to or lower than /slot03/appmgr/prodcomn/html/oam/patch/history/SearchFilesCriteriaAdvanc ed.uix Error Messages When AutoPatch is using parallel processing and an error occurs, the job fails. Review the main log file (adpatch.log) and the adworkxxx.log file to determine the source of the error, resolve the issues and continue. Restart AutoPatch using the adctrl command. Note: See Monitoring and Controlling Parallel Processing, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities, for details on using the adctrl command. If you cannot resolve the issue, you must: • Verify that all steps in the readme file were completed. • Check My Oracle Support for additional information regarding the patch you are applying. If the message indicates that a worker has failed its job, you can fix the problem and restart the worker while the manager is running. Some failed jobs are deferred (not immediately reassigned) by the manager. These jobs do not cause the manager or other workers to stop. See: Managing Worker Processes, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Procedures. Successful Completion Message AutoPatch displays messages such as the following when processing is complete. If you do not see a completion message, you should investigate and identify the reason. Patch Application Utilities    2-9
  • 30. A job timing report has been generated for the current session. You should check the file /slot03/appmgr/prodappl/admin/PROD/out/adt323790.lst for details. Purging timing information for prior sessions. sqlplus -s APPS/***** @/slot03/appmgr/prodappl/ad/12.0.0/sql/adtpurge.sql 10 1000 Done purging timing information for prior sessions. AutoPatch is complete. AutoPatch may have written informational messages to the file /slot03/appmgr/prodappl/admin/PROD/log/adpatch.lgi Errors and warnings are listed in the log file /slot03/appmgr/prodappl/admin/PROD/log/adpatch.log and in other log files in the same directory. Backup Directory When AutoPatch runs, a backup directory is created in the directory where you unzip the patch. The old version of each file updated by the patch is copied into the backup directory. When applying large patches (such as release update packs, product family RUPs, and pre-upgrade patches), ensure there is enough disk space on the system where you unzip the patch, or the patching process may fail. We recommend having at least twice the amount of disk space as the unzipped patch file uses. Tip: Periodically, you can delete the files in the backup directory to free the space. AutoPatch Modes AutoPatch can apply patches in two specialized modes: pre-install and test. The patch readme file instructs you when to use each of these modes. Pre-Install Mode Pre-install mode is generally used during the upgrade process to update AD utilities, apply pre-upgrade patches, or work around other patching issues. AutoPatch asks all startup questions except those relating to the database. Note: Run AutoPatch in pre-install mode only if the patch readme instructs you to do so. To run AutoPatch in pre-install mode, include preinstall=y on the AutoPatch command 2-10    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 31. line. It performs the following actions: • Compares version numbers • Copies files • Relinks FND and AD executables • Saves patch information to the file system Because AutoPatch does not read driver files in pre-install mode, it copies all product files in the patch to the APPL_TOP directory. Additionally, even if a file in the patch should be both in the APPL_TOP and in another directory (such as in $OA_HTML), AutoPatch copies the file only to the APPL_TOP. Each patch run in pre-install mode will have its driver staged to a predetermined directory under the APPL_TOP. This allows AD Merge Patch to be run once for all pre-install updates, and merging with the upgrade driver only. See AD Merge Patch Enhancements, page 2-22 for further details. In preinstall mode, AutoPatch validates codelevels against the files Preinstall_Codelevel_AD.txt and Preinstall_Codelevel_MP.txt. These files are located in the $APPL_TOP/admin directory, and contain codelevel information about AD and other products registered in the database tables. Since no database connection is available in pre-install mode, AutoPatch tries to validate whether the current patch should be applied based on the codelevel information in these two files, as follows: • If Preinstall_Codelevel_AD.txt is missing from the APPL_TOP, AutoPatch will apply the patch in pre-install mode without validating the patch for codelevel compatibility. • If Preinstall_Codelevel_MP.txt is missing from the APPL_TOP, AutoPatch will proceed with patch application without validating the patch for codelevel compatibility of the entities. • If both files are missing, AutoPatch will not validate codelevels in pre-install mode. Note the following restrictions when applying a patch in pre-install mode: • NLS patches cannot be applied on the instance. • Baseline or codelevel-introducing patches cannot be applied on the instance. • AutoPatch will not check to see if the patch is already applied on the system. Test Mode In test mode, AutoPatch does not apply the patch. Instead, it lists each file it would Patch Application Utilities    2-11
  • 32. have copied, relinked, executed, or generated and shows exactly what actions it would have performed had it applied the patch. It also runs AutoConfig in test mode to determine any impending changes to the configuration files. This allows you to see the effects of the patch on your production system before you apply it. To run AutoPatch in test mode, include apply=no on the AutoPatch command line. This runs as if AutoPatch is applying the patch, except it does not. It performs the following actions: • Copies any files from the patch directory to the Oracle E-Business Suite file system • Archives any object modules into the product libraries • Relinks any executables • Generates any forms, reports, PL/SQL libraries, or menu files • Runs any SQL or EXEC commands (commands that change the database) • Instantiates new configuration files • Updates the patch information files • Updates patch information and release version in the database See: Testing a Patch Before Applying It, page 5-11. Command Line Arguments You can direct the way the AutoPatch operates by adding modifiers to the AutoPatch start command. These modifiers may be in the form of arguments or options. They refine the actions performed by AutoPatch. Command line arguments and options are in the "token=value" format, where token is the name of the modifier. We recommend you enter both the argument and the value in lower case: AutoPatch automatically converts the "token" portion to lowercase, but it cannot convert the "value". In this example: $ adpatch LOGFILE=TEST.LOG The token ("LOGFILE") will be converted to lowercase, but the value (TEST.LOG) will not be recognized by the utility. The correct way to enter this command is: $ adpatch logfile=test.log You can enter more than one token=value argument on a single command line by separating them with a single space, as in the following example. $ adpatch printdebug=y flags=hidepw In some cases, you can include more than one value for a token. When doing so, you 2-12    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 33. separate the values with commas and no spaces. For example: $ adpatch flags=nohidepw,trace is a valid command, but $ adpatch flags=nohidepw, trace is not valid. The following arguments are specific to AutoPatch, and can be used to modify and refine its behavior. The default value is used if you do not specify a value. AutoPatch Arguments Argument Description apply Purpose: Tells AutoPatch whether to run in test mode. Values: y, meaning that AutoPatch does not run in test mode; n, meaning that AutoPatch does run in test mode. Default: y Example: adpatch apply=n driver Purpose: Tells AutoPatch the name of the patch driver file. This is usually used during non-interactive processing. It is only valid when the patchtop option is also used. Values: A driver file name, or comma-separated list of patch driver file names. Default: None, meaning that AutoPatch prompts for the patch driver file name. Example: adpatch patchtop=/d01/prodappl/patches/1234567 driver=u1234567.drv Patch Application Utilities    2-13
  • 34. Argument Description patchtop Purpose: Tells AutoPatch the top-level directory for the current patch. This is normally used during non-interactive processing. Values: A fully qualified directory name. Default: None, meaning that AutoPatch prompts for the patch directory. Example: adpatch patchtop=/d01/prodappl/patches/1234567 preinstall Purpose: Tells AutoPatch whether to run in pre-install mode. Pre-install mode is used to update AD utilities before an upgrade and to apply pre-upgrade patches. Values: y, meaning that AutoPatch does run in pre-install mode; n, meaning that AutoPatch does not run in pre-install mode. Default: n Example: adpatch preinstall=y uploadph Purpose: Tells AutoPatch to upload patch history information from the patch information files to the database. AutoPatch exits after uploading the patch history information. Values: y, meaning that AutoPatch uploads patch history information; n, meaning that AutoPatch does not upload patch history information. Default: none Example: adpatch uploadph=y AutoPatch Options The options= argument is used to pass generic options to AutoPatch. It takes the form of a comma-separated list. Enter one option or a comma-separated list of options. For example, options=nocopyportion,nogenerateportion. As with AutoPatch arguments, there must be no space after the comma. 2-14    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 35. AutoPatch Options Option Description autoconfig Purpose: Tells AutoPatch to run AutoConfig automatically. Default: autoconfig Use options=noautoconfig if you are applying a number of patches in sequence and want to run AutoConfig once, after applying the last patch of the sequence. Comments: The more common method is to merge the patches first with AD Merge Patch. checkfile Purpose: Tells AutoPatch to either skip running EXEC, SQL, and EXECTIER commands if they are recorded as already run, or to record them as having run after running them. Default: checkfile Use options=nocheckfile to turn off the checkfile feature. Comments: checkfile provides significant performance benefits. compiledb Purpose: Tells AutoPatch to automatically compile invalid objects in the database after running actions normally found in the database portion of the driver. Default: compiledb for standard patches. nocompiledb for standard patch translations, documentation patches, and documentation patch translations. Use options=nocompiledb to save time when multiple non-merged patches are applied in a maintenance window. Comments: Merging multiple patches and applying a single merged patch is usually a better strategy. Patch Application Utilities    2-15
  • 36. Option Description compilejsp Purpose: Tells AutoPatch whether to automatically compile out-of-date JSP files. JSP files are only compiled if the patch contains copy actions for at least one JSP file. Default: compilejsp for standard patches. nocompilejsp for standard patch translations, documentation patches, and documentation patch translations. Use options=nocompilejsp to save time when multiple non-merged patches are applied in a maintenance window. Comments: Merging multiple patches and applying a single merged patch is usually a better strategy. copyportion Purpose: Tells AutoPatch whether to run commands normally found in the copy portion of the driver. Default: copyportion Use options=nocopyportion to tell AutoPatch not to perform copy actions of the driver. databaseportion Purpose: Tells AutoPatch whether to run commands normally found in the database portion of the driver. Default: databaseportion Use options=nodatabaseportion to tell AutoPatch not to perform database actions. of the driver generateportion Purpose: Tells AutoPatch whether to run commands normally found in the generate portion of the driver. Default: generateportion Use options=nogenerateportion to tell AutoPatch not to perform generate actions of the driver. 2-16    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 37. Option Description hotpatch Purpose: Tells AutoPatch to apply a patch regardless of whether the Oracle E-Business Suite system is in Maintenance mode. AutoPatch aborts the patching session if Maintenance mode is disabled and the options=hotpatch command is not used. Default: nohotpatch integrity Purpose: Tells AutoPatch whether to verify that the version of each file referenced in a copy action matches the version present in the patch. Default: nointegrity Comments: Using options=nointegrity is safe and avoids some AutoPatch overhead. maintenancemode Purpose: Tells AutoPatch to enable Maintenance mode at the beginning of a patch session and disable it at the end (if patch application was successful). Default: nomaintenancemode The maintenancemode and hotpatch options cannot be used together. If they are, AutoPatch will raise the error 'You cannot specify both "hotpatch" and "maintenancemode" in the same adpatch run'. parallel Purpose: Tells AutoPatch whether to run actions that update the database in parallel (such as SQL) and actions that generate files in parallel (such as genform). Default: parallel Comments: Oracle does not recommend changing the default, as Oracle E-Business Suite patches are tested on systems using parallel processing. Patch Application Utilities    2-17
  • 38. Option Description phtofile Purpose: Tells AutoPatch whether to upload patch history information to the database after applying the patch or to write it to the patch information files in the file system. Default: nophtofile Use options=phtofile to tell AutoPatch not to upload patch history information to the database. Comments: Using phtofile allows you to defer the uploading of patch history information to the database until after the system downtime. Use the adpatch uploadph=y command to upload patch history information from the patch information files to the database during uptime. validate Purpose: Tells AutoPatch whether to connect to all registered Oracle E-Business Suite schemas at the start of the patch. Default: novalidate Use options=validate to validate password information for all Oracle E-Business Suite schemas. Comments: Useful for finding problems with incorrectly registered Oracle E-Business Suite schemas or schemas with invalid passwords. The AutoPatch Interface AutoPatch is run from the command line. It prompts for any information required. Running AutoPatch The following is a summary of the steps you use to run AutoPatch. For a complete procedural description of all the steps, see Creating Customized Instructions for Patching Using PAA, page 5-1. Step 1: Set the environment You must set the environment to apply the configuration parameters that define your 2-18    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 39. system. This task is common to many AD utilities. Step 2: Unzip the patch Create a patch top directory, if it does not already exist. Download the patch into the patch top directory and unzip it. Step 3: Review the information in the readme file In the directory where you unzipped the patch, you will find a README.txt file and a README.html file. Review either readme file for information about the patch and for instructions on using Oracle Patch Application Assistant (PAA) to generate customized instructions for your system. Step 4: Run Oracle Patch Application Assistant Run PAA (admsi.pl) to generate customized instructions for your system. Follow the steps in the customized instructions to start the patching process. Step 5: Run AutoPatch The customized instructions generated by PAA describe how to run AutoPatch using the adpatch command. Note: You can add arguments on the command line to refine the way AutoPatch runs. See AutoPatch Modes, page 2-10 and Command Line Arguments, page 2-12. Stopping AutoPatch You can stop AutoPatch by entering the abort command at any prompt. However, after the workers have started running, you can only stop AutoPatch by shutting down the workers in AD Controller. Note: For detailed instructions on shutting down workers, see: Exiting or Stopping a Utility, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities. Restarting AutoPatch If you have shut down the workers, or if AutoPatch quits while performing processing actions, it saves all the actions completed up to that point in restart files. Investigate and resolve the problem that caused the failure, then restart AutoPatch. After you restart AutoPatch, it will ask if you want to continue with the previous session (at the point where the processing stopped), or start a new session. See: Restarting a Utility, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities. Patch Application Utilities    2-19
  • 40. AD Merge Patch When patches are applied individually, AutoPatch tasks such as responding to prompts and linking executables must be performed separately for every patch. This can be time-consuming and prone to error. An alternative is to use AD Merge Patch. This utility merges multiple patches into a single patch, allowing you to reduce patch application time by eliminating the tasks you would otherwise have to have performed for each individual patch. When merging compatible patches, AD Merge Patch bases its actions on metadata. It removes duplicate driver lines from the database portions of the driver. When merging two or more patches that have manual steps, the steps and readme files of both patches are also merged. Source and Destination Directories You extract the patches to be merged from the source directory. The destination directory is where the merged patch is created. AD Merge Patch reads the patch driver files for each patch in the source directory and merges them to create patch driver files in the destination directory. If a file exists in more than one source patch, only the highest revision of the file is copied to the destination directory. The source and destination directories should be created under the same parent directory. For example, if the parent directory is named <top>, both the source and destination directories should be subdirectories of <top>. The source and the destination directories cannot be child or parent directories of each other. Directory Structure for Source and Destination Directories - Basic Example The source directory must have all patches to be merged as immediate child directories. The patch directories cannot be in a lower directory. For example, a directory structure for merging four patches would look like this: 2-20    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 41. Directory Structure for Source and Destination Directories - Merging Four Patches Naming the Merged Patch You should ndicate the name of the merged patch on the command line, using the -merge_name option to provide a meaningful name. If you do not use this option, the patch will be given the default name of merged. Merging Zipped Patches The manifest file is a text file in which you document the location and names of the patch zip files. The contents of a manifest file resembles the following: /d01/prodappl/patches/p3903945_12_GENERIC.zip /d01/prodappl/patches/p3892799_12_GENERIC.zip /d01/prodappl/patches/p3874740_12_LINUX.zip You can use the -manifest option to create a manifest file. AD Merge Patch references this file, and unzips the patches listed. It copies the unzipped files into the source directory and includes them, along with any other files in the source directory, in the merged patch. The AD Merge Patch Interface You run AD Merge Patch and supply the information it needs from the command line. There are no menus or input screens. Running AD Merge Patch AD Merge Patch is located in the AD_TOP/bin directory. However, you run it from the parent directory (<top>) of the source directory. The following is a summary of the steps Patch Application Utilities    2-21
  • 42. you use to run AD Merge Patch. For a complete description of all the steps, see Creating a Merged Patch, page 5-21. Step 1: Set the environment You must set the environment to indicate the location of the configuration parameters that define your system. This task is common to many AD utilities. Step 2: Run AD Merge Patch From the parent directory (<top>), run AD Merge patch using the admrgpch command. AD Merge Patch Enhancements Critical issues found during an upgrade from Release 11i to Release 12.1.1 could require the use of files that were not previously released or included in the upgrade itself. AD Merge Patch now provides a mechanism for updating the existing upgrade driver such that new files and existing files are both executed with the new driver syntax (dbdrv). This allows two drivers to be combined into a single highwatermark driver, with calls for the same file in drivers with different syntax resulting in a single call for the file that has the highest version. Several new AD Merge Patch options have been introduced as part of this enhancement. These are described below and followed by examples. -driveronly This option is used to merge only the patch driver files present in the patch tops. AD Merge Patch will merge the actions present in the patch driver files, and write the merged content to the resulting patch driver file. However, the files will not be copied from the source directory to the destination directory. The resulting merged patch driver file will be placed in the destination directory given with the -d option. -preinstall This option is used to run AD Merge Patch in pre-install mode, where it will only merge the patch driver files present in the $APPL_TOP/admin/$TWO_TASK/preinstall directory. The -preinstall option implicitly enables the -driveronly option, and takes the source directory as $APPL_TOP/admin/$TWO_TASK/preinstall directory. The -s option can be used in conjunction with the -preinstall option to specify the source directory and merge critical driver files. As pre-install upgrade driver files are copied to the pre-install directory when AutoPatch is used in pre-install mode, the combination of these options merges pre-install upgrade driver files with the master upgrade driver file. The -preinstall option means that there are associated changes in how AutoPatch is used. These are described in Pre-Install Mode, page 2-10. 2-22    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 43. -master This option is used to specify the master upgrade driver that is to be merged with the pre-install upgrade drivers. It is only valid with the -preinstall or -driveronly options. -admode AD Merge Patch is now restricted to merge either AD-only patches or non-AD patches. By default, AD Merge Patch will run in non-AD mode unless the –admode option is specified. In non-AD mode, AD Merge Patch will merge the non-AD patches present in either the source directory specified by the -s option, or the pre-install directory if -preinstall is specified. Note: When merging patches, AD patches present in the source directory are ignored in non-AD mode. Examples Merging the non-AD patch driver files that are present under the patchtop: admrgpch -s source -d dest -driveronly Merging the non-AD patch driver files with the non-AD upgrade driver file found under upg: admrgpch -s source -d dest -driveronly –master upg/upgrade.drv Merging non-AD patch driver files present in the "preinstall" directory with non-AD upgrade driver files, in pre-install mode: admrgpch -preinstall -d dest -master upg/upgrade.drv Merging AD patch driver files with AD upgrade driver files in pre-install mode: admrgpch -preinstall -d dest -master upgrade/upgrade.drv –admode Patch Application Utilities    2-23
  • 45. 3 Patch Tracking Utilities It is important to keep track of the patching status of your system. This chapter describes how to identify patches that have not been applied to your system, and how to maintain any customized files. This chapter covers the following topics: • Patch Wizard • Register Flagged Files Patch Wizard With Patch Wizard, you can determine patches that have not been applied to your system. It does not report on all available patches. It compares the patches you have already applied against a list of all recommended Oracle E-Business Suite patches. Recommended patches can include high-priority patches or patches that update to a new codelevel, such as release update packs (RUPs), product family RUPs, and pre-upgrade patches. How Patch Wizard Works Patch Wizard supplies you with an interface from which you can: • Set preferences, both site-specific and general, that include the staging directory and various defaults that will apply to the patches you download. • Set up filters that report only those patches that may affect your system. • Submit a request for a report of recommended patches, based on the filter(s) you set up. • Analyze the impact of specific patches from a list you supply to Patch Wizard. • Download patches, specify the language of the patches to download, and merge Patch Tracking Utilities    3-1
  • 46. patches. Before running any of the Patch Wizard tasks, set up your My Oracle Support (Metalink) credentials on the OAM Update Metalink Credentials page. To access this page, go to the Patch Wizard main page, click Setup in the title bar. Alternatively, click the Setup link at the top right of any page of the OAM interface. The Dashboard Setup page appears. Click the Metalink Credentials link on the left side. The Update Metalink Credentials page appears. OAM Update Metalink Credentials Page Update your My Oracle Support credentials by providing your user ID, password, email address, proxy server host name, proxy server port, proxy bypass domains, proxy user name, and proxy password. The recommend, analyze, and download patches features typically require that your My Oracle Support user ID and password are set on the OAM Update Metalink Credentials page. However, the recommend and analyze features can also be used when Patch Wizard does not have access to a direct Internet connection. If this is the case, you can leave the Metalink user ID and password empty. The Patch Information Bundle The Patch Information Bundle file contains the zip files of recommended patches, the list of recommended patches (Recommended.xml), the latest codelevel patches (Codelevels.xml), and information on products and product families (ProductInfo.xml). Each patch zip file contains a readme file, a patch LDT file, and a patch metadata file (patch_metadata.xml). The Patch Information Bundle file is updated daily. When you submit a patch analysis request, this file is automatically downloaded (if it is not specified otherwise in your Metalink credentials.) 3-2    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 47. Patch Wizard loads the Patch Information Bundle data, including LDT files and readme files, into the Oracle E-Business Suite database. It uses the metadata to provide patch recommendations. Concurrent Programs When you submit a request for patch analysis, Patch Wizard performs the following tasks using a set of concurrent programs: • Uploading patch information from the Patch Information Bundle to Patch Wizard tables Patch Wizard loads the Patch Information Bundle metadata, including LDT files and readme files, into the Oracle E-Business Suite database. • Recommending patches based on the current environment and the Patch Information Bundle Patch Wizard reports which patches update Oracle E-Business Suite at the current codelevel and which update to a new codelevel. • Downloading patches (ad hoc or based on the list of recommended patches) Patch Wizard can download patches from My Oracle Support, and then merge the patches in the Patch Wizard staging directory. • Analyzing lists of patches after downloading them from My Oracle Support Patch Wizard uploads the metadata for a specific patch or set of patches for you to view information reported from the metadata. For example, you can submit a request for patch analysis, and then view any recommended patches that have not yet been applied and the impact of applying this new patch. Running Patch Wizard Without Access to an Internet Connection You can run Patch Wizard without access to an Internet connection, if necessary, by downloading the Patch Information Bundle to a system which has Internet access. Once the download is complete, copy the Patch Information Bundle file to the Patch Wizard's staging directory. Then run Patch Wizard as you normally would, to recommend and analyze patches, based on the files you copied to the staging directory. The Patch Wizard Interface Patch Wizard is a Web-based utility in Oracle Applications Manager (OAM). The OAM interface gives Patch Wizard pages a uniform look and feel. See: OAM Interface, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities. Main Page From this page, you have access to task icons used to set up the Patch Wizard staging Patch Tracking Utilities    3-3
  • 48. directory, manage patch filters, submit concurrent requests, and view recommended patches. In addition, the Recommended Results section of this page displays a list of patches based on submitted requests. Task Icons From the main page, access the other Patch Wizard pages by clicking on Task icons. The icons provide links to the following pages: Patch Wizard Preferences, Define Patch Filters, Recommended/Analyze Patches, Download Patches, and Aggregate Patch Impact. Details Icons On many Patch Wizard pages, you can drill down to see more detail. For example, from the Recommended Patches Results section of the main page, click the Details icon for a specific recommended patch request to view the recommended patch results Accessing Patch Wizard To access Patch Wizard, log in to Oracle Applications Manager (OAM) and choose Patch Wizard from the Navigator pane. 1. Enter the following URL in your browser: http://<HTTP hostname>.<domain>:<HTTP port>/OA_HTML/AppsLogin The Welcome page appears. Oracle E-Business Suite Welcome Page Enter your user name and password, and click Login. The Oracle E-Business Suite Home page appears. Click the System Administration link in the Navigator pane. Another Navigator pane appears to the right. 3-4    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 49. 2. Go to the Patch Wizard main page. Scroll down to the Oracle Applications Manager section of the right-hand Navigator pane, and click Patch Wizard to go to the main page. Patch Wizard Main Page Use the main page to access all features of Patch Wizard and to view the results of your requests for recommended patches. The Select Feature drop-down list at the top of the page provides access to the Applied Patches, File History, Timing Reports, and Register Flagged Files features. Patch Wizard Main Page Patch Wizard Tasks Table The Patch Wizard Tasks table lists the tasks available in Patch Wizard. The table contains the following columns of information for each task: • Task Name: Name of the Patch Wizard task. • Description: Describes the task. • Tasks: Link to the page associated with the Patch Wizard task. • Job Status: Link to the request submission status of the task where you can review warnings or errors for your request. Patch Tracking Utilities    3-5
  • 50. From the Patch Wizard Tasks table, choose the Tasks icons to view: • The Patch Wizard Preferences page From the Preferences page, set the staging directory, merge patch defaults, the languages and platform defaults for downloading patches, and whether to display or hide hidden patches. You must define the values on this page before you use any other Patch Wizard feature. You can also use this page to modify existing preferences at a later date. • The Define Patch Filters page Typically, you see only those patches that are recommended for your system. Use this page to set up filters that report only those patches that may affect your system. • The Recommend/Analyze Patches page Once you have selected values for a filter, submit the request to create a report of recommended patches based on that filter. You can also analyze specific patches by entering a comma-separated list of patch numbers. • The Download Patches page You can download patches, specify the language of patches to download, and merge patches from this page. Recommended Patches Results The Recommended Patches Results section of the Patch Wizard main page lists all in-progress and completed requests for patch recommendations, based on the information you entered in the Filter Criteria section of the main page. For example, you can view only the results that contain a certain text string in the filter name, or only the results of requests completed on a certain date. Patch Wizard Main Page - Recommended Patches Results Clicking the icon in the Details column of a specific recommended patch request accesses the Recommended Patches Results page. After setting up and submitting a request, view the details of the recommended patches on this page. 3-6    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 51. Patch Wizard Preferences The site-specific information you set on the Patch Wizard Preferences page applies to other functions of Patch Wizard, such as Recommend/Analyze, Download Patches, and Codelevels Summary. From the Patch Wizard main page, click the Tasks icon for Patch Wizard Preferences. The top portion of the page contains these sections: Staging Directory, Merge Option Defaults, and Language and Platform Details. Patch Wizard Preferences Page - Top The bottom portion of the page contains the In Use Products Defaults and the Display Option Defaults sections. Patch Tracking Utilities    3-7
  • 52. Patch Wizard Preferences Page - Bottom Staging Directory Depending on the product type (AD or non-AD), Patch Wizard downloads patches to a subdirectory under the staging directory. If the patch that ADOAM is trying to download is an AD product patch, it will be downloaded to the "ad" subdirectory under the stage directory. Non-AD Patches will be downloaded to "nonad" subdirectory. The staging directory is also used by Patch Wizard to create temporary files and subdirectories for patch recommendation requests. These temporary files and directories are deleted after processing. Note: Oracle recommends you use the same staging directory each time you run Patch Wizard. Merge Option Defaults Merging patches reduces patch application time by eliminating redundant tasks (such as responding to prompts and linking executables) for each individual patch. Note: AD product patches cannot be merged with other product patches. Patch Wizard screens allow you to merge AD and non-AD patches by specifying the appropriate options as discussed below. You can choose to automatically merge patches that you download. The following merge options can be set: • Metalink Credentials: This link accesses the OAM Update Metalink Credentials page, which allows you to set your My Oracle Support user ID and password. The recommend, analyze, and download patches features typically require that your My Oracle Support user ID and password are set in the OAM Update Metalink Credentials page. The recommend and analyze features can also be used when Patch Wizard does not have access to a direct Internet connection. If this is the case, leave the Metalink user ID and password empty. 3-8    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 53. The patches will be downloaded to the relevant subdirectory for the patch's product. If the patch that ADOAM is trying to download is an AD product's patch, it will be downloaded to "ad" subdirectory under the stage directory. Otherewise, it will be downloaded to the "nonad" subdirectory. • Automatically merge downloaded patches: This check box tells Patch Wizard to automatically merge all downloaded patches. • Merging Strategy: The following merging strategies when are available when downloading translation patches: • One merged patch: If the list of patches contains a single AD product patch or a single non-AD product patch, a single merged patch containing US and non-US patches will be generated. If the list of patches contains both AD and non-AD product patches, two merged patches will be generated: one for the merge of all the AD product patches, and the other for the merge of all non-AD product patches. For example, if "mrg_2009072781642" is the merged patch name provided in the Downloads page, the merged AD patch directory name will be mrg_2009072781642_A, and the merged non-AD patch directory name will be mrg_2009072781642_N. • Two merged patches: If the list of US patches includes both AD and non-AD product patches, the patches will be merged separately for AD and non-AD product patches. One merged patch will contain all US patches, and a second merged patch will contain all non-US patches. For example, if "mrg_2009072781642" is the merged patch name provided in the Downloads page, the merged AD US patch directory name will be mrg_2009072781642_US_A, and the merged non-AD US patch directory name will be mrg_2009072781642_US_N. • Multiple merged patches: If the list of US patches includes a combination of AD products, non-AD products, AD language patches, and non-AD language patches, the patches will be merged separately for each of these categories. For example, if "mrg_2009072781642" is the merged patch name provided in the Downloads page, the merged AD US patch directory name will be mrg_2009072781642_US_A, the merged non-AD US patch directory name will be mrg_2009072781642_US_N, the merged AD NLS patch directory name will be mrg_2009072781642_<lang_abbr>_A, and the merged non-AD NLS patch directory name will be mrg_2009072781642_<lang_abbr>_N. Language and Platform Details You can select the languages (one or more) of patches that Patch Wizard will recommend and download. You can also select the platform of the patches you want Patch Tracking Utilities    3-9
  • 54. recommended and downloaded. In Use Products Defaults Selecting the Patch Recommendation for In Use Products Only check box directs Patch Wizard to display on the Recommended Patch Results page only patches for the products marked as in use (active) in your system. Both Patch Wizard and AutoPatch look at the In Use flag to determine what products you are using. To review the products currently marked as being in use in your system, click the Codelevels Summary Page link. See: Codelevels Introduced by the Patch, page 3-18. Display Option Defaults Hidden patches are patches that you choose not to see in your reports. For example, if Patch Wizard recommends patches for products you do not need for your system, you can choose to hide these patches. However, checking the Show Hidden Patches box in the Patch Wizard Preferences page overrides the hidden patch setting, and all patches, even hidden patches, are reported. After you have made all your selections on the Patch Wizard Preferences page, click OK to save them or click Cancel to discard. Define Patch Filters The Patch Information Bundle file contains information for all recommended patches for all products. If Patch Wizard were to compare patches in the patch information database against all metadata in the Patch Information Bundle file, the number of recommended patches in the report might be too large to be useful for an individual system. Patch Wizards provides filters so that only those patch types and products in the metadata that apply to your system are included in the comparison. From the main page, click the Tasks icon for Define Patch Filters to see all filters created for the current system. Patch Wizard provides three pre-seeded filters. In addition, you can create your own custom filters. 3-10    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 55. Define Patch Filters Page Note that the pre-seeded filters are marked "Oracle" in the Type column, and filters you create are marked "Custom." You cannot edit or delete the pre-seeded filters, but you can use any of them as a template to create a new filter. The pre-seeded filters are: • New Codelevels: Determines recommended patches for release update packs (RUPs), product family RUPs, and pre-upgrade patches. These patches update versions of a product, family, or the entire Oracle E-Business Suite system. • Recommended Patches: Determines recommended patches for the current codelevel. • Recommended Patches and New Codelevels: Determines recommended patches for both the current and new codelevels. Creating a New Custom Patch Filter From the Define Patch Filters page, click Create New to create a new custom filter. Patch Tracking Utilities    3-11
  • 56. Create Patch Filters Page On the Create Patch Filters page, enter a unique name and a description for each new custom filter. All licensed product families are listed in the Licensed Product Families section. Non-licensed product families are listed at the bottom of the page. There are two columns for each product family: Recommended Patches and New Codelevel. Select a box for each product family you want to include in the new filter. By choosing the Create Like button on the Define Patch Filters page, you indicate you want to use an existing filter as a template to create a new filter. The system supplies the filter criteria from the existing filter for the new filter. Edit the criteria by checking or clearing the boxes. Click Continue to create the new filter. Recommend/Analyze Patches After setting up the Patch Wizard staging area (and optionally creating custom filters) on the main page, you can submit requests for processing. Click the Tasks icon for Recommend/Analyze Patches. 3-12    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 57. Recommend Patches Page - Top The Options section of the Recommend Patches page contains the following actions: • Create Recommendation This generates recommendations based on the patch filter you selected. Choose one of the pre-seeded filters or any custom filter you created on the Define Patch Filters page. Patch Wizard uses the filter and compares the patch information database against the patch metadata to recommend which patches you should apply. For more information on Aggregate Patch Impact, refer to Oracle E-Business Suite System Administrator's Guide - Maintenance. • Analyze Specific Patches This generates recommendations for specific patches. After downloading specific patches from My Oracle Support and placing them in the staging area, you can analyze these patches to determine their affect on your system by entering the patch numbers in this section. (Enter either bug numbers (for example, 1234567) or full patch names (for example, 1234567_R12.AD.A).) Check the "Analyze Aggregate Patch Impact" box to analyze Aggregate Patch Impact. For more information on Aggregate Patch Impact, refer to Oracle E-Business Suite System Administrator's Guide - Maintenance. You can enter a date and time in the Schedule section of this page to run the request at a later time. The default setting is to run the job immediately. You can also schedule automatic recurring requests by entering the information in the Recurrence section. Patch Tracking Utilities    3-13
  • 58. Recommend Patches Page - Bottom Click OK to submit the request. When the request is submitted, Patch Wizard looks in the specific directories under the stage directory for the patches. If the patches are not present, or if there are newer versions available, Patch Wizard downloads them from My Oracle Support before creating recommendations or analyzing patches. Note: If you want to create recommendations or analyze specific patches without using an Internet connection, refer to Creating Patch Recommendations Without an Internet Connection, page 5-39 or Analyzing Patches Without an Internet Connection, page 5-50. Each time you submit a request to analyze specific patches or to recommend patches, Patch Wizard creates a Request Set ID. The Request Set ID is shown in the Results section of the Patch Wizard main page. To check the status of your request, click on the Request Set ID corresponding to your request in the Recommended Patches Results section. Download Patches You use the Download Patches page to request a download of specific patches from My Oracle Support. From the main page, click the Download Patches tasks icon. From the Download Patches page, enter the patch numbers in the input field, separated with commas. Enter either bug numbers (for example, 1234567) or full patch names (for example, 1234567_R12.AD.A). You can also choose to analyze the patches while downloading, or analyze and compute aggregate patch impact while downloading. 3-14    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 59. Download Patches Page - Top The Merge Options section is where you define how patches should be merged after downloading. The defaults for merging are set on the Patch Wizard Preferences page. If you choose to automatically merge patches while downloading, you can modify the merged patch name and specify the merging strategy in this section. The default merged patch name is "merged_YYYYMMDDhhmmss", where "hh" is in 24-hour format. The Languages and Platform section allows you to select the languages and platform of the downloaded patches. The defaults for languages and platform are set on the Patch Wizard Preferences page. However, you can modify the information on this page. When you provide information in this section, Patch Wizard downloads only patches that match the languages and platform you select. Patch Tracking Utilities    3-15
  • 60. Download Patches Page - Bottom You can also provide information in the Schedule section about downloads you want to perform at a later date. Recommended Patches Results From the main page, click the Details icon associated with a patch request in the Results section to access the Recommended Patches Results page. This page presents a set of recommended patches based on the results of the selected Recommend Patches request that you submitted. The first section lists the recommended patches. 3-16    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 61. Recommended Patches Results Page The second section lists patches that introduce new codelevels. Recommended Patches Results - Patches that Introduce New Codelevels Both sections display the following columns: • Select: Select this check box and click the Download button if you want the patch number sent to the Download Patches page for submission. You can select any number of patches. • Patch: The patch number of the recommended patch. • Product: The product to which patch applies. Patch Tracking Utilities    3-17
  • 62. Prerequisites: Specifies the codelevel required before you can apply this patch. • Codelevel Introduced: Indicates whether the patch introduces a new codelevel for that product. If a new codelevel is introduced, the Yes indicator contains a link the Codelevels Introduced by the Patch page. • Status: Indicates whether the patch is applied, unapplied, missing, or obsolete. • PAA: This indicates whether there are manual steps you have to perform if you apply the patch. • Reason Recommended: The reason the patch is recommended, for example, it is a high-priority patch, or part of a maintenance release pack (RUP) or a product family pack (RUP). • Patch Description: Describes the patch. • Hide Patch: Select this check box to hide the patch from the list of recommended patches. Use this feature to hide patches that you do not want to apply to your system. To hide or show selected patches, use the Show Hidden Patches check box at the top of the page and click Redisplay Data to refresh the page. The default values are set in the Patch Wizard Preferences page. • Included in Aggregate Patch Impact: For more information on Aggregate Patch Impact, refer to Oracle E-Business Suite System Administrator's Guide - Maintenance. • Impact: (For unapplied or missing patches only) Click this icon to access the Patch Impact Analysis page. If you submitted a specific patch to analyze, click the Impact icon on the Recommended Patches Request page to view this report. Click the Download button to transfer the selected patch number(s) to the Download Patches page for submission. Codelevels Introduced by the Patch If new codelevels are introduced by the patch, the Yes indicator in the Codelevel Introduced column of the Recommended Patches Results page is a link that takes you to the Codelevels Introduced by the Patch page. 3-18    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 63. Codelevels Introduced by the Patch Page This page contains the following information. Patch Information This section includes the following information: • Product: Product name associated with the patch. • Description: Describes the selected patch. • Reason Recommended: The reason for which the patch is recommended. Codelevels Information This section includes the following information: • Abbreviation: The abbreviation for the product, product family, or feature to which this patch applies. • Name: The full name of the product, product family, or feature to which this patch applies. • Type: Indicates whether this patch applies to a product, product family, or feature. • Codeline: Indicates the codeline of the product, product family, or feature in your current system. • New Codeline: Indicates whether this patch introduces a new codeline. Patch Tracking Utilities    3-19
  • 64. Codelevel Introduced: The new codelevel that this patch introduces for the product, product family, or feature. To view the codelevels of all the products and product families available and in use in your system, click the Codelevels Summary link in the Patch Information section. Codelevels Summary Page This page summarizes available products. For each product, it indicates the current Codeline and Codelevel and whether it is in use (active) in your system. Patch Wizard and AutoPatch look at the In Use flag to determine active products. Caution: If you use this page to update your In Use products list, be sure you do not uncheck any products that are active in your system, or are required for system operation. Patch Impact Analysis From the Recommended Patches Results page, click an icon in the Impact column to view the Patch Impact Analysis page for that patch. 3-20    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 65. This page displays a list of summary information about which files are new, which files are changed, and which files are ignored when you apply the patch. Prerequisite patches and the readme file for this patch are also shown. Each of the summary items is a link to more complete information. The key information on this page is separated into these sections. General Patch Information General patch information includes: • Patch Description: Describes the patch. • Patch Readme: Click this icon to see the readme file for the patch. • Total Files in Patch: The total number of files in the patch. Click the number link to access the Patch Impact Details page, which lists each file in the patch. • Files to Install: The number of files the patch will install. Summary Information There are two types of summary information: Direct Impact and Indirect Impact. Each summary item is a link to a page that lists the details for the summary count. For example, if you the number of Existing Files Changed, the details might look similar to this: Patch Tracking Utilities    3-21
  • 66. Direct patch impact includes: • Applications Patched: The number of products that will have files updated. Click the number link to see details of each product affected, and how. • File Types Installed: The number of different file types in the patch. Click the number link to see the file types and how they impact the system. • New Files Introduced: The number of new files that will be introduced by the patch. Click the number link to details about each new file introduced. • Existing Files Changed: The number of existing files in the system that will be changed by the patch. Click the number link to see the existing files changed and the new version numbers. • Flagged Files Changed: The number of custom files that will be changed by this patch. Click the number link to identify the custom files changed by this patch. • Existing Files Unchanged: The number of files unchanged because the version in the patch is older than the version in the system. Click the number link to see the files in the patch that are of the same or of earlier versions than those currently in the system. • Non-US Language Patches Required: If the patch supports multiple languages, click the number link to identify the other languages available. Indirect summary information includes: 3-22    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 67. Unchanged Files Affected: The number of system files with dependencies on patched files. • Menu Navigation Trees Affected: The number of menu navigation trees that will be updated by the patch. • Diagnostics Tests to Re-run: The number of diagnostic tests to be re-executed after patching. Register Flagged Files With the Register Flagged Files tool, you can record any files in which you have made customizations. In previous releases of Oracle E-Business Suite, the applcust.txt file contained the records for all customized files. You had to maintain your custom files records in this file. In this release, information about customized files is still written to the applcust.txt file. However, with the Register Flagged Files tool you can download the files and maintain them in a web-based interface. The Register Flagged Files tool displays the following information about customized files: • Product abbreviation • Directory where the files are located • Name of modified file • Comments The Register Flagged Files Interface The Register Flagged Files tool is a Web-based utility in Oracle Applications Manager. From the Register Flagged Files home page, you can import, export, add, delete, and view records of customized files. Accessing Register Flagged Files To access the Register Flagged Files tool, log in to Oracle Applications Manager (OAM) and choose Register Flagged Files from the Site Map. Step 1: Log in to Oracle Applications Manager Follow the instructions in Accessing Patch Wizard, page 3-4 to access OAM. From the Applications Dashboard, click the Site Map tab. Patch Tracking Utilities    3-23
  • 68. Step 2: Go the Register Flagged Files home page On the Site Map page, Register Flagged Files is included on the Maintenance tab under the Patching and Utilities heading. Click the Register Flagged Files link to go to the home page. Step 3: Select filter criteria From the Register Flagged Files home page, you can search the records of customized files by product abbreviation, directory, file name, or a combination of product abbreviation, and directory or file name. Register Flagged Files Home Page This section describes the Register Flagged Files home page. Register Flagged Files Home Page Use the following buttons to: • Import: Import a list of customized files from the applcust.txt file in csv format. Use this option to import a local applcust.txt file to the current system or from another system to the current one. • Export: Export a list of customized files in csv format. The default name of the exported file is oamreport.csv. You can use this function to export a list of customized files for import into another system. • Add: Add a record of a customized file. 3-24    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 69. Cancel: Return to the Applications Dashboard home page. • Apply: Apply and save any changes made to the Comments field of the list of customized files. You can filter results either by product abbreviation, by directory/file name, or by a combination of product abbreviation, and directory or file name. • Product Abbreviation: To search by product abbreviation, enter the abbreviation of the product for which the customization is made. • Directory/File Name: You can filter the results by directory or file name. Enter the directory or file name for which the customization is made. List of Customized Files The list of customized files appears at the bottom of the Register Flagged Files home page. Each line item represents a customized file. The details provided for each line item are: • Select: Select and delete the corresponding customized file. You can select and delete one file or multiple files at a time. • Product Abbreviation: The abbreviated name of the Oracle E-Business Suite product family for which there is a customization. • Directory: Directory path of the customized file. • File Name: Name of the modified file. • Comments: Use this area to add any comments associated with the customization. Oracle recommends using this area to record the exact location of the customized file. Adding a Flagged File Click the Add button on the Register Flagged Files main page to access the Add Flagged Files page. From this page, you can add customized files. Use the Filter Criteria section to search for files you want to add. Patch Tracking Utilities    3-25
  • 70. Add Flagged Files Page You can filter results either by product abbreviation, by directory/file name, or by a combination of product abbreviation, and directory or file name. • Product Abbreviation: To search by product abbreviation, enter the abbreviation of the product for which the customization is made. • Directory/File Name: You can filter the results by directory or file name. Enter the directory or file name for which the customization is made. From the Search Results section, select a file, then click the Add button. The files you select appear in the Selected Data section. Use this section to add any comments you have for each file. Then click the Apply button to confirm your selection. Importing a Flagged File Click the Import button on the Register Flagged Files main page to access the Import Flagged File page. From the this page, you can import one file or a list of customized files in csv format. You can import an existing applcust.txt file or a file from another system to the current one. This features saves you the time of using the Add button to add flagged files individually. 3-26    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 71. Import Flagged File Page In the Select File field, enter the name of the file you want to import or click the Browse button to navigate to the file. Then click Import. Click Cancel to return to the Register Flagged Files main page. Patch Tracking Utilities    3-27
  • 73. 4 Patch Reporting Utilities As you apply patches and perform other maintenance tasks that modify your system, you may need to refer to the numerous reports that are automatically created as a record of these activities. This chapter explains how to do this, and lists the options available. For example, you can query the patch information files to see lists of patches applied and files affected, or you can generate a report about the version and translation level of your files. You can also generate reports that contain statistics about maintenance sessions, including the number of jobs in each session, the time taken to complete each job, and the time taken to complete the whole session. This chapter covers the following topics: • Applied Patches • Timing Reports • Software Updates Applied Patches With the Applied Patches reporting tool, you can view information about the patches applied to your system. This patch history includes information such as: • Patch number • Driver file name • Platform • APPL_TOP on which the patch was applied • Contents and language of the patch • Files changed or copied • Bug fixes included in each driver file Patch Reporting Utilities    4-1
  • 74. Whether the fix was applied successfully, or reason it was not applied • Timing information (start time, end time, elapsed time during application, restart time) How Patch Information Is Stored AutoPatch stores patch information in the database automatically each time it successfully applies a patch. However, if the patch is not applied successfully, or when you run AutoPatch in pre-install mode, patch history is not written directly to the database, but instead is written to these patch information files: • javaupdates<YYYYMMDDhhmiss>.txt, which contains information about changes to Java files • adpsv<YYYYMMDDhhmiss>.txt, which contains information about changes to all files except Java files Note: In the file name, hh is in 24-hour format. Both files are located in the <APPL_TOP>/admin/<SID> directory. Each time you run AutoPatch, it checks this directory for the existence of the patch information files. If it finds them, it automatically uploads the information they contain to the patch history database. If the upload is successful, AutoPatch then deletes the files from the directory. The AutoPatch log file records whether the upload was successful or unsuccessful. AutoPatch Modes The way you run AutoPatch affects the way it stores patch history information. When you apply a patch in test mode (using apply=no on the command line), AutoPatch does not write to the patch information files, and it does not upload patch history information to the database. When you apply a patch in pre-install mode (using preinstall=y on the command line), AutoPatch writes patch history information to the patch information files, and it uploads the contents of these files to the database the next time it runs. See: AutoPatch Modes, page 2-10. Note: Running AutoPatch interactively or non-interactively does not affect the way information is stored in the database. The Applied Patches Interface The Applied Patches reporting tool is a Web-based utility in Oracle Applications Manager. The Simple Search page serves as a home page. 4-2    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 75. Simple Search page From this page, you can perform a simple search or access the Advanced Search page. You can use either of these pages to query the database for applied patches (the default) or to see a history of changed files. The results of either type of query appear at the bottom of the search page. Patch Details page In the search results for both applied patches or file history, there is a Details column. Clicking any link in this column accesses the Patch Details page. From this page, you can go to the Timing Details page, the Files Copied page, the Bug Fixes page, or the Action Summary page. Note: The discussion of each page contains more detail. The OAM help feature also contains information about the Applied Patches utility. Accessing Applied Patches Information To query the patch history database for information about patches applied to your system and the files affected, log in to Oracle Applications Manager and choose Applied Patches from the Site Map. Step 1: Log in to Oracle Applications Manager Follow the instructions in Accessing Patch Wizard, page 3-4 to access OAM. From the Applications Dashboard, click the Site Map tab. Step 2: Go the Simple Search page From the Site Map, Applied Patches is on the Maintenance tab under the Patching and Utilities heading. Click the Applied Patches link to go to the Simple Search page. Step 3: Select search criteria From the Simple Search page, you can perform a query for applied patches or file history. Or, you can go to the Advanced Search page to perform a more detailed search. Note: See detailed descriptions of individual pages in this chapter. See also Analyzing Applied Patches, page 5-40. Applied Patches Search Pages This section describes queries for applied patches. Patch Reporting Utilities    4-3
  • 76. Simple Search You can perform a Simple Search from this page by entering the required information in the input fields. Applied Patches Page - Simple Search There are four fields in the Simple Search section: • Patch: Enter the patch number in this field. • Applied Within Last <number> Days: This field allows you to restrict the search to a specific timeframe. The default is 60 days. • Applied From Date <begin date> To Date <end date>: This field allows you to search for patches that were applied during a specified period of time. Click the calendar icon to select the date or enter the date directly in the field. Some examples for the use of this field are: • Enter only the begin date. This search returns all patches applied from the begin date through today's date. • Enter only the end date. This search returns all patches applied up to the end date. • Enter the begin date and the end date. This search returns all patches applied between the begin date and the end date. • Language: This drop-down list allows you to select the language of a patch to be 4-4    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 77. queried. You can select only one language in this field. To select multiple languages, go to the Applied Patches Advanced Search page. You must enter a value in at least one of the fields. If you do not, an error page reminds you to go back and enter a value. To submit the query, click the Go button. The Reset button clears the entered search criteria. Advanced Search Click the Advanced Search button to see the Applied Patches Advanced Search page, then enter the search criteria information. Applied Patches Page - Advanced Search On the Advanced Search page, there are additional search criteria to narrow the results of a query: • Applications System Name (required): Defaults to the name of your Oracle E-Business Suite system. If you have migrated applied patches information from another system, and want to search those records, enter the name of that system. • APPL_TOP: Select Name and enter the name of the APPL_TOP where the patches were applied. • Product: Enter the product short name of the product that owns the patch in this field. The product short names for gl, ap, and fa are SQLGL, SQLAP, and OFA respectively. For all other products, the short name is the uppercase equivalent to the product abbreviation. For example, "AD" or "INV". This field is not case Patch Reporting Utilities    4-5
  • 78. sensitive. • Patch: Enter the patch number in this field. • Applied Within Last <number> Days: Restricts the timeframe during which the patches were applied. • Applied From Date <begin date> To Date <end date>: Narrows the search to a specified period of time. Click the calendar icon to select the date or enter the date directly in the field. • Language: Select the language of a patch to be queried. Select one language or multiple languages in the Available Languages box and click the Move button. Search Results After a search, the results appear at the bottom of the search page. If the results section contains multiple pages of retrieved information, use the Previous and Next links or the drop-down list to navigate from page to page. The retrieved patch information is presented in increments of 25 line items per page. Each line item represents an applied patch. The details provided for each patch are: • Patch Name: Name of the patch. • Patch Description: Describes the patch. • Merged Patches: Lists patches that have been merged. • APPL_TOP Name: Name of the APPL_TOP where the patches were applied. • Language: Patch language. • Completion Date: Date and time the patch application was completed. • Details: Provides access to the Patch Details report. Click a Details icon in the report to open the Patch Details report, which provides details for a specific patch. From the Patch Details report, you can drill down and access reports showing timing details for the patch, all files copied to the file system by this patch, all bug fixes that were applied by this patch, and all actions taken by the patch driver. Note: For more information on the Patch Details report, see: Patch Details, page 4-9. 4-6    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 79. File History Search Pages To search for files that have been updated by a patch, click the File History option in the Select Feature drop-down list on the Applied Patches search pages. Simple Search You can perform a Simple Search from this page by entering the required information in the input fields. File History Page - Simple Search The following fields are in the Simple Search section: • File Name (required): Enter the name of a file in this field. Do not include a directory path. This field is case-sensitive and accepts a % wildcard symbol in combination with literal characters. • Applied Within Last <number> days: Enter the number of days to include in the search. The default is 60 days. • Changed From Date <begin date> To Date <end date>: Search for files that were updated during a specified period of time. Click the calendar icon to select the date or enter the date directly in the field. Some examples for the use of this field are. • Enter only the begin date. This search returns file history information from the begin date through today's date. • Enter only the end date. This search returns file history information up to the end date. Patch Reporting Utilities    4-7
  • 80. Enter the begin date and the end date. This search returns file history information between the begin date and the end date. • Language: Select the language of a file to be queried. You can select only one language in this field. To select multiple languages, go to the File History Advanced Search page. To submit the query, click the Go button. The Reset button clears the entered search criteria. Note: If you have not entered a value in the File Name field, a message prompts you to go back and complete the field. Advanced Search Click the Advanced Search button. Then enter the search criteria information on the Advanced Search page. File History Page - Advanced Search There are additional search criteria on the Advanced Search page to narrow the results of a query: • Applications System Name (required): Defaults to the name of your Oracle E-Business Suite. If you have migrated file history information from another system, and want to search those records, enter the name of that system. • APPL_TOP name: Name of the APPL_TOP containing the file. 4-8    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 81. File Name (required): Enter the name of a file in this field. Do not include a directory path. This field is case-sensitive and accepts a % wildcard symbol in combination with literal characters. • Latest Version Only: The options are Yes or No. Yes returns information for only the latest version of the file. No returns information for all versions of the selected file. • Applied Within Last <number> days: Enter the number of days. • Changed From Date <begin date> To Date <end date>: Search for file history information spanning a specified period of time. Click the calendar icon to select the date or enter the date directly in the field. • Language: Select the language of a patch to be queried. Select one language or multiple languages in the Available Languages box and click the Move button. Search Results After a search, the results appear at the bottom of the page. Each line item represents a file that was changed due to its inclusion in a patch. The details provided for a file are: • APPL_TOP Name: This is the name of the APPL_TOP containing the files. • Product: Name of the product that owns the file. • Directory: Directory path where the file is located. • File: Name of the file. • Version: Version number of the file. • Changed Date: Date this version of the file was updated by a patch. • Patch Details: Click on the patch number to see the Patch Details report for the patch in which the file was included. • Action: Click on the icon to see the Action Summary report for the action that updated the file. If a file has never been patched, the message "The above criteria resulted in no rows" appears in the APPL_TOP Name column. If the number of files retrieved exceeds 200, the report lists only the first 200 files. Use the filter to reduce the number of files in the report. Patch Details From the Applied Patches page, click the Details icon in a selected row from the results Patch Reporting Utilities    4-9
  • 82. section, or from the File History page, click the patch number link in the Patch Details column, to open the Patch Details report. This report provides details for a specific patch. The patch summary information is carried over and appears at the top of the Patch Details report. Patch Details Report This report contains the following information: • Select: This option button determines which driver file details are presented in the Timing Details report, Files Copied report, the Bug Fixes report, or the Action Summary report. • Driver File: Name of the driver file. • Start Date: Date and time the application of the driver file began. • End Date: Date and time the application of the driver file was complete. • AutoPatch Options: Displays any command line options used to run the driver file. • Platform: Platform of the driver file. • Patch Top: Location of the driver when it was run. • Codelevel Introduced: Link to the Codelevel Introduced report for the patch. To see additional details for a patch, click one of the following buttons on the report: • Timing Details: Takes you to the AutoPatch Timing Details report. • Files Copied: Takes you to the Files Copied report. • Bug Fixes: Takes you to the Bug Fixes report. 4-10    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 83. Action Summary: Takes you to the Action Summary report. Codelevel Introduced From the Patch Details page, click the Codelevel Introduced icon to access the Codelevel Introduced report. Codelevel Introduced Report This report contains the following information about the codelevel introduced: • Abbreviation: The abbreviation for the product, product family, or feature to which this patch applies. • Name: The full name of the product, product family, or feature to which this patch applies. • Type: Indicates whether this patch applies to a product, product family, or feature. • Codeline: Indicates the codeline of the current product, product family, or feature in the patch. (For example, codeline A for Release 12.0, codeline B for Release 12.1, and so on.) • Codelevel: Indicates the codelevel of the current product, product family, or feature in the patch. (For example, codelevel A.1 for RUP1, A.2 for RUP 2, and so on.) You can sort each of these columns by clicking the column title at the top of the report. Timing Details The AutoPatch Timing Details can also be accessed through the Timing Reports link from the Maintenance tab on the OAM Site Map. See Timing Reports, page 4-15 for more information on Timing Details. Patch Reporting Utilities    4-11
  • 84. Files Copied The Files Copied report lists all files copied to the file system as a result of the actions in the selected driver file. You access this report by selecting a driver file in the Patch Details report and clicking the Files Copied button. Files Copied Report This report contains the following information about the files copied: • Product: Short name for the product that owns the file. • Directory: Directory path where the file was copied. • File: Name of the file. • Version: Version number of the copied file. You can sort each of these columns by clicking the column title at the top of the report. If there are no files copied in the patch, no rows are displayed. If the number of files copied exceeds 200, the report lists only the first 200 files. Use the filter to reduce the number of files in the report. Bug Fixes The Bug Fixes report lists all bug fixes included in the selected driver file. Select a driver file in the Patch Details report and click the Bug Fixes button. 4-12    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 85. Bug Fixes Report This report contains the following information about bug fixes: • Bug Fix: Number of the bug fixed as a result of the selected driver file. Some items in this column are links. Clicking a linked item accesses the Action Summary report. • Product: Short name for the product for which the bug was fixed. • Applied: Indicates whether the bug fix was applied. • Remarks: If the bug fix was not applied, the reason is stated here. You can sort each of these columns by clicking the column title at the top of the report. If there are no bug fixes in the patch, no rows are displayed. If the number of bug fixes exceeds 200, the report lists only the first 200. Use the filter to reduce the number of items in the report. Action Summary The Action Summary report provides summary information for the actions of a selected driver file. Each line item represents a performed action. You access this report either by selecting a driver file in the Patch Details report and clicking the Action Summary button, by clicking the Action icon in the File History search results, or by clicking a bug fix number in the Bug Fix column of the Bug Fixes report. Patch Reporting Utilities    4-13
  • 86. Action Summary Report The Action Summary report contains the following summary information: • Product: Short name for the product that owns the file referenced by the action. • Directory: Directory path for the file referenced by the action. • File: Name of the file referenced by the action. • Action: Type of action performed on the updated file. • Phase: Phase in which the action occurred. • Run: Signifies whether the action was executed. • Bug Fix: Number of the bug fixed as a result of the selected driver file. • Details: This link is active if AutoPatch performed database actions, usually SQL or EXEC actions where Run = y. Click this link to access the Action Details report. You can sort each of these columns by clicking the column title at the top of the report. If the number of actions exceeds 200, the report lists only the first 200. Use the filter to reduce the number of items in the report. Action Details To access this report, click the Details icon in a selected row of the Action Summary report. The Action Summary information is carried over and presented at the top of the report. 4-14    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 87. Action Details Report This report contains the following information about action details: • Arguments: Specific argument for SQL and EXEC commands. • Command Modifier: SQL or EXEC command modifier in the database section of the driver. • Check Object: Name of the database object to check for, along with name and password of the schema where AutoPatch looks for the checked object. • Elapsed Time: Time required to complete the action. • Start Time: Date and time the action began. • Restart Time: Date and time the action was restarted. • End Time: Date and time the action was complete. • Restarted?: States whether the action was restarted. N/A in the report represents action details that are not specified. For example, in the Arguments field, N/A means no additional arguments were specified. Timing Reports The Timing Reports utility provides the job history of applied patches. It captures statistics about, and job timing information for, AutoPatch and AD Administration maintenance sessions that run parallel workers. Both AutoPatch and AD Administration store information about a processing session in database tables. You can access this information, either during the session or after it is complete, through the OAM interface. Patch Reporting Utilities    4-15
  • 88. Note: You can also access job timing information during a current session or for a completed session by running adtimrpt.sql from the command line. This script creates the adt<session_id>.lst report. For more information, see: AD Job Timing Report, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities. During a parallel session, AD utilities assign processing jobs to workers. For jobs that affect the database, job actions are grouped in phases to reduce dependencies between jobs - workers do not have to wait for another worker to complete a dependent job before completing their assigned task. See: Using Parallel Processing, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities. The Timing Reports utility lists processing tasks and provide details about the elapsed time for phases, jobs, and sessions. The information includes: • Jobs run successfully on the first try • Failed jobs that were restarted and then run successfully • Failed jobs that were skipped • Long-running jobs • Summary information for each parallel phase • Time taken to run a job • Overall elapsed time for each session The Timing Reports Interface The Timing Reports interface consists of a main page, a Timing Details page, and a View Log Files page which provides links to reports about specific maintenance session information. Main Page From the Timing Reports main page, you can view a list of all in-progress, stopped, aborted, and completed maintenance sessions. Click the Details icon to access the Timing Details page or click the Log Files icon to access the View Log Files page. Timing Details Page There are two types of Timing Details reports - those associated with an AutoPatch session and those associated with an AD Administration session. 4-16    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 89. Note: The discussion of each page contains more detail. The OAM help feature also contains information about the Timing Reports. View Log Files Page This page contains a list of log files generated for the corresponding maintenance session. Accessing Timing Reports To access the Timing Reports main page, log in to Oracle Applications Manager and choose Timing Reports from the Site Map. Step 1: Log in to Oracle Applications Manager Follow the instructions in Accessing Patch Wizard, page 3-4 to access OAM. From the Applications Dashboard, click the Site Map tab. Step 2: Access Timing Reports From the Site Map, Timing Reports is on the Maintenance tab under the Patching and Utilities heading. Click the Timing Reports link to go to the main page. Step 3: Filter the results There is a filter at the top of the page that allows you to narrow the contents of the list. You can filter based on the following status of the tasks: Any tasks, In-progress tasks, Completed tasks, Stopped tasks, or Aborted tasks. You can also filter by Task Name, Status, Start Date, and Run Time. Click Go to activate the filter. Note: See descriptions of individual pages in this chapter for details. See also AD Administration in Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities. Timing Reports Main Page The Timing Reports main page shows information for each maintenance session. Patch Reporting Utilities    4-17
  • 90. Timing Reports Main Page • Task Name: Name and brief description of the maintenance session. • Status: Status of the timing report. A clock icon means the session is still in-progress, an exclamation icon means the session has stopped, an X icon means the session was aborted (that is, the AD utility was restarted with the gf option), and a check mark means the session has completed. • Start Date: Date and time the maintenance session began. • Run Time: Time required to complete the maintenance session. • Last Update: Time the timing information was last updated. • Details: Access the Timing Details for the maintenance session. • Log Files: Access the log files of the maintenance session. AutoPatch Timing Details Click the Details icon of a selected row (with an AutoPatch task name) in the Timing Reports list to open the AutoPatch Timing Details report. This report provides details for a specific session of AutoPatch. 4-18    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 91. AutoPatch Timing Details Report The AutoPatch Timing Details report lists every task performed in a maintenance session. The Timing Details section contains the following information for each task: • Focus: Select the circle icon next to a task to see just the sub-tasks within it. • Task Name: Name of the task. Click the plus-sign icon to expand or contract the sub-tasks within the task. The underlined Task Names are links to the Job Timing report for that particular task. • Elapsed Time: Time required to complete the task. This field is not applicable for stopped or in-progress tasks. • Start Date: Date and time the task began. • End Date: Date and time the task was complete. This field is not applicable for stopped or in-progress tasks. Use the filter to adjust the list of tasks based on their elapsed time. The default list shows all tasks with elapsed time of greater than 4 seconds. Use the Expand All link to see all sub-tasks and the Collapse All to see just the top-level task. When you access the AutoPatch Timing Details report for a stopped or in-progress task, the page defaults to display the most recently performed sub-tasks. For in-progress tasks, you can use the Refresh icon to get the latest running tasks. The Refresh icon is a picture of a page with a blue circular arrow. Patch Reporting Utilities    4-19
  • 92. Run Information Additional AutoPatch task information is available by clicking the plus-sign icon for the Run Information section at the bottom of the page. The subsections in Run Information are General, Timing Summary, and Files Installed on this APPL_TOP. AutoPatch Timing Details Report - Run Information General This subsection contains the following information: • Utility Name: Name of the utility used to perform the task. • Task: Task performed. • Log File: Name and location of the log file. • Driver File: Name and location of the patch driver file. • Patch Top: Location of the patch driver files. • Options: Command options used when running AutoPatch. • Platform: Platform of the system. • Applications System Name: Name of the Applications system on which the task was performed. • Oracle Database: Name of the database. • Oracle Home: Directory path to the Oracle home used to link the executables. • APPL_TOP Name: Name of the APPL_TOP. • APPL_TOP Directory: APPL_TOP directory path. 4-20    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 93. Timing Summary This subsection contains the following information: • Start Date: Date and time the task began. • End Date: Date and time the task was complete. This field does not apply for stopped or in-progress tasks. • Total Run Time: Time required to complete the task. This field does not apply for stopped or in-progress tasks. Files Installed on this APPL_TOP This subsection contains the following information: • Java and HTML: States whether the APPL_TOP on which the task was performed is a Web server. • Forms: States whether the APPL_TOP on which the task was performed is a forms server. • Concurrent Processing: States whether the APPL_TOP on which the task was performed is a concurrent processing server. AD Administration Timing Details Click the Details icon of a selected row (with an AD Administration task name) in the Timing Reports list to open the AD Administration Timing Details report. This report provides details for a specific session of AD Administration. Patch Reporting Utilities    4-21
  • 94. AD Administration Timing Details Report The Timing Details and Run Information sections contain the same types of information for each task as the AutoPatch Timing Details report. See: AutoPatch Timing Details, page 4-18. In-Progress Timing Details You can use the In-Progress Timing Details page to monitor the job while it is running. Click the Refresh icon to view the steps that are in progress. 4-22    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 95. In-Progress Timing Details Page In the In-Progress AD Utility section, you can filter the results by elapsed time. The AutoPatch Timing Details section contains the following information for each task: • Focus: Select the circle icon next to a task to see just the sub-tasks within it. • Task Name: Name of the task. Click the plus-sign icon to expand or contract the sub-tasks within the task. The underlined Tasks Names are links to the Job Timing report for that particular task. • Elapsed Time: Time required to complete the task. This field is not applicable for stopped or in-progress tasks. • Start Date: Date and time the task began. • End Date: Date and time the task was complete. This field does not apply for stopped or in-progress tasks. • Number of jobs in this task: Number of jobs contained within each level of the task. • Number of jobs completed: Number of jobs completed within this level of the task. Job Timing The underlined Task Names in the AutoPatch Timing Details report and the AD Administration Timing Details report link to the Job Timing report for that particular task. This report provides timing information for each job within the selected task and Patch Reporting Utilities    4-23
  • 96. allows you to drill down into each tasks to view any exception reports. Job Timing Report Click a Task Name on the Timing Details report to open the Job Timing report. The Job Timing Summary information appears at the top of the Job Timing report and the details appear at the bottom. The summary information includes: • Jobs that ran successfully: Number of successful jobs. • Exceptions: Number of jobs that were not completed successfully. If exceptions exist, it is a hyperlink to the Exceptionreport. • Total Number of Jobs: Number of jobs within the task. • Total Elapsed Time: Time required to complete the task. • Total Job Time: Time required to complete the jobs within the task. • Total Number of Workers: Number of workers used to perform the task. The Job Timing Details section contains the following information for each job: • Phase: Database processing phase. • Product: Abbreviation for the product being updated. 4-24    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 97. Directory: Directory path of the file run by the job. • File: File used to perform the job. • Action: Action of the job. • Start Time: Date and time the job began. • End Time: Date and time the job completed. • Run Time: Total time of the job. • Restarted?: States whether the job was restarted. The filters at the top of the Details section allow you to adjust the list of jobs based on the property and run time of jobs. You can filter based on the following properties of the jobs: Phase, Product, Directory, File, Action, or Restarted. Click Go to activate the filter. Click the Phase Info button to open the Phase Information report. Phase Information The Phase Information report provides timing information by phase for a task selected in either the AutoPatch Timing Details report or the AD Administration Timing Details report. Phase Information Report The general information presented at the top of the Phase Information report are: • Driver File: Name of the driver file. • Task Name: Name of the task performed. The Phase Information details include: • Phase: Database processing phase. Patch Reporting Utilities    4-25
  • 98. Start Time: Date and time the phase began. • Elapsed Time: Time required to complete the phase. • Jobs: Number of jobs in the phase. • Total Job Time: Time required to complete the jobs within the phase. • Restarted?: States whether any jobs within the phase was restarted. • Skipped: Number of jobs within the phase that were skipped. Exceptions Clicking the Exceptions number in the Job Timing report opens the Exception report. This report is available only for jobs that have an Exceptions value greater than zero in the Job Timing report. It provides a list of exceptions encountered during the maintenance session. Exception Report The general information includes: • Driver File: Name of the driver file being run when the exception occurred. • Task Name: Task being performed when the exception occurred. • Jobs Failed, then restarted successfully: Number of jobs that initially failed but were restarted successfully. • Jobs Failed and skipped: Number of failed jobs that were skipped. The Exception details include: • Phase: Database processing phase. 4-26    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 99. Status: Status of the exception. • Product: Owner of the file with the exception. • Directory: Location of the file. • File: File being processed when the exception occurred. • Run Time: Total time the process ran. • Restarted?: States whether the job with the exception was restarted. View Log Files Clicking the Log Files icon of a selected row opens the View Log Files page. This page lists all the log files generated for a specific maintenance session. You can view log files of completed jobs or jobs that are in progress. View Log Files Page The View Log Files page contains the following information: • Task Name: Name of the task for which these log files have been generated. • Status: Status of the task. Valid status types are: In-progress, Completed, Stopped, or Aborted. • Log Directory: Location of the listed log files. It is defined by the user when the task is run. This is a required field. Patch Reporting Utilities    4-27
  • 100. Start Date: Date and time the task was started. • Last Updated: Date and time the task was completed. • Run Time: Time required to complete the task. The following buttons apply to the Log Files section: • View: Use this button to view a log file after you have selected the radio button of the corresponding log file. • Download: Use this button to download a log file after you have selected the radio button of the corresponding log file. The Log Files section contains the following information: • Select: Use this radio button to select the corresponding log file for viewing or downloading. • Log File: Name of the log file. • Log Type: Log files can be one of these types: • Main - primary log files for patch applications and AD Administration tasks • Worker - generated by the processes that run in parallel, using workers • Other - informational log files (adpatch.lgi) and log files created by the copy portion of the universal (u) driver, for example View Log Details Details of each log file are displayed on the View Log Details page. To access this page, select the radio button next to one of the log files and click the View button. The page displays up to 500 lines. It automatically defaults to the last page in the log file. 4-28    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 101. View Log Details Page The View Log Details page contains the following information: • Number of lines per page: Use this to specify the number of lines per page you want to display. The maximum number of lines per page you can display is 500. • View specific page number: Use this to view a specific page. Enter the page number in the field and click the Go button. You can use the following buttons to navigate to specific portions of the log file: • First: Go to the first page. • Previous: Go to the previous page. • Next: Go to the next page. • Last: Go to the last page. Contents of ... This section displays the contents of the log file. Click the Go to bottom link to navigate to the last page of the log file. From the last page of the file, click the Return to top link to go back to the first page. Software Updates Software Updates is a portal from which you can view all the patching-related activities Patch Reporting Utilities    4-29
  • 102. of your system. From the Software Updates main page, you can access information such as: • patches that have or have not been applied • latest three patch recommendation requests from the Patch Wizard page • latest eight jobs run from the Timing Reports page • links to patching related pages The Software Updates Interface The Software Updates page is a Web-based utility in Oracle Applications Manager. From this page, you can get an overview of all patching-related information. Accessing Software Updates To view patching-related activities for your system, log in to Oracle Applications Manager and click the Software Updates tab. Step 1: Log in to Oracle Applications Manager Follow the instructions in Accessing Patch Wizard, page 3-4 to access OAM. Step 2: Click on the Software Updates tab From the Applications Dashboard, click the Software Updates tab. Software Updates Page This section describes the Software Updates page. 4-30    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 103. Software Updates Page The top of the page indicates the version of your Oracle E-Business Suite system. Applied Patch Check Use the Applied Patch Check field to check if a patch or a series of patches have been applied to your system. Enter a patch ID or a series of IDs separated by commas to check if the patch or patches have been applied to your system. The table below the field contains two columns: Applied and Not Applied. Your queried patch ID appears in the corresponding column depending on whether it has been applied or not. Patch Recommendation Requests This section lists the latest three patch recommendation requests from the Patch Wizard main page. From this section, you can view the following information: Filter Name/Patch List, Total (Applied and Unapplied), Unapplied, Status, and Details. Click the Full List button in the Patch Recommendation Results section to go directly to the Patch Wizard main page. Click the Details icon to go directly to the Recommended Patches Results of the associated patch. See: Patch Wizard, page 3-1. Maintenance Activities This section lists the latest eight jobs from the Timing Reports page. From this section, you can view the following information: Task Name, Status, Last Updated, Details, and Log Files. Click the Full List button in the Maintenance Activities section to go directly to the Timing Reports main page. Click the Details icon to go directly to the Timing Details report of the associated task, or click the Log Files icon to go directly to the View Log Patch Reporting Utilities    4-31
  • 104. Files page of the associated task. See: Timing Reports, page 4-15. Related Links This section lists the links related to patching activities for your system. 4-32    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 105. 5 Patching Procedures How patches are applied to an Oracle E-Business Suite system depends in part on the various strategies or options that may be chosen. In some cases, existing features of the system may determine how patches are applied. This chapter covers the following topics: • Preparing for Patching • Performing Interactive Patching • Performing Non-Interactive Patching • Patching NLS Systems • Applying Patches to a Multi-Node System • Reducing Downtime • Keeping Patches Current • Analyzing Applied Patches • Backing Out Patches Preparing for Patching For patches that have manual steps, the patch readme file instructs you to use Oracle Patch Application Assistant (PAA) to create customized instructions for your system. PAA consolidates and displays only the relevant manual steps for all the patches you want to apply, including steps that you have completed. It also automatically merges the contents of individual patch readme files for a merged patch. Creating Customized Instructions for Patching Using PAA: Requirement: How do I know which manual steps associated with a patch apply to my system? Sorting through the manual steps in a patch readme file to determine which ones apply Patching Procedures    5-1
  • 106. to your system can be time-consuming. The Patch Application Assistant allows you to create a customized set of steps to that apply to your unique instance. Using the information on this list reduces the possibility of performing steps that are not necessary or that have been completed previously during the application of another patch. When you download and unzip a patch, it delivers a static README.html file that advises you if the patch requires manual steps. If manual steps are required, you can generate a list of the steps by running a Perl script (admsi.pl) to initiate PAA. Once you have generated the list, use the PAA interface to see a full list of steps, or only those steps that apply to your system. After successfully performing each manual step, you can record that it was completed. When applying patches in the future, this information is displayed in the PAA interface so that you can see which manual steps you have already performed. Unless specified otherwise, you can previously completed steps. To run PAA 1. Download the patch that you want to apply and set (source) your environment. On UNIX systems, you must also set the environment variable DISPLAY to an active and authorized display. For instructions on setting your environment, see: Running AD Utilities, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities. 2. Run the admsi.pl script to generate customized installation instructions. $ admsi.pl The Oracle Patch Application Assistant welcome page appears: 5-2    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 107. Oracle Patch Application Assistant Welcome Page You can select: • View instance-specific instructions for a new patch. • View generic instructions as shipped by Oracle for a new patch - to view all the generic manual steps for a particular patch, including the completed steps. • Look at all incomplete tasks from previous patches - to view all the manual steps that have not been completed from previous patches. 3. Select View instance-specific instructions for a new patch. Enter the APPS password, and select the location where the patch is staged. Click Next. The Summary of Installation Instructions page appears: Patching Procedures    5-3
  • 108. Oracle Patch Application Assistant Summary of Installation Instructions Page This page summarizes all the manual steps for the patch, grouped into the following categories: Preparation Tasks, Pre-Install Tasks, Apply the Patch, Post-Install Tasks, Finishing Tasks, and Additional Information. This page displays only those categories in which there are manual steps. 4. Click the plus-sign icon in each category for more detailed information. For example, if you click the plus-sign icon next to Best Practices, the Preparation Tasks screen appears with the tasks suggested for preparing your system for patching. 5-4    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 109. Oracle Patch Application Assistant Preparation Tasks Page 5. After you have completed all the manual steps in a category, check the Completed box to record the completion status in the database, then click Next. If a patch that you apply in the future contains any of the same manual steps, it will be marked as completed to inform you that you do not have to perform that task again. After you have completed all manual steps in all categories, the system returns you to the Summary of Installation Instructions page. Patching Procedures    5-5
  • 110. Oracle Patch Application Assistant Summary of Installation Instructions Page Note the column of Completed boxes that corresponds to each task in a category. Check marks appear in the boxes for which you have completed manual steps. 6. Click Save to record tasks completed in the database. Click Cancel to exit PAA. Performing Interactive Patching Patches and updates to the Oracle E-Business Suite file system or database are applied using AutoPatch, which identifies the servers set up during your installation and performs the actions required by the patch on each APPL_TOP. In a shared application tier file system, changes made during patching sessions on one node are immediately available on all nodes. You can apply a patch interactively or non-interactively. Interactive patching - the "normal" patching method - means that you supply all the information that AutoPatch needs by responding to a series of prompts. You can also apply a patch non-interactively to avoid having to respond to some of the AutoPatch prompts and to accommodate special types of patches. See: AutoPatch, page 2-2 and Performing Non-Interactive Patching, page 5-13. To ensure optimal performance and reduce downtime during patching sessions, AutoPatch requires that you enable Maintenance mode when you apply a patch. Enabling this feature shuts down the Workflow Business Events System and sets up 5-6    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 111. function security so that Oracle E-Business Suite functions are unavailable to users. This provides a clear separation between normal runtime operation and system downtime for patching. When the patching session is complete, you can disable Maintenance mode, allowing users full access to the newly updated system. Note: When Maintenance mode is disabled, you can run AutoPatch by using options=hotpatch on the command line, if necessary. However, doing so can cause a significant degradation of performance. See: Preparing your System for Patching, page 2-3. Applying a Patch Interactively: Requirement: How do I apply a patch? After you have determined that you need to patch your system, download the patch and use AutoPatch to apply it. Apply the unified driver to all APPL_TOPs. AutoPatch determines which actions are required for the current APPL_TOP. Patches may require prerequisite patches and manual steps. Use PAA to generate customized instructions. These instructions contain all the required manual steps that are specific to your system. Note: Some of the installation instructions generated by PAA may specify pre-install mode. If so, follow the instructions in Pre-Install Mode, page 2-10. Caution: It is very important that you back up the file system and database before you apply large patches (such as release update packs, product family release update packs, or pre-upgrade patches). If the patching process fails when running the database portion of the unified driver, you will not be able to back out the patch. You must restart the patching process with a restored backup of the file system and database. To apply a patch This procedure describes the typical steps for applying a patch. Subsequent procedures describe command line options that change the default behavior of AutoPatch. 1. Log in as applmgr (Applications file system owner) and set the environment: UNIX: The environment file is typically APPS<CONTEXT_NAME>.env, and is located under the APPL_TOP. From a Bourne, Korn, or Bash shell, enter the following: Patching Procedures    5-7
  • 112. $ . APPS<CONTEXT_NAME>.env Windows: Run %APPL_TOP%envshell.cmd using either Windows Explorer or the Run command from the Start menu. This creates a Command Prompt window that contains the required environment settings for Oracle E-Business Suite. Run all subsequent commands in this Command Prompt window. If you are running on a Windows platform, ensure that all necessary tools are installed properly. In addition, all %JAVA_TOP% and %JAVA_TOP%loadjava.zip files are included in the set CLASSPATH statement of %APPL_TOP%adminadovars.cmd. 2. Create a patch top directory, if it does not already exist. Download the patch into a staging directory and unzip the patch into the patch top directory. Do not use the patch subdirectory under the <PROD>_TOP directories as your patch top directory. 3. Change directory to the patch top directory where you unzipped the patch. 4. Review the readme file in the patch top directory. Review the readme file (README.txt or README.html). It contains an abstract of the patch. If the patch contains manual steps, the readme file will contain instructions for running Oracle Patch Application Assistant (PAA) to generate customized manual steps for your system. 5. If indicated in the patch readme, run PAA to generate customized instructions for applying the patch. You will need to provide the location of your patch top directory and the applmgr password. $ admsi.pl Perform the manual steps contained in the customized instructions generated by PAA. Additional steps may also be detailed depending on the patch, the state of your system, and the products you have installed. Perform the following steps, in addition to the steps detailed in the customized instructions, to apply the patch. 6. Shut down services. Run the adstpall.sh script to shut down the services appropriate to your system. You will need to provide the applmgr user name and password. Note: For more information on patching a multi-node system, see: Applying Patches to a Multi-Node System, page 5-19. UNIX: $ adstpall.sh 5-8    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 113. Windows: C:> adstpall.cmd Note: You must complete all tasks associated with applying a patch before you access Oracle E-Business Suite. 7. Enable Maintenance Mode. Use the Change Maintenance Mode menu (Option 1) of AD Administration to enable Maintenance mode. See: Enable Maintenance Mode, page 2-3. 8. Start AutoPatch. Use the adpatch command to start AutoPatch from the patch top directory (the directory where you downloaded the patch files). You can customize the way AutoPatch runs by adding arguments to the command line. See Command Line Arguments, page 2-12. 9. Respond to the AutoPatch prompts. You are prompted for the following information required to apply the patch: • Name of the APPL_TOP where you want to apply the patch • Log file name: Select a name for the log file, for example, u<patchnum>.log • Email where you want to receive notifications • Batch size (default is 1000) • Database name • Patch top directory where you unzipped the patch • Driver file name: Provide the name of the driver file located in the patch top directory, for example, u<patchnum>.drv 10. Apply the driver. At the AutoPatch prompt for the driver name, specify the name of the driver. 11. Review customizations. Customized files are registered on the OAM Register Flagged Files page. If AutoPatch displays a message indicating that previously registered, customized files will be replaced by the patch, review those files in the Register Flagged Files page to determine if the customizations need to be reregistered or removed. See: Register Flagged Files, page 1-8. Patching Procedures    5-9
  • 114. 12. After AutoPatch exits, review the log files. Review the AutoPatch log file after the application of each driver file for warnings or errors. The log file (named u<patchnum>.log in step 9 is located in <APPL_TOP>/admin/<SID>/log. In addition, some patch tasks may create separate log files in the same directory. If the patching process used multiple workers, each worker creates its own log file. You can also use the View Log Files feature in Timing Reports to view the files. See: Log Files, page 2-3 and View Log Files, page 4-27. 13. Preallocate space for packages, functions, and sequences (optional). If AutoPatch has modified Oracle E-Business Suite database objects, you may want to run ADXGNPIN.sql and ADXGNPNS.sql to allocate space ("pin") for new packages and sequences in the Oracle System Global Area. These scripts are located in AD_TOP/sql. See: Pre-allocating Space for Packages and Functions, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Procedures. 14. Disable Maintenance Mode. Use the Change Maintenance Mode menu (Option 2) of AD Administration to disable Maintenance mode. 15. Restart server processes. After verifying that the patch was applied successfully, start all services. Once the services are running, you can allow users to access the system again. UNIX: $ adstrtal.sh Windows: C:> adstrtal.cmd See: Stopping or Starting Application Tier Services, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Procedures. 16. Delete or archive AutoPatch backup files (optional). After you have tested the patched system, you can delete the backup copies of files from the patch top directories to recover disk space, as necessary. Oracle recommends archiving these files if you have space available. See: Compressing, Archiving, and Deleting Files, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Procedures. Applying Unified Drivers: Requirement: I received a patch that contains a unified driver. However, the instructions state that I run only the database portion of the patch. 5-10    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 115. Certain procedures, such as patching with a staged APPL_TOP, may require you to apply only the database portion of a unified driver. In these cases, use command line options to tell AutoPatch which portions of the patch to omit. Important: AutoPatch will apply all portions of the patch except those that you specifically omit on the command line. To apply only a portion of a unified driver 1. Follow the instructions in Steps 1 through to 7 in Applying a Patch Interactively, page 5-7. 2. Enter the adpatch command as indicated in Step 8, adding the following options on the command line: nocopyportion,nogenerateportion. The command line syntax should look like this: $ adpatch options=nocopyportion,nogenerateportion See: Command Line Arguments, page 2-12. 3. At the prompt for the driver name, specify the unified (u) driver. AutoPatch runs the driver, applying only the database portion of the patch. 4. Respond to the AutoPatch prompts. See: AutoPatch, page 2-2. 5. Finish applying the patch as directed in Steps 12 through to 16 in Applying a Patch Interactively, page 5-7. Testing a Patch Before Applying It: Requirement: How do I test the effects of a patch on my system before I apply it? One way to see how applying a patch will affect your system is to first apply it on a test system. If you do not, or cannot, use a test system, you can apply the patch on your production system using the AutoPatch test mode argument (apply=no). AutoPatch lists the actions it will take, but does not actually perform any of the actions. In test mode, AutoPatch reads and validates the patch driver file, reads product file driver files, extracts object modules from product libraries (for version checking), performs version checking, and runs AutoConfig (in test mode). It does not, however, update the database or file system. See: AutoConfig Test Mode, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities. To determine how a patch will affect the files in your system, use the Patch Impact Analysis Report in Patch Wizard. See: Determining Patch Impact on System Files, page 5-36. To test a patch 1. Follow the steps in Applying a Patch Interactively, page 5-7. Patching Procedures    5-11
  • 116. 2. When directed to run AutoPatch, add the test mode argument to the command line: $ adpatch apply=no 3. Complete steps 11 and 12 in Applying a Patch Interactively, page 5-7. You must also complete steps 14 and 15 if you shut down your servers and enabled Maintenance mode before you ran AutoPatch. Enabling Password Validation: Requirement: How can I validate passwords before I apply a patch? To reduce the time it takes to apply a patch, AutoPatch (by default) does not validate Oracle schema passwords. If you need to enable password validation, you can do so by supplying the validate option (options=validate) on the command line when you run AutoPatch. If you are applying multiple patches, you should use AD Merge Patch to combine the patches (where compatible) so that you apply them in a single AutoPatch session. In this case, you need to validate passwords only once. See: Creating a Merged Patch, page 5-21. If you have several patches that cannot be merged, you can save time by turning on the validate option only for the application of the first patch, and then leaving it off for the subsequent patches. To validate passwords 1. Follow the instructions in Applying a Patch Interactively, page 5-7. 2. When directed to run AutoPatch, use the validate command. It should look like this: $ adpatch options=validate 3. Complete the remaining steps in Applying a Patch Interactively, page 5-7. Applying Emergency Patches: Requirement: Can I apply a patch without shutting down system services? If an emergency patch can be applied without shutting down services, the customized instructions generated by PAA will explicitly state so. If the customized instructions do not explicitly state this, assume that you need to shut down services and enable Maintenance mode before applying the patch. Tip: You can always apply documentation patches (Oracle E-Business Suite Online Help) without shutting down services. 5-12    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 117. To apply an emergency patch 1. Apply the patch on a test version of your production database. Make sure the test copy is recent so that it closely approximates your production system. 2. Run AutoPatch using options=hotpatch and apply the patch. You may not have to shut down the server processes. See: AutoPatch Options, page 2-14. Performing Non-Interactive Patching You can apply patches interactively or non-interactively. Interactivepatching means that you supply basic information that AutoPatch needs by responding to a series of prompts. See: Performing Interactive Patching, page 5-6. Applying a patch non-interactively substantially reduces the need for user intervention when AutoPatch processes patching tasks. You create a defaults file that contains much of the information you would have supplied at the AutoPatch prompts. Then, when you run AutoPatch, you specify the name of the defaults file, the location of the patch top directory, the name of a driver file, and other parameters on the command line. AutoPatch performs the remaining actions based on the information in the defaults file. Caution: You should always back up the file system and database before you apply large patches such as release update packs (RUPs), product family RUPs, or pre-upgrade patches. Applying a Patch Non-Interactively: Requirement: How do I apply a patch non-interactively? Instead of responding to AutoPatch prompts each time you initiate a patching session, you can store the responses in a defaults file. Then you specify the name of the defaults file when you run patches non-interactively. As it runs, AutoPatch uses the responses to complete the information for the corresponding prompts, and completes patch processing with little or no user intervention. To set up a non-interactive patching session, first create and save a defaults file by using the defaultsfile=<defaults file name> argument when you run AutoPatch. This causes the information you provide at the prompts, and other pertinent information, to be captured and saved. Note: AutoConfig automatically creates a defaults file (adalldefaults.txt) each time it runs. This file can be used as a template to create a customized defaults file. However, we recommend that you create the defaults file as described in this procedure. Patching Procedures    5-13
  • 118. To apply a patch non-interactively 1. Create the defaults file. Start AutoPatch, using the defaultsfile= argument, and specify the file name and the path to the defaults file. This creates a defaults file for the current environment. UNIX: The file must be under the $APPL_TOP/admin/<SID> directory, where <SID> is the database name (ORACLE_SID/TWO_TASK). For example: $ adpatch defaultsfile=$APPL_TOP/admin/testdb1/adpatchdef.txt Windows: The file must be under the %APPL_TOP%admin<SID> directory, where <SID> is the database name (LOCAL). For example: C:> adpatch defaultsfile=%APPL_TOP%admintestdb1adpatchdef.txt 2. Run AutoPatch to the point where it prompts for the directory where the Oracle E-Business Suite patch has been unloaded. Enter abort at this prompt. 3. Verify that the defaults file exists. 4. Run AutoPatch non-interactively to apply a single patch driver, all drivers, or any of the other procedures in this section. Applying a Single Patch Driver: Requirement: How do I apply a single patch driver non-interactively? If you have created a defaults file, specify AutoPatch to run non-interactively and specify the location and name of the defaults file and the driver. To apply a single patch driver 1. Create the defaults file as described in Applying a Patch Non-Interactively, page 5- 13. 2. Follow steps 1 through to 7 in Applying a Patch Interactively, page 5-7. 3. Run the AutoPatch command, adding the following arguments: location of the defaults file (defaultsfile=), a name for the log file (logfile=), location of the patch top directory (patchtop=), name of the driver file (driver=), number of workers to use for applying the patch (workers=), and interactive=no. For example, if the defaults file is APPL_TOP/admin/testdb1/def.txt, the driver file is u1234567.drv for patch 1234567 (located in APPL_TOP/patches/1234567), you will use three parallel workers, and the AutoPatch log file name is 1234567.log, you would enter the following. UNIX: 5-14    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 119. $ adpatch defaultsfile=$APPL_TOP/admin/testdb1/def.txt logfile=1234567.log patchtop=$APPL_TOP/patches/1234567 driver=u1234567.drv workers=3 interactive=no Windows: C:> adpatch defaultsfile=%APPL_TOP%admintestdb1def.txt logfile=1234567.log patchtop=%APPL_TOP%patches1234567 driver=u1234567.drv workers=3 interactive=no 4. Perform the remaining steps in Applying a Patch Interactively, page 5-7 (as necessary). Applying a Non-Standard Patch: Requirement: I need to apply a patch that was not created with the standard patch naming convention. I would like to apply it non-interactively. A non-standard patch is one where the structure is standard, but the naming convention is not. That is, the last component of the patch directory is not a 6- to 8-digit number, or the patch driver files are not named *<patchnum>.drv, or both. Most merged patches are non-standard because of the way they are named. To apply a non-standard patch 1. Create the defaults file as described in Applying a Patch Non-Interactively, page 5- 13. 2. Follow steps 1 through to 7 in Applying a Patch Interactively, page 5-7. 3. Run the AutoPatch command as described in Applying a Single Patch Driver, page 5-14. For the driver=<values> argument, use a comma-separated list of the patch driver names. 4. Perform the remaining steps in Applying a Patch Interactively, page 5-7 (as necessary). Restarting a Non-Interactive AutoPatch Session: Requirement: AutoPatch failed with an error while I was applying patches non-interactively. I have resolved the issue that caused the error and want to restart the failed session. When AutoPatch is running non-interactively and encounters an error, it exits to the operating system and reports a failure. The restart argument is intended specifically for this circumstance. When AutoPatch sees the restart=yes argument, it assumes that there is an old session, and expects to find one. If it cannot, it will fail. Do not specify restart=yes to start a new AutoPatch session. Patching Procedures    5-15
  • 120. To restart a non-interactive AutoPatch session 1. Look through the log files, diagnose the error, and fix it. 2. Use the same command line options that you used initially, but add restart=yes. As an illustration, the following command can be used to restart the previous example given of Applying a Single Patch Driver, page 5-14. UNIX: $ adpatch defaultsfile=$APPL_TOP/admin/testdb1/def.txt logfile=1234567.log patchtop=$APPL_TOP/patches/1234567 driver=u1234567.drv workers=3 interactive=no restart=yes Windows: C:> adpatch defaultsfile=%APPL_TOP%admintestdb1def.txt logfile=1234567.log patchtop=%APPL_TOP%patches1234567 driver=u1234567.drv workers=3 interactive=no restart=yes Warning: Do not omit any of the original command line arguments, as this could change the behavior of AutoPatch and cause unpredictable results. Abandoning a Non-Interactive AutoPatch Session: Requirement: AutoPatch failed with an error while I was applying patches non-interactively. I do not want to restart the failed session, but would rather apply another patch non-interactively. When you specify interactive=no on the AutoPatch command line, AutoPatch expects that there is no existing failed session. AutoPatch aborts if it finds restart files from a failed session. Running AutoPatch with the interactive=no and restart=yes command line arguments restarts the previously incomplete session. To start a completely new AutoPatch session when there is an existing failed session, specify interactive=no and abandon=yes on the AutoPatch command line. With this command, AutoPatch deletes the restart files and any leftover database information from the failed session. Caution: If you use the abandon=yes argument, you cannot subsequently restart the failed session as the restart files are no longer available. Do not specify abandon=yes if you might want to restart the session later. To abandon a non-interactive AutoPatch session 1. Verify that you do not want to restart the previous failed session. 2. Start AutoPatch with the abandon=yes option: UNIX: 5-16    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 121. $ adpatch defaultsfile=$APPL_TOP/admin/testdb1/def.txt logfile=7654321.log patchtop=$APPL_TOP/patches/7654321 driver=c7654321.drv workers=3 interactive=no abandon=yes Windows: C:/> adpatch defaultsfile=%APPL_TOP%admintestdb1def.txt logfile=7654321.log patchtop=%APPL_TOP%patches7654321 driver=c7654321.drv workers=3 interactive=no abandon=yes Patching NLS Systems These patching procedures apply regardless of whether you are running American English (US) and one additional language, or American English (US) and several additional languages. If your system uses multiple languages, you can use AD Merge Patch to create merged patches in the following ways: • A single, merged patch that contains all languages (including US). • One merged patch for US and a second merged patch for all other languages. • A separate merged patch for each language. Each of these options has advantages and disadvantages. The first option is the simplest to apply because there is only one patch involved. However, it requires the longest system downtime of the three options, as the patch can be large. The second option is relatively easy to apply, and allows you to bring US users back online while you apply the patch for non-US languages. The third option is the most difficult to apply, but allows you to bring users for various non-US languages back online in a phased approach, which could be useful for multi-national corporations in some situations. Oracle generally recommends the second option because it provides the best compromise between easy application and minimum downtime. When merging multiple language patches, AD Merge Patch converts the character set according to the NLS_LANG variable in the Oracle E-Business Suite environment file. If you changed your character set since the initial installation, you might need to update the NLS_LANG variable. If this variable is not set properly, run OAM AutoConfig to update the Oracle E-Business Suite context with the correct character set information, then run the AutoConfig script to recreate the Oracle E-Business Suite environment file. Reset the environment using the new environment file before merging patches. See: AD Merge Patch, page 2-20, and Managing Configuration Parameters, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities. Applying a Single Patch to an NLS Installation: Requirement: I need to apply a single patch to an Oracle E-Business Suite NLS installation. If an Oracle E-Business Suite system contains languages other than American English (US), the recommended method is to apply the US patch first and then apply the Patching Procedures    5-17
  • 122. translation patch for each installed language. If you have installed more than one additional language, you can merge all the translation patches and apply them as a single, merged NLS patch. You can also merge US patches with the additional language patches. However, depending on your downtime window and your system topology, it may be necessary to keep the US and non-US patches separate. See: Applying an Emergency NLS Patch, page 5-19. To apply a single patch to an NLS installation This procedure assumes that you will apply US and language patches separately. 1. Use AutoPatch to apply the patch driver of the US patch. 2. Use AutoPatch to apply the patch drivers of each NLS patch. If you have merged the individual NLS patches for a system that runs multiple languages, apply the driver for the merged NLS patch. See: Applying a Patch Interactively, page 5-7. Applying Multiple Patches to an NLS Installation: Requirement: I need to apply several patches to an Oracle E-Business Suite NLS installation. If an Oracle E-Business Suite system contains multiple languages other than American English (US) and you are applying multiple patches for each language, the recommended method is to merge all US patches into a single patch and all patches for every non-US language into a single patch. Then apply the merged US patch followed by the merged language patch. You can also merge US patches with the additional language patches or merge each language in separate language-specific patches. Depending on your downtime window and your system topology, it may be necessary to keep the US and non-US patches separate. This procedure assumes that you will apply US and language patches separately. See: Applying an Emergency NLS Patch, page 5-19. To apply multiple patches to an NLS installation This example assumes the system has American English, French, and German installed. 1. Use AD Merge Patch to merge the US (American English) patches into a single patch. 2. Use AD Merge Patch to merge the French and German patches into a single NLS patch. 3. Use AutoPatch to apply all drivers of the merged US patch. 4. Use AutoPatch to apply all drivers of the merged NLS patch. 5-18    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 123. Applying an Emergency NLS Patch: Requirement: I do not want to shut down my system to apply all the translation patches. When applying a patch that requires a language translation, you can defer the application of the database portion of the translation driver until after you have applied the other drivers. This allows the system to be available to all users during the time the language translation is being applied. Remember that you can merge NLS patches if you have several to apply. See: Creating a Merged Patch, page 5-21. To apply an emergency NLS patch 1. Shut down the system (all services) and log off users. 2. Enable Maintenance Mode. 3. Apply the US copy portion of the unified driver to all servers. 4. Apply the US database portion of the unified driver to the administration server. 5. Apply the US generate portion of the unified driver to all servers. 6. Disable Maintenance Mode. 7. Bring up the system and allow US users to log on. 8. Apply the translation copy portion of the unified driver to all servers using options=hotpatch on the command line. 9. Apply the translation generate portion of the unified driver to all servers using options=hotpatch on the command line. See: AutoPatch Options, page 2-14. 10. Allow translation users to log on. 11. Apply the translation database portion of the unified driver to the administration server using options=hotpatch on the command line. Applying Patches to a Multi-Node System In a multi-node system, servers are installed on more than one node. The core technology directories (admin, ad, au, and fnd) and all product directories are installed under the APPL_TOP on all nodes, except for any node that contains only a database. Oracle E-Business Suite Release 12 introduced the concept of unified APPL_TOPs. On a multi-node system, exactly the same files are stored on every APPL_TOP. This architectural enhancement allows you to switch the function of a node easily if another Patching Procedures    5-19
  • 124. node fails, by starting the application services on a different machine, with only minimal changes to the overall configuration. When maintaining this type of system, patches will perform the same tasks in the file system, but the database actions will be performed only once. Alternatively, a system can be configured to share an APPL_TOP in situations where failover is not a concern. In a shared application tier file system, the APPL_TOP, COMMON_TOP, OracleAS 10.1.2 Oracle home, and OracleAS 10.1.3 Oracle home file systems are installed on a shared disk resource that is mounted on each node in the system. Any changes made to a shared file system environment are immediately available on all nodes. For more information, see: Managing Distributed Installations, Installing Oracle E-Business Suite; Shared Application Tier File System, Oracle E-Business Suite Concepts; My Oracle Support Knowledge Document 384248.1, Sharing the Application Tier File System in Oracle E-Business Suite Release 12; and Patching the APPL_TOP in a Shared Application Tier File System, page 5-20. Running a Unified Driver on Multiple Nodes: Requirement: How do I run a unified driver patch on a multi-node system? Apply the unified driver to all APPL_TOPs. AutoPatch determines which actions in the unified driver are required for the current APPL_TOP. To apply a unified driver on multiple nodes 1. Complete Steps 1 through to 9 in Applying a Patch Interactively, page 5-7. 2. Apply the unified driver on the node where the administration server is located. 3. Apply the unified driver on the node where the concurrent processing server is located. 4. Start the concurrent managers. 5. Apply the unified driver on the remaining nodes in the application tier. 6. Disable Maintenance mode. Use the Change Maintenance Mode menu of AD Administration to disable Maintenance mode. See: Changing Maintenance Mode, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities. 7. Start other services and restart the Web services, if necessary. Patching the APPL_TOP in a Shared Application Tier File System: Requirement: How do I apply patches to a system with a shared application tier file system configuration? 5-20    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 125. A traditional multi-node system requires the application tier file system on each node. In a shared application tier file system, the APPL_TOP, COMMON_TOP, 10.1.2 Oracle home, and 10.1.3 Oracle home file systems are installed on a shared disk resource mounted to each node in the system. These nodes can be used to provide standard application tier services, such as forms, Web, and concurrent processing. Any changes, including patching, made to a shared file system are immediately visible on all nodes. Although it is possible to apply patches from any node, Oracle recommends you choose one node as primary and apply all patches from this node. When you choose a primary node, AutoPatch and AutoConfig log files are consistently written to the same location. You can further reduce patching downtime by employing more than one node when applying patches. See: Distributing the Processing Tasks, page 5-25. To patch the APPL_TOP in a shared application tier file system For the APPL_TOP of a shared application tier file system, apply the patch once, as outlined in Applying a Patch Interactively, page 5-7. Reducing Downtime This section contains procedures designed to help reduce the time it takes to apply patches, and consequently reduce the time your system is offline and unavailable to users. Creating a Merged Patch: Requirement: I need to apply several patches. Is there any way to reduce the time it takes to apply them? You can merge multiple patches into a single patch by using AD Merge Patch. This AD command line utility merges multiple AutoPatch-compatible patches into a single, integrated patch. After the merged patch is created, you use AutoPatch to apply it in a single operation. Applying a merged patch reduces the time it takes to complete the patching process. See: AD Merge Patch, page 2-20. In general, you can safely merge any Oracle E-Business Suite patch with another Oracle E-Business Suite patch. Patches can and should be merged with their listed prerequisite patches to make patch application easier. Note: AD Merge Patch can merge patches for a specific platform with a generic patch, or patches with different source character sets. It cannot merge patches of different releases, different parallel modes, or different platforms. AD Merge Patch notifies you if you try to merge incompatible patches. Patches that affect the Applications DBA (AD) product must be handled separately. AD patches can be merged with other AD patches, but AD patches and non-AD patches cannot be merged because AD patches may change the AutoPatch utility itself. Merged Patching Procedures    5-21
  • 126. AD patches must be created separately and applied before you apply non-AD patches. When merging patches on systems that use languages other than American English, different considerations apply. For information about merging and applying NLS patches, see Applying Multiple Patches to an NLS Installation, page 5-18. Use either the command-line procedure or the OAM (Web-based) procedure to create a merged patch. Command-line procedure 1. Set the environment to indicate the location of the configuration parameter that define your system: UNIX: The environment file is typically APPS<CONTEXT_NAME>.env, and is located under the APPL_TOP. From a Bourne, Korn, or Bash shell, enter the following: $ . APPS<CONTEXT_NAME>.env Windows: Run %APPL_TOP%envshell.cmd using either Windows Explorer or the Run command from the Start menu. This creates a Command window that contains the required environment settings for Oracle E-Business Suite. Run all subsequent commands in this Command window. 2. Create directories. AD Merge Patch merges the set of files in individual patches under a source directory according to file revision and copies them to a destination directory. Run AD Merge Patch from the parent directory of the source directory. The destination directory should be located in the same parent directory. In the patch top area, create a source directory and a destination directory. Choose any name for these directories. For information on setting up the directories, see: Source and Destination Directories, page 2-20. 3. Download patches. Download all the patches you want to merge to the source directory. 4. Review the patch readme files. Some patches require special attention and additional steps if the patch is to be merged. Carefully review the readme file and follow the instructions. 5. Run AD Merge Patch. The merged patch is created in the destination directory. Run AD Merge Patch and supply the arguments for the destination directory name, and the source directory name. 5-22    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 127. $ admrgpch -s <source directory> -d <destination directory> You can specify the merged patch name with -merge_name <name>, or accept the default. You can merge patches before you unzip them by running AD Merge Patch with the -manifest command line argument. You must initially create a manifest file, which lists only the zip files. AD Merge Patch unzips these files into the source directory and includes them, along with any existing files in the source directory, in the merged patch. To use a manifest file, add the -manifest argument to the command line. $ admrgpch -s <source directory> -d <destination directory> -merge_name <name> [-manifest <manifest filename>] For example, if you have four patches named 1234561, 1234562, 1234563, and 1234564 located in the source directory /d01/patch_merge/source, and the destination directory is /d01/patch_merge/destination. To create a merged patch named "merge99", you would use commands similar to the following: UNIX: $ cd /d01/patch_merge $ admrgpch -s /d01/patch_merge/source -d /d01/patch_merge/destination -merge_name merge99 Windows: C:> cd d01patch_merge C:> admrgpch -s d:patch_mergesource -d d:patch_mergedestination -merge_name merge99 For more information on creating a manifest file, see: Merging Zipped Patches, page 2-21. Tip: If you do not want to create a manifest file, unzip all the patches to be merged into the source directory and omit the manifest file argument. 6. Check AD Merge Patch log files. After AD Merge Patch runs, check the admrgpch.log file for errors. The file is located in the current working directory (where AD Merge Patch was run). 7. Apply the patch. After a merged patch is created, apply it just like a single patch, either interactively or non-interactively. If you apply it non-interactively, follow the instructions for Applying a Non-Standard Patch, page 5-15. OAM (Web-based) procedure 1. Access the Oracle Applications Manager. Patching Procedures    5-23
  • 128. Follow the instructions in Accessing Patch Wizard, page 3-4 to access OAM. 2. From the Patch Wizard Tasks table, click the Tasks icon corresponding to Download Patches. The Download Patches page appears. Download Patches Page - Top 3. Enter the patch numbers of the patches you want to merge in the Patch List field. 4. In the Merge Options area, select Automatically merge downloaded patches. Also, specify the merged patch name and the merging strategy in this section. Click OK to begin downloading and merging the patches. Deferring the Upload of Patch Information: Requirement: Is there any task in the AutoPatch process that I can defer until after the system downtime? AutoPatch uploads patch history information to the database automatically each time it successfully applies a patch. The time required for the upload may be substantial depending on the size of the patch. You can defer this task during the AutoPatch session and upload the patch history information while the Oracle E-Business Suite system is in use. When you defer the uploading of patch history information to the database, AutoPatch writes it to the patch information files: • javaupdates<YYYYMMDDhhmiss>.txt, which contains information about changes to Java files 5-24    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 129. adpsv<YYYYMMDDhhmiss>.txt, which contains information about changes to all files except Java files Both files are located in the APPL_TOP/admin/<SID> directory. After the AutoPatch session is complete and the Oracle E-Business Suite system is back online, run AutoPatch with the uploadph=y argument to upload the contents of the patch information files to the database. To defer the upload of patch information 1. Perform preparatory patch steps. See: Applying a Patch Interactively, page 5-7. 2. Apply the patch by running AutoPatch with the defer patch history information upload option. $ adpatch options=phtofile 3. After the patch session is complete, disable Maintenance mode, restart all services and allow users to access the system. 4. Run AutoPatch with the upload patch history information argument. $ adpatch uploadph=y AutoPatch uploads the patch history information to the database and exits. Distributing the Processing Tasks: Requirement: How can I use the processing capacity on the other nodes in my system when I apply a patch? Creating a multi-node system with a shared application tier file system saves patching time because you apply patches only once, on the primary node. However, when applying a patch that includes a large number of processes that affect the database, you can reduce the downtime even further by distributing the worker processes across multiple servers on multiple nodes. This distributed AD feature of AutoPatch and AD Controller allows you to assign workers to run not only on the primary node but also on the secondary nodes that share the application tier file system. See: Distributing Processing Tasks Across Nodes, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities. To distribute processing tasks 1. Start AutoPatch on the primary node with the following command options: $ adpatch workers=<total number of workers> localworkers=<number of workers on primary node> For example, this command runs an AutoPatch session with three workers on the primary node and five workers on a remote note: Patching Procedures    5-25
  • 130. $ adpatch workers=8 localworkers=3 2. Start an interactive AD Controller session on each of the secondary nodes that will run workers by using the distributed=y argument. $ adctrl distributed=y 3. On each secondary node, AD Controller prompts for the range of workers to start. For example, to start workers 5 through 8 on a node, enter "5-8" in response to the "Enter the worker range" prompt. Enter the worker range: 5-8 Note: Workers must be in contiguous groups. For example, you cannot start workers 4, 6, 8 on one node, and 5, 7, 9 on another. Using a Staged Applications System: Requirement: How can I reduce the time my system is down when I apply large patches? A staged Oracle E-Business Suite system represents an exact copy (clone) of your production system, including all APPL_TOPs as well as a copy of the production database. You can apply patches to a staged system while the production system remains in operation. Then you connect the staged system to the production system, update the database, and synchronize the APPL_TOPs. The downtime for the production system begins only after all patches have been successfully applied to the staged system, and you have tested the newly patched environment. Note: The AD codelevels of the staged system and the production system must be identical. You cannot use a staged system to apply AD release update packs (RUPs) or new product patches associated with a pre-upgrade patch. After the patches are applied to the staged system, and the production system is updated, you must export applied patches information from the staged system and import it to the production system. This ensures that the OAM patch history database in the production system is up-to-date and that you can continue to use patch-related features. There are several phases to creating a staged system, patching it, and updating the production system. Complete Prerequisite Tasks A staged system must be an exact duplicate of the production system. Each physical APPL_TOP in the production system must exist in the staged system. Note the following conditions: 5-26    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 131. The APPL_TOPs in the staged system must have the same name as the APPL_TOPs in the production system to ensure consistency of the patching history in the production system. When patch history data is imported from the staged system to the production system, each system must have the same APPL_TOP names. • The database in the staged system should have a different <SID> to avoid accidental connections to the production system. Passwords, ports, and any process or service-related parameters can be changed to further reduce risks. • You must have different Oracle E-Business Suite system names for the staged and the production systems. AutoPatch will correct the historical information. Complete the following tasks: 1. Update the production system snapshot. Verify that your system current view snapshot is up-to-date by running the Maintain Current Snapshot task in AD Administration. Run the task on all APPL_TOPs in your system. See: Maintain Applications Files Tasks, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities. 2. Create the staged system. Create a clone of the production database, the application tier components, and each APPL_TOP to use as the staged system. See: Cloning, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Procedures. Apply Patches to the Staged System You patch the staged system in the same way that you patch any other system by using AutoPatch to apply the patch drivers. See AutoPatch, page 2-2 and Performing Interactive Patching, page 5-6 for details. If you need to apply more than one patch, consider merging the patches to further reduce downtime. Important: Do not apply any other patches to the production system during this process. If you do, you will have to recreate the staged system. Apply Patches to the Production System After the patching is complete on the staged system, you are ready to update the production system. 1. Enable a connection from the staged system to the production system. Add the production system information to the tnsnames file on the staged system. Update the s_ifile AutoConfig variable in the APPL_TOP context file on the staged system to "<AS Oracle Home>/network/admin/globaltns.ora". For instructions on updating configuration parameters and variables, see: Managing Configuration Parameters, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Procedures. Patching Procedures    5-27
  • 132. 2. Shut down the production system. On the production system, set the environment, shut down all services, and enable Maintenance mode. 3. Update the production database. On the staged system, set the environment, then run AutoPatch to apply patches to the production system. For each patch, apply the driver for the patch with the options=nocopyportion,nogenerateportion options to the AutoPatch start command, adpatch. Make sure the database name in the AutoPatch prompt is correct. 4. Update the production APPL_TOPs. Synchronize all the production APPL_TOPs with the staged APPL_TOPs. To minimize downtime, you can complete this task while the production database is being updated. For example, on UNIX you can either do a simple copy with cp, or use utilities such as rdist, rcp, or zip. Note these conditions: • If your staged system contains multiple APPL_TOPs, you must synchronize each one to the respective APPL_TOP on the production system. • If you share a single APPL_TOP, you need to synchronize only one APPL_TOP. • The COMMON_TOP directory, which may reside outside the APPL_TOP, must be updated for each APPL_TOP. Certain configuration files, log directories, and environment scripts are specific to an APPL_TOP. You do not have to copy the following files and directories when you copy the APPL_TOP: • $APPL_TOP/admin/<SID> • $FND_TOP/out • $FND_TOP/log • $COMMON_TOP/html/_pages • $APPL_TOP/log/ If you use the rdist utility, you can use a distfile to exclude these files. Run AutoConfig on the production APPL_TOP to configure the environment. Create a Complete Production Patch History At this point, the copy and generate portions of the patch history for patches applied to the staged system are stored in the staged system database, and the database portion of 5-28    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 133. the patch history is stored in both the staged system database and the production system database. To create a complete copy of the patch history on the production system, use the adphmigr.pl utility to load the applied patches information from the copy and generate portions of all patches into the production database. For each patch applied to the staged system, you must export patch history for each APPL_TOP in the staged system and import it for the corresponding APPL_TOP in the production system. Users do not have to log off the production system while you perform the import and export tasks. Finish consolidating the production system patch history before you apply any additional patches to it, or before you use any patch-related Oracle Applications Manager (OAM) features. 1. Export applied patches information. From the staged APPL_TOP, run the adphmigr.pl script (located in <AD_TOP>/bin). Enter adphmigr.pl -help to see all valid options for running the utility. Oracle recommends you export patch history separately for each APPL_TOP, as you will need to import it separately. Specify nodatabaseportion=y on the command line to ensure that the patch history data for the database portion of the patches applied is not exported. For example: $ perl $AD_TOP/bin/adphmigr.pl userid=apps/apps startdate='2003/10/10 00:00:00' enddate='2003/14/10 00:00:00' appsystemname=stage appltopname=tafnwl nodatabaseportion=Y You can obtain the appsystemname and the appltopname by looking up the values of s_atName and s_systemname in the AutoConfig-generated environment XML file. 2. Verify export data. The script generates two data files for each run of AutoPatch on the staged APPL_TOP, one for java updates and one for all other patch actions. Check adphmigr.log to ensure the data files represent the patch runs you wish to export, and that the start and end times specified did not include any unwanted AutoPatch runs. 3. Import applied patches information. For each APPL_TOP in the production system, copy the data files extracted for the corresponding APPL_TOP in the staged system to the <APPL_TOP>/admin/<SID> directory. The next time you run AutoPatch in this APPL_TOP, it will automatically upload these files. To load the files immediately, run AutoPatch interactively, answer the prompts until you are prompted for the name of the patch driver file. At that point, exit AutoPatch by entering abort at the patch driver file prompt. Important: The FNDLOAD method of transferring patch history is no longer recommended. The adphmigr.pl script method is easier Patching Procedures    5-29
  • 134. to use and more efficient. Keeping Patches Current Each time you apply a patch, AutoPatch stores the associated information in the Oracle Applications Manager (OAM) patch history database. The OAM Patch Wizard and Applied Patches tools provide graphical user interfaces that you can use to query the database for a complete history of patches applied to your system, to search for the patches you have already applied, and to determine existing patches that should be applied to keep your system current. Patch Wizard determines which recommended patches you should apply to your system, and the impact of applying these patches. Before running Patch Wizard, you must set up My Oracle Support credentials. You must also set up preferences and filters that govern the way you download patches. To see how to complete these one-time tasks, as well as learn about navigating the Patch Wizard pages and submitting requests, see: Patch Wizard, page 3-1. Creating a List of Recommended Patches: Requirement: How do I determine if there are patches that I have not yet applied? Patch Wizard creates a list of patches by comparing the patches in the patch history database against a list of recommended patches in a Patch Information Bundle file downloaded from My Oracle Support. It then determines which of the recommended patches you should apply to your system and reports the contents of the patch and the files that it will update when applied. It does not report on all available patches, but only patches at the current codeline, such as high-priority patches, and those that update your system to a new codeline (pre-upgrade patches). To see a list of patches recommended for your system 1. Access Oracle Applications Manager. Follow the instructions in Accessing Patch Wizard, page 3-4 to access OAM. All procedures in this section begin with the Site Map. 2. Access the Patch Wizard home page. From the Site Map (Maintenance tab), click Patch Wizard under the Patching and Utilities heading. 5-30    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 135. Site Map Page The Patch Wizard home page appears. 3. Submit a request for recommended patches. From the Recommend Patches page, select a patch filter. Use the magnifying glass icon to see a list of available patch filters. Recommend Patches Page - Top After you have entered the request information, click OK. The results of your request are shown in the Results section of the Patch Wizard main page. You can also schedule the request for a future date. 4. Track the status of your request. From the main page, you can track the status of your recommended patch request. Click the Job Status icon for the Recommend/Analyze Patches task. Patching Procedures    5-31
  • 136. Job Status Page The Job Status page displays summary information. If you click the Show/Hide icon corresponding to your request ID, the page displays more details. For more information about the fields and functions on this page, see: Patch Wizard, page 3-1. Downloading Recommended Patches: Requirement: How do I use Patch Wizard to download patches? Patch Wizard can download patches based on either the list created by the "recommend patches" request or any list of patches entered in the Download Patches page. The Download Patches page prompts you for information about the patches to download, then downloads them directly from My Oracle Support. The Merge Options section of this page defines how patches should be merged after they are downloaded. To download patches using Patch Wizard 1. Access Oracle Applications Manager. Follow the instructions in Accessing Patch Wizard, page 3-4 to access OAM. All procedures in this section begin with the Site Map. 2. Access the Patch Wizard home page. From the Site Map (Maintenance tab), click Patch Wizard under the Patching and Utilities heading. 5-32    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 137. Site Map Page The Patch Wizard home page appears. Patch Wizard Home Page 3. Submit a request to download patches. Click the Tasks icon for Download Patches. The Download Patches page appears. Patching Procedures    5-33
  • 138. Download Patches Page - Top On this page, list the patches you want to download in the Patch List field. Another option is to click the Details icon for a recommended patch request in the Results section of the Patch Wizard home page. Patch Wizard Home Page - Recommended Patches Results The Recommended Patches Results page for the recommended patch request appears. 5-34    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 139. Recommended Patches Results Page Select any number of recommended patches on this page and click the Download button. This populates the Patch List field in the Download Patches page with the selected patch numbers. 4. Set download options. On the Download Patches page, set Merge options and indicate information about languages and platforms. If you choose to automatically merge patches while downloading, specify the merged patch name and the merging strategy. You can select the languages and platform of the patches to download. When you provide information in this section of the page, Patch Wizard only downloads patches that match the selected languages and platform. You can also schedule the download for a future date. 5. Submit request. After you have entered the patch information, click OK. 6. Track the status of your request. From the main page, you can track the status of your patch request. Click the Job Status icon for Download Patches. Patching Procedures    5-35
  • 140. Job Status Page The Job Status page displays. If you click the Show/Hide icon corresponding to you request ID, the page displays more details. For more information about the fields and functions on this page, see: Patch Wizard, page 3-1. Determining Patch Impact on System Files: Requirement: Before I apply a patch, can I see which system files will be affected? Patch Wizard provides a Patch Impact Summary page that shows the impact of a specific patch if applied to your system. It contains the following information: Patch Impact Analysis, Direct Impact Summary, and Indirect Impact Summary. By reviewing these results, you can see detailed information about files included in a patch, as well as the effect a specific patch will have on your existing system files. For example, you can see information about total files in the patch, the number and type of files that will be installed, and which existing files will be changed. See: Patch Wizard, page 3-1. To view the information on the Patch Impact Summary page 1. Access Oracle Applications Manager. Follow the instructions in Accessing Patch Wizard, page 3-4 to access OAM. All procedures in this section begin with the Site Map. 2. Access the Patch Wizard home page. From the Site Map (Maintenance tab), click Patch Wizard under the Patching and Utilities heading. 5-36    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 141. Site Map Page 3. View recommended patches results. From the home page, click the Details icon for an item in the Results section. Recommended Patches Results Page The Recommended Patches Results page for the recommended patch request appears. Patching Procedures    5-37
  • 142. Recommended Patches Results Page 4. Access the Patch Impact Analysis page. Clicking the Impact icon in the Recommended Patches Results page opens the Patch Impact Analysis page for the selected patch. 5-38    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 143. Patch Impact Analysis Page Many of the line items on this page are links to detailed information about the impact of the patch on the system. For example, the File Types Installed value is a link to a page that lists the file types and the number of unchanged, changed, and new files in the file system as a result of applying the selected patch. Creating Patch Recommendations Without an Internet Connection: Requirement: How do I use the features of creating patch recommendations if I do not have access to an Internet connection? You can run Patch Wizard without access to an Internet connection, if necessary, by downloading the Patch Information Bundle to a system which has Internet access. Once the download is complete, copy the Patch Information Bundle file to the Patch Wizard's staging directory. Then run Patch Wizard as you normally would based on the files you copied to the staging directory. To create recommendations without using an Internet connection 1. Download the Patch Information Bundle to a system which has Internet access. 2. Set up a staging directory on a system that does not have Internet access. Patch Wizard must be able to read from and write to this staging directory. 3. Copy the Patch Information Bundle zip file to the staging directory. The zip file must be copied to a system that can access the Patch Wizard staging directory. If the staging directory is on a local disk, the zip file must be copied to the system where you run Patch Wizard. If the staging directory is on a shared (network) disk, it can be copied to any system with access to the shared disk. Patching Procedures    5-39
  • 144. 4. Run Create Recommendations as you normally would from this point. Analyzing Applied Patches As you apply patches, AutoPatch records the actions in the Oracle E-Business Suite patch history database. You can query this database using the Oracle Applications Manager (OAM) Applied Patches feature, which provides easy access to reports based on your search criteria. Note: Patch information s is not stored in the database if the patch is applied in pre-install mode or test mode. Also, if patch application does not run successfully to completion, the associated information is neither uploaded to the patch history database nor available in the Applied Patches feature. You enter search criteria on a search patches page, either Simple Search or Advanced Search. A summary report is displayed at the bottom of the search page. Several detailed reports are also available, including Timing Details, Files Copied, Bug Fixes, and Action Summary. Most of these detailed reports have a standard layout. The top portion displays the criteria that were used for the search, and the bottom portion displays the results of the search. See also Applied Patches in the OAM Help system. Determining If a Patch Was Applied: Requirement: Can I determine if a specific patch has been applied to my Oracle E-Business Suite system? To determine which patches were applied, enter a patch ID in the Applied Patch Check area of the Software Updates page. You can perform a simple search by entering an ID or a series of IDs separated by commas. To determine if a patch was applied 1. Access Oracle Applications Manager. Follow the instructions in Accessing Patch Wizard, page 3-4 to access OAM. 2. Access the Software Updates page. From the Applications Dashboard, click the Software Updates tab. The Software Updates page appears. 5-40    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 145. Software Updates Page 3. Enter a patch ID. In the Applied Patch Check area of the Software Updates page, enter a patch ID or a series of IDs separated by commas. Your queried ID appears in the corresponding column depending on whether it has been applied. Searching for Patch Details: Requirement: What information is available on the Patch Details report? How do I create the report? From any Patch Summary report, you can click the Details icon for a selected row to open the Patch Details report, which displays summary information carried over from the Results portion of either the Simple Search or Advanced Search page. This report also contains more specific information about the patch, including: • Name of the driver file and the date and time it was applied • Command line options used to run the file • Platform of the driver file • Location where the driver was run • Report on whether a codelevel was introduced, and if so, which one From the Patch Details page, you can also access additional information about a patch, including timing details, files copied, bug fixes, and a summary of actions performed. See: Applied Patches, page 4-1. See also Applied Patches in the OAM Help. Patching Procedures    5-41
  • 146. To review patch details 1. Access Oracle Applications Manager. Follow the instructions in Accessing Patch Wizard, page 3-4 to access OAM. 2. Create a Patch Summary report. From the Site Map (Maintenance tab), click Applied Patches under the Patching and Utilities heading. From either the Simple Search or Advanced Search page, enter a patch number or a date range to create a Patch Summary report. Click Go. 3. Select the patch. Click the Details icon in any selected row of the Patch Summary report. The Patch Details report appears. Patch Details Report The report displays patch details such as driver files, start and end dates, and platform. It also provides access to other patch details related to the driver files, such as files copied and bug fixes. You can select a driver from the list, and click one of the additional detail buttons to see other reports. 4. View additional details. As an example of the details that are available for a selected driver, click Files Copied. 5-42    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 147. Files Copied Report For each file, the Files Copied report shows the product short name, the directory where the file was copied, the name of the file, and the version number. To view other information associated with the driver file, click the Patch Details link at the top of the page to return to the previous page. As another example, click the Bug Fixes button. Bug Fixes Report The Bug Fixes report lists all bug fixes included in the selected driver file. It contains the bug number, the associated product, and whether the bug fix was applied. If the fix was not applied, the Remarks column explains why. 5. View the Action Summary report. You can create a report that summarizes the actions of a selected driver file. Click the Patch Details link at the top of the page to return to the Patch Details page. (You can also access the Action Summary report by clicking the bug fix number on the Bug Fixes report.) From the Patch Details page, select a driver and click the Action Summary button. Patching Procedures    5-43
  • 148. Action Summary Report The Action Summary report shows more information about the driver and its actions. For definitions of the column headings, see Action Summary, page 4-13. If the driver selected contains a database portion, the Patch Summary report shows the driver actions, such as sql and exec. If the driver performed actions on the database, the Details icon is active. Click it to see the Action Details report. Searching for Translation Patches: Requirement: My Oracle E-Business Suite system operates in multiple languages. I want to make sure translation patches have been applied successfully. If a patch has an associated translation patch, you apply the translation patch separately. AutoPatch stores information in the patch history database about all translation patches you apply. To search for translation patches 1. Access the Oracle Applications Manager. Follow the instructions in Accessing Patch Wizard, page 3-4 to access OAM. 2. Access the Simple Search page. 5-44    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 149. Site Map Page From the Site Map (Maintenance tab), click Applied Patches under the Patching and Utilities heading. The Simple Search page appears. Enter the search criteria. For details about using the Simple Search page, see: Determining If a Patch Was Applied, page 5-40, or click the OAM Help button. 3. Specify the patch. On the Simple Search page, enter the ID of the translation patch in the Patch field. Click Go. 4. Review the Patch Summary report All applications of the patch are displayed. If multiple translations were applied, there will be multiple rows. The Language column shows the languages applied. Patching Procedures    5-45
  • 150. Applied Patches Page - Simple Search Viewing Applied Patches in a Report Format: Requirement: Can I review applied patches information without the OAM screens? There may be times when you want to view applied patch history without running the Oracle Applications Manager. For example, you may need to view large amounts of data, or you may just need a list of patches without the detail provided in the OAM Patch History reports. In these cases, you can run command line scripts that list all patches applied in each AutoPatch session, all files affected by a patch, or all patches applied within a certain date range. The scripts, and a description of the reports they produce, are listed in the following table. Patch Report Scripts Script Name Report Content Output Format adphrept.sql Lists patches applied in XML individual AutoPatch sessions, and includes details. adfhrept.sql Displays information about XML files changed by patches. 5-46    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 151. Script Name Report Content Output Format adpchlst.sql Lists patches applied in a Text given date range. The XML reports produced by adphrept.sql and adfhrept.sql can either be processed as XML or viewed as HTML. To run a report that provides a listing of applied patches, follow the appropriate instructions in this section. To see a list of all completed AutoPatch sessions with patch details Run the adphrept.sql script (located in <AD_TOP>/patch/115/sql). This script produces an XML report showing individual AutoPatch sessions. If a patch was applied more than once, this report lists each application of the patch. If a merged patch was applied, it lists the merged patch by patch name. It does not list the individual patches within the merged patch. To run adphrept.sql, use the following parameters: <query_depth> <bug_number or ALL> <bug_product or ALL> <start_date_from (mm/dd/rr or ALL)> <end_date_to (mm/dd/yyyy or ALL)> <patchname/ALL> <patchtype/ALL> <level/ALL> <language/ALL> <appltop/ALL> <limit to forms server? (Y/N)> <limit to web server? (Y/N)> <limit to node server? (Y/N)> <limit to admin server? (Y/N)> <only patches that change DB? (Y/N)> <report_name>.xml For <query_depth>, specify 1 (details of patches only), 2 (details of patches and their bug fixes only), or 3 (details of patches, bug fixes, and bug actions). At the command prompt, enter the report command and enter values for the parameters and prompts. For example, to see complete patch details for AutoPatch sessions that were run during January 2009, enter the following, using the mm/dd/yyyy date format: UNIX: $ cd $AD_TOP/patch/115/sql $ sqlplus <APPS username>/<APPS password> @adphrept.sql 3 ALL ALL 01/01/2009 01/31/2009 ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL N N N N N jan09.xml Windows: C:> cd %AD_TOP%patch115sql C:> sqlplus <APPS username>/<APPS password> @adphrept.sql 3 ALL ALL 01/01/2009 01/31/2009 ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL N N N N N jan09.xml The <AD_TOP>/html directory contains the adpchrep.xsl style sheet for displaying the XML output file in HTML format. To view the XML file as HTML, copy both the adpchrep.xsl style sheet and XML output report to a directory accessible by a browser. Patching Procedures    5-47
  • 152. Open the directory in your browser and click the XML filename. To display information about files changed by patches Run the adfhrept.sql script (located in <AD_TOP>/patch/115/sql) to produce an XML report named adfilerep.xml. Use the following parameters: <filename> <latest file version only? (Y/N) <start_date (mm/dd/rr or ALL)> <end_date (mm/dd/yyyy or ALL)> <patchtype/ALL> <language/ALL> <appltop/ALL> <limit to forms server? (Y/N)> <limit to web server? (Y/N)> <only patches that change DB? (Y/N)> At the command prompt, enter the report command and enter values for the parameters and prompts. For example, to see the complete file version history for admorgb.pls considering only patches applied in January 2008, enter the following, using mm/dd/yyyy format: UNIX: $ cd $AD_TOP/patch/115/sql $ sqlplus <APPS username>/<APPS password> @adfhrept.sql admorgb.pls N 01/01/2008 01/31/2008 ALL ALL ALL N N N N N Windows: C:> cd %AD_TOP%patch115sql C:> sqlplus <APPS username>/<APPS password> @adfhrept.sql admorgb.pls N 01/01/2008 01/31/2008 ALL ALL ALL N N N N N The <AD_TOP>/html directory contains the adfilerep.xsl style sheet for displaying the XML output file in HTML format. To view the XML file as HTML, copy both the adfilerep.xsl style sheet and XML output report to a directory accessible by a browser. Open the directory in your browser and click on the XML filename. To see a list of all patches in a given date range The adpchlst.sql report (located in <AD_TOP>/patch/115/sql) produces a list (adpchlst.lst) of all patches in a date range, without patch detail. It differs from adphrept.sql in two ways: it lists a patch only once regardless of how many times it was applied, and it lists individual patches included within a merged patch. For example, if you combine patches 123, 124, and 125 in a merged patch called merged1, the report lists patches 123, 124, and 125, but not merged1. At the command prompt, enter the report command and enter the date parameters in mm/dd/yyyy format. For example, to see a list of patches applied in October 2008, enter the following: UNIX: $ cd $AD_TOP/patch/115/sql $ sqlplus <APPS username>/<APPS password> @adpchlst.sql 10/01/2008 10/31/2008 Windows: 5-48    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 153. C:> cd %AD_TOP%patch115sql C:> sqlplus <APPS username>/<APPS password> @adpchlst.sql 10/01/2008 10/31/2008 Monitoring Patches in Progress: Requirement: Can I monitor the progress of a patch while it is being applied? Depending on the size and complexity of a patch, it may take from several minutes to several hours to completely apply it to your system. It is useful to know what a patch is currently doing and how long individual steps are taking. When applying patches, the Oracle E-Business Suite system is in Maintenance mode and the application tier services, including the Web server, are shut down. This prevents access to Oracle E-Business Suite and Oracle Applications Manager. In order to access the Timing Reports to track an in-progress patching session, the Web server must be started in restricted mode and OAM accessed through a restricted mode URL. When using Timing Reports to track an in-progress patching session, the timing report displays the most recently performed tasks. Use the Refresh icon to get the latest running tasks. To monitor patches in progress 1. Set up the ad_monitor user account. Use the ad_monitor user account to log in to OAM in restricted mode. • Log in to SQL*Plus as SYSTEM. • Unlock the ad_monitor user. SQL> alter user ad_monitor account unlock; • Log in to SQL*Plus as the ad_monitor user and reset the password. The default password is 'lizard'. 2. Shut down all application tier services. 3. Enable Maintenance mode. 4. Start the Web server in restricted mode. The script to start and stop this service is in the $COMMON_TOP/admin/scripts/<CONTEXT_NAME> directory. UNIX: $ adaprstctl.sh start Windows: C:>adaprstctl.cmd start 5. Run AutoPatch to start the patch session. 6. Access OAM through the restricted mode URL: Patching Procedures    5-49
  • 154. <host>:<port>/servlets/weboamLocal/oam/oamLogin 7. Log in to OAM as the ad_monitor user. 8. Navigate to the Timing Reports (Navigation: Sitemap > Maintenance > Patching and Utilities > Timing Reports). See: Timing Reports, page 4-15. 9. When the patching session is complete, shut down the restricted mode Web server. UNIX: $ adaprstctl.sh stop Windows: C:> adaprstctl.cmd stop 10. Disable Maintenance mode. 11. Restart all services. You can also monitor the progress of the patching process by reviewing: • AutoPatch messages As AutoPatch runs, it displays messages on the screen about the status and progress of the patching process. • Patch log files AutoPatch creates log files in the current directory. Each log file contains information about completed patching actions. See: Log and Restart Files, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities. • Worker status For jobs run in parallel, use AD Controller to view the status of the concurrent manager and workers assigned to process jobs. See: Reviewing Worker Status, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Procedures and AD Controller, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities. Analyzing Patches Without an Internet Connection: Requirement: How do I analyze specific patches if I do not have access to an Internet connection? You can run Patch Wizard to analyze specific patches without access to an Internet connection, if necessary, by downloading the patches to a system which has Internet access. Once the download is complete, copy the patches to the Patch Wizard's staging directory. Then run Patch Wizard as you normally would based on the files you copied to the staging directory. 5-50    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 155. To analyze specific patches without using an Internet connection 1. Download the patch zip file(s) to a system which has Internet access. 2. Set up a staging directory on a system that does not have Internet access. Patch Wizard must be able to read from and write to this staging directory. 3. Copy the patch zip file(s) to the <staging directory>/ad directory, if the downloaded patch is an AD product patch. Otherwise, copy the patch zip file(s) to <staging directory>/nonad directory. The zip file(s) must be copied to a system that can access the Patch Wizard staging directory. If the staging directory is on a local disk, the zip file(s) must be copied to the system where you run Patch Wizard. If the staging directory is on a shared (network) disk, it can be copied to any system with access to the shared disk. 4. Run Analyze Specific Patches as you normally would from this point. Backing Out Patches Although you can back out patches that you have applied to your Oracle E-Business Suite system and restore it to its pre-patched state, Oracle recommends you use this course of action only if you have no other choice. Note: There is no automated method of backing out patches. Restoring from a Failed Copy Section of a Unified Driver: Requirement: The copy portion of a unified driver failed during a patching procedure. I need to restore my system. You should always test the application of a patch several times on a test system, particularly if the patch is a release update pack (RUP), product family RUP, or pre-upgrade patch. After the test application is successful, apply the patch on the production system. Before applying a large number of patches, a release update pack (RUP), product family RUP, or a pre-upgrade patch, back up the Oracle E-Business Suite file system and database. To restore from a failed copy section of a unified driver 1. Determine the cause of the failure. In many cases, the issue can be resolved and the patching process restarted at the point of failure. 2. Determine the actions of the copy portion of a unified driver. Patching Procedures    5-51
  • 156. If there is no feasible method of resolving the issue, review the log files and the copy portion of a unified driver to determine the files copied by the patch and the update actions performed. 3. Restore files. If a file in the patch top directory is a more recent version than the product's current file, AutoPatch backs up the current file into a subdirectory of the patch top directory. If <patches> is the patch top directory, <system_name> is the Applications system name, <APPL_TOP_name> is the APPL_TOP name, and <prod> is the name of the product being patched, AutoPatch backs up: <PROD>_TOP/<subdir(s)>/<old_file_name> to <patches>/backup/<system_name>/<appl_top_name>/<prod>/<subdir(s)>/<o ld_file_name> Note: The Oracle E-Business Suite system name and the APPL_TOP name are determined when you run Rapid Install. Use these backup files to restore the files on the Oracle E-Business Suite system. If the patch is large and you copied many files, restore the entire file system with the backup you created before you applied the patch. If you restore the entire file system you do not have to perform Steps 4 through to 7. 4. Relink files. If the copy portion of the unified driver includes actions to relink files, determine the files affected and relink them using AD Administration or, for AD programs, use AD Relink. See: Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities. 5. Restore Java files. If the patch included Java updates, restore the Oracle E-Business Suite Java files by running the following command from the <patches>/backup/ <system_name>/<appl_top_name> directory. $ adjava -mx256m oracle.apps.ad.jri.adjcopy @undoScript.cmd 6. Generate JAR files. If Java files are included in the patch, generate JAR files using AD Administration. See: AD Administration, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities. 7. Generate other files. If there are forms, reports, graphics, or message files included in the patch, generate these files using AD Administration. See: Managing Files, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Procedures. 5-52    Oracle E-Business Suite Patching Procedures
  • 157. Restoring from a Failed Database Portion of a Unified Driver: Requirement: Can I restore my system after a failed database portion of a unified driver? There is no general method of backing out changes a patch makes to the Oracle E-Business Suite database. To avoid the need to restore a database, you should always test the application of a patch several times on a test system, particularly if the patch is a release update pack, product family release update pack, or pre-upgrade patch. After the test application is successful, apply the patch on the production system. For more information, see: Changing Maintenance Mode, Oracle E-Business Suite Maintenance Utilities. Patching Procedures    5-53
  • 159.   Index admsi.pl, 1-7, 2-2, 5-2 Symbols customized installation instructions, 5-8 <language>_<filename>_ldt.log, 2-4 adpatch, 1-7 adpatch.lgi, 2-4 A adpatch.log, 2-4 Action Detail report, 4-14 adpchlst.sql, 5-47 Action Summary report, 4-13, 5-43 adphmigr.pl, 5-29 AD_FILES table adphrept.sql, 5-46 reviewing for customized files, 2-8 AD Relink, using, 5-52 ad_monitor, 5-49 adrelink.log, 2-4 AD Administration adt<session_id>.lst, 4-16 defaults file, 5-14 adworkxxx.log, 2-4 Timing Details report, 4-21 ADXGNPIN.sql, 5-10 adaprstctl.cmd, 5-49 ADXGNPNS.sql, 5-10 adaprstctl.sh, 5-49 APPL_TOP name, 2-6 AD Controller, 5-25 applcust.txt file, 3-24 shutting down workers, 2-19 Application Object Library (AOL) adfhrept.sql, 5-46 validating passwords, 2-5 adlibin.log, 2-4 Applied Patch Check field, 4-31 adlibout.log, 2-4 Applied Patches AD Merge Patch about, 5-40 about, 2-20 Action Detail report, 4-14 admrgpch, 2-22 Action Summary report, 4-13, 5-43 description of, 1-7 Advanced Search page, 4-5 destination directory, 2-20 Bug Fixes report, 4-12, 5-43 directory structure, 2-20 description of, 1-7 log files, 5-23 Files Copied report, 4-12, 5-42 merging patches with, 2-20 page navigation, 4-2 merging patch zip files, 2-21 Patch Details report, 4-10, 5-41 source directory, 2-20 reporting tool, 4-1 using, 5-12, 5-21, 5-22 Simple Search page, 4-4 admrgpch, 1-7, 2-22 using, 5-40 admrgpch.log, 5-23 apply=no, 5-11 Index-1
  • 160. APPS schema current invalid objects, 2-6 B AutoConfig test mode, 5-11 backing out patches AutoPatch copy portion of a unified driver, 5-51 abort command, 2-19 database driver, 5-53 about, 2-2 backup files adpatch.lgi, 2-4 before applying large patches, 5-7 adpatch.log, 2-4 deleting after patching, 2-10, 5-10 arguments to restore a system, 5-52 apply, 2-13 Bug Fixes report, 4-12, 5-43 driver, 2-13 bug fix patch patchtop, 2-14 definition of, 1-2 preinstall, 2-14 uploadph, 2-14 C command line arguments, 2-12, 2-18 description of, 1-7 codelevels how to run, 2-18 Codelevel Introduced report, 4-11 log files, 5-10 current and new, 3-3 modes, 2-10, 4-2 definition of, 1-4 non-interactive patching, 5-13 Codelevels Summary page, 3-20 options codelines, 3-19, 4-11, 5-30 about, 2-14 definition of, 1-3 autoconfig, 2-15 concurrent programs, 3-3 checkfile, 2-15 consolidated upgrade patch compiledb, 2-15 definition of, 1-3 compilejsp, 2-16 copy portion copyportion, 2-16 failed, 5-51 databaseportion, 2-16 unified driver, 2-5 generateportion, 2-16 custom filters for Patch Wizard, 3-10 hotpatch, 2-17 customized files, 3-25 integrity, 2-17 in AD_FILES table, 2-8 maintenancemode, 2-17 customized installation instructions, 5-8 parallel, 2-17 phtofile, 2-18 D validate, 2-18 database portion phase order, 2-7 failed, 5-53 prompts, 2-4 unified driver, 2-6 responding to prompts, 5-9 defaults file restarting, 2-19 for non-interactive patching, 5-14 running for non-standard patches, 5-15 in pre-install mode, 2-10 DISPLAY in test mode, 2-11 setting for PAA, 5-2 non-interactively, 2-8 distributed AD specifying parallel workers, 2-7 using, 5-25 Timing Details report, 4-18 driver validating passwords, 2-18 failed copy portion, 5-51 AutoPatch arguments, 2-13 Index-2
  • 161. failed database portion, 5-53 <language>_<filename>_ldt.log, 2-4 unified, 2-5 about, 2-3 driver file actions, 5-41 adlibin.log, 2-4 adlibout.log, 2-4 E adpatch.lgi, 2-4 adpatch.log, 2-4 emergency patches adrelink.log, 2-4 applying, 5-12 adworkxxx.log, 2-4 error messages, 2-9 AutoPatch, 2-5 Exception Report, 4-26 viewing details, 4-28 viewing from Timing Reports main page, 4-18 F viewing from View Log Files page, 4-27 File History writing to the same location, 5-21 about, 4-7 Advanced Search page, 4-8 M description of, 1-8 maintenance mode Simple Search page, 4-7 about, 2-3 Files Copied report, 4-12, 5-42 disabling, 5-10, 5-20 filters for Patch Wizard downtime alert messages, 2-3 custom filters, 3-10 enabling, 5-9 pre-seeded, 3-10 Manage Downtime Schedules about, 1-8 G manifest command line argument, 5-23 generate portion manual steps for patching, 3-18 unified driver, 2-7 merged patches creating, 3-8, 5-21 H incompatible patches, 5-21 hide patch, 3-18 naming, 2-21 NLS, 5-19 I merge option defaults, 3-8 merge options, 3-15 informational messages, 2-8 messages In-Progress Timing Details page, 4-22 error, 2-9 interactive patching informational, 2-8 definition of, 5-6, 5-13 successful completion, 2-9 In Use flag, 3-10 MRC schema Invokerxd5 s Rights processing not required, 2-6 removed in Release 12, 2-6 My Oracle Support credentials, 3-2, 5-30 J N JAR files, generating after failed driver, 5-52 NLS Java files, restoring after failed driver, 5-52 deferring translation driver, 5-19 Job Timing report, 4-23 merging patches, 5-18, 5-19 multiple patches, 5-18 L prompts for AutoPatch, 2-8 log files single patch, 5-17 Index-3
  • 162. non-interactive patching about, 1-7, 2-1 abandoning, 5-16 completed steps, 5-2 definition of, 5-6 setting DISPLAY variable, 5-2 non-standard patches, 5-15 static README.html file, 5-2 preparing for, 2-8 using, 5-2 restarting in AutoPatch, 5-15 with AutoPatch, 2-19, 5-8 non-standard patch Patch Details report, 4-10, 5-41 applying non-interactively, 5-15 patch directory, specifying, 2-5 definition of, 5-15 patch driver file about, 2-5 O patches backing out, 5-51 oamreport.csv, 3-24 determining if applied, 5-40 options=hotpatch, 2-3, 2-17, 5-7, 5-19 directions for applying, 5-7 options=nocopyportion, 5-11 emergency, 5-12 options=nogenerateportion, 5-11 merged, 5-21 options=validate, 5-12 merging Oracle Applications Manager destination directory, 2-20 Running Web-based patching utilities from, 1- source directory, 2-20 7 monitor the progress of, 5-49 Oracle Applications Manager (OAM) non-standard, 5-15 Applied Patches, 4-1 Patch Impact Analysis report, 5-11 File History, 4-7 prerequisite, 5-7 Patch Impact Analysis, 3-20 readme files, 5-8 Patch Wizard, 3-3 recommended, 5-30 Register Flagged Files, 3-23 testing, 5-11 Timing Reports, 4-15 tracking prerequisites, dependencies, and URL for, 3-4 compatibilities, 1-4 unzipping, 5-8 P using Patch Wizard, 5-11 PAA patch formats See Patch Application Assistant, 5-2 bug fix, 1-2 parallel workers consolidated upgrade patch, 1-3 specifying in AutoPatch, 2-7 pre-upgrade, 1-3 passwords product release update pack, 1-3 validating for patching, 5-12 release update pack, 1-3 validating in AutoPatch, 2-5 patch history patch database, 5-24, 5-40 copy portion of a unified driver, 2-5 searching for, 4-3 database portion of a unified driver, 2-6 patch history XML reports file structure, 1-2 adfhrept.sql, 5-46 generate portion of a unified driver, 2-7 adpchlst.sql, 5-47 information files, 4-2 adphrept.sql, 5-46 storing history, 4-2 Patch Impact Analysis report, 3-18, 5-11 top-level directory files, 1-2 patch information bundle unified driver, 2-5 about, 3-2 Patch Application Assistant patching Index-4
  • 163. about, 5-6 scheduling requests, 3-13 applying part of a unified driver, 5-10 setting up, 3-7 customization issues, 5-9 task icons, 3-4 interactive, 5-6 using, 5-11, 5-36 NLS systems, 5-17, 5-18 Phase Information report, 4-25 non-interactive, 5-6, 5-13 phase order password validation, 5-12 in AutoPatch, 2-7 patch top directory, 5-8 Preferences page, 3-7 pinning SGA packages, 5-10 Preinstall_Codelevel_AD.txt relinking files, 5-52 AutoPatch file, 2-11 restarting server processes, 5-10 Preinstall_Codelevel_MP.txt restoring from failed copy portion of a unified AutoPatch file, 2-11 driver, 5-51 pre-install mode restoring from failed database portion of a arguments for, 2-14 unified driver, 5-53 information not stored when using, 5-40 reviewing log files, 5-10 running AutoPatch in, 2-10 shutting down services for, 5-8 prerequisite patches supplying driver name, 5-9 when to apply, 5-7 supplying unified driver name, 5-11 pre-seeded filters, 3-10 test mode, 5-11 pre-upgrade patch with unified driver on multi-node systems, 5- definition of, 1-3 20 pre-upgrade patches, 3-11 Patch Recommendation Requests section, 4-31 disk space for, 2-10 Patch Summary report, 5-45 product family RUPs, 1-3, 3-11 Patch Wizard disk space for, 2-10 accessing, 3-4 product release update pack concurrent programs, 3-3 definition of, 1-3 description of, 1-8 details icons, 3-4 R downloading patches README.html file display option defaults, 3-10 using with PAA, 2-19 language and platform details, 3-9 readme.txt merge option defaults, 3-8 description of, 1-2 products in-use in your system, 3-10 readme files, 3-2, 3-21, 5-8 filters in top-level directory, 1-2 creating, 3-11 post patching steps in, 2-8 custom filters, 3-10 reviewing manual steps, 2-19 defining, 3-10 Recommended Patches Results page, 3-16 pre-seeded filters, 3-10 Recommend Patches page, 3-12 generating patch recommendations, 3-13 Register Flagged Files main page, 3-3 about, 3-23 Main page, 3-5 accessing, 3-23 Patch Impact Analysis, 3-20 adding, 3-25 patch information bundle, 3-2 description of, 1-8 Preferences page, 3-7 exporting, 3-24 Recommended Patches Results page, 3-16 importing, 3-24, 3-26 Recommend Patches page, 3-12 Index-5
  • 164. registering customized files, 5-9 creating, 5-27 release update packs (RUPs), 3-11 updating patch history, 5-29 definition of, 1-5 using, 5-11, 5-26 disk space for, 2-10 staging directory, 3-3 relinking successful completion message, 2-9 after failed driver, 5-52 SYSTEM reports validating passwords, 2-5 Action Detail, 4-14 Action Summary, 4-13 T AD Administration Timing Details, 4-21 test mode AutoPatch Timing Details, 4-18 arguments for, 2-13 Bug Fixes, 4-12 information not stored when using, 5-40 Exception, 4-26 running AutoPatch in, 2-11 Files Copied, 4-12 using, 5-11 Job Timing, 4-23 Timing Reports Patch Details, 4-10, 5-41 about, 4-15 Patch Impact Analysis, 3-18, 5-11 accessing, 4-17 Patch Summary, 5-45 AD Administration Timing Details report, 4- Phase Information, 4-25 21 request set ID, 3-14 AutoPatch Timing Details report, 4-18 restart=yes, 5-15 description of, 1-8 restricted mode Exception report, 4-26 URL, 5-49 Job Timing report, 4-23 using, 5-49 Main Page, 4-17 RUP Phase Information report, 4-25 suite release update pack, 1-3 restricted mode, 5-49 translations S deferring database portion of the driver, 5-19 server processes emergency patches, 5-19 restarting after patching, 5-10 searching for patches, 5-44 SGA pinning packages after patching, 5-10 U shared application tier file system, 5-25 unified APPL_TOPs and patches, 5-20 and patches, 5-19 patching, 5-21 unified driver Software Updates about, 2-5 about, 4-29 applying part of, 5-10 accessing, 4-30, 5-40 copy portion, 2-5 Applied Patch Check, 4-31 database portion, 2-6 description of, 1-8 generate portion, 2-7 home page, 4-30 in top-level directory, 1-2 Maintenance Activities, 4-31 unified driver file Patch Recommendation Requests, 4-31 description of, 1-2 Related Links, 4-32 updates staged APPL_TOP see patching, 5-6 applying patches to, 5-27 Index-6
  • 165. V View Log Details page, 4-28 View Log Files page, 4-27 W Web server restricted mode, 5-49 workers, 5-25 affected by abort command, 2-19 affected by restart, 2-19 in deferred jobs, 2-9 number of, 2-7 recording actions of, 2-4 Workflow Business Events System, 2-3 Index-7